The URL can be used to link to this page

2011 UNDERDRAINS PROJECT - 10-0016-EN2011 UNDERDRAINS PR�JECT (14-001G-EN) CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & � 0 � � � SPECIFICATIONS Prepared for issuE� FaR BIo AUG UST 2011 ADD��DUM NO. Z For 2011 IJNDERDRAINS PROJECT 1 p-0016-EN DATE: September 13, 2011 SUBJECT: Add�ndum No. 2 T�: Prospective 6idder� and Others Concerned Bidders on the abave praject are hereby natified that the following Addenda are made to the Contract Documents: This Addendum replaces S�ction V pages 14 & 15 of the Contract Documents and 5p�cifications. A revised Bidder's Prapasal (Bid Tap) is attached. This revision carrects the format and Item Numbers. Da not use previous revisions. END OF ADDENDUM #� THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS CQUNTY, FLORIDA Bv: Is/William B. Home, II City Manage� ?O11 Underclrains Proje�t - Addendurn 2-- September 13. 2011 ' ................--- -----�--.._.................... _.._...--------------- ------- ---------.._.._._._..-------- ------._._...------._........__....._................._.........._........................_...................; �. . ,_ .....BIDDER S PROPOSAL...... --- -------..------------ __ _ __ ---__� _...._.__--- _.-_�_.-..._._._. _ .. .. '� 201'� UNDERDRAINS PR�JECT i � ___.----_ _. .. __._._.--- ___ _ _. � ' 10-0016-EN ! ITEM �__...,__. . .BID ITEM DESCRIPTION _....._.._... _�.- ----QTY —I - UNIT -� UNIT PRIC� - . - _' � BID ' AM�UNT I1 Mohilization --_._ ._. �� _.--- � . _..-. � -------.- ...------.._....---...------- . ......_.� Maintenance of Traffic, IJnder drain, 2 Lane 2 i 2 Wa 19 EA !� i 3 Maintenance ofTrafflc - Under drain Mult� �ane . _... 5._� .. ,I-..._....__..._.__._..._._.._...._......_._.__...I� �_.__i - -...._..4 - Maintenan�e ___..__... _.._�_.__ ........ ................. ..... ........�.Tra�l_..............._..... _._.....- --- -....----._....-----1 -----.�.._.. --....._ ._---__.....__�._._.. ...................',$ .... . ; -- � � . _ . _......_�---- 5 MaintEnance of Tra�c - sapok Park � 1 _„ ' wale Curta 5 EA $ .. __ . ........__ ___....__�___.� .�' _ �".� 6 Sediment & Erosion Control 3Q EA � .......................�...�,_........ .._ � -- 8 Root Prun n ect S!9.� .... ......... _.._ ..��..._ . .�._.._-1.0�0� ._._..� .�__. �..__.._____......�.._.... $... . _ ...---. i � _....._.._ i ...__ _..-------- -_ _—�-_�i _.�....._9....._. Tree Banicades 1 a00i _ LF __ . _- ----------------- � $. __ _ _ _ -------------------- ------._._._ .............. .. ....... `_�...._.. _...--- ---�-----�-- 1� Rernove Existin C ncrete'Sidewalk, 4' � � 1 c250'I LF $„ _ _ _ __ 5 000 _._..9 . _.... __. .__.�__.._�___...._.._._ .. ......... ......................._.w-- �_ .t_..._-.._SF..._ � � 12 R�mov�a Existin�Concrete Ori_v_eway, 8" 8 000 SF $_______ ......_..__.. ._..__ ..._.....____.._�....._-� -----.__._._._...,..._. _---....___----.� 13 Remove Existin As halt 250� SY $ 14 Core Existin Storm Inlet 2p' E4 $ ..�_15 C.oncrete Oriveway�6,, _ _ __ - ---�..�._._------- -...- ---8,DOD ._ . _SF ...._�. _...�.._.._._.--- _---.._._ �_ _ _. ._._._._. . . _. ._ .-------,._ 18 ADA Sidewalk Ram , 4" concrete 750 5F $ 17 Concrete Sidewalk,_4" _ _ 5p0 SF $ -- . .,. .,,,.._��.w._.._._........_ .. ... ....... . ..�._._ . . ...__......__.._�....___......__.. . _... . . . . ....r...._.._I � 1$ FDOT Underdrain Ins tion Box Ind�x 245 4� EA $ f� 6" .Underdrain 127; l.F $ �`.. _....__---- -- -- ---- -------� --- 20 8" Clean �ut --____._._.... dex 21 _..---.... — 1 ' .... ..... .-� ---... ------- --- $ --- ------ ------------- ------ 21 7 C Storm Inlet Ci In ` YPB -____ tY_------p ---- -- � �P' - -----�--- $--._. _ ..................._.....---...-- ...,- -......._...._,. �......-- - _ 22 8" Underdrain __ 10,0 � LF $ _ ..._. 23 8" Clean Out ..._._..__...__..._,.._ �...... ................. _._�.._...�.__._..I_� ... _ _.......wa� :... ,.... �?` ...��..__.. ._��_._�..._.._.�_,..,_..,.. $.. .. . . .. ._....._..�.. .._ , .,...,,,.,,,_..,,_...�.... � . .. ............... �...... Oi LF 24 8" olid PVC Storm Pi e 1 50...1. ... .. ._ ��..._ ................................�.... �......_ .__. ..... 25 T I Curb remove and re lace 1U0 LF $ -- 2fi_ odi i urb remav ---- ----- e an rep ace � _ ------- ---- - - ---- --. _. .... . .. _ - 27 ---- Valley Gutter Curb (remove and_reelace�_� 100 LF _. .... .... ...... .__.....- - --- � ---.._..------------...._._..__..._.—._..._._.... Swale Curb, 2' wide, (bid includes adjacent --._.. _ ............................................. ............ ... -- 28 Sw IelCurb, Valley Gutter, Index 107, (bid _._ ._ _ _ ._ 1� _��-------�— -___. ...��. ... . ........ . .... . . _ . __..___ 29 includes ad acent as halt _ 150 __ .___�F_ ----�----- --�------------------- 30 Asp _halt 1�1 /2" thick PC I I I 250 SY I �� ........ .... .. - ------ — ------------ -- ---------�----- - ---..._-----... _.... . ._. 31� 10" Thick Crushed Concrete Raad Base --- ------ 250 ---- SY I __---------�$------- � _..1__.__._. �__ __._----._. _._ ---- _„32__ Sod Re lacement Bahia 25,000 SF �$ _ .. ___ _......... i...__...__.._...__ ..... ...... ..� . i-- - 33 --- Sod_Replacement St. Augustin�-- -- -- 15.��0 SF $ „ _ _ ----- Addendum2_SrrtiunG'_l3idders ..I'ropos:il l IN pt:ItDRA1N5.duc y/ I 3�2c11 I Pagc I ul' 2 Sod, CYN�DON DACTYLON (B� . ��.._..._....__. RMUDA 419- 34 �'C�R71FI�p) ,_...........�_....... .....__....._. ... ............. ___.....__..._ _.. _ Subtotal�IT�MS 1-34 35 __,,10, /o_Cantingency � a �_ ---- ------ - ---- _ _ _ . � _ . —_ i --------- --- --- - .... ......... ...� �l .. MS 1-35 D ' GRAND T TA... .T _... _...._..� coN-r�rcraR: BIDDER'S GRAND TQTAI. $ BIDDER'S GRANll TQTAL 5fi0, SF $ I ...................................._--------=......----------....._._.__ ..__...! - -------...---._... _._._............-- -- ....... .. .. ....... .. ....... r � , $ - ................ ...... _... !. .... ... .. . ,............_...._..._..._._._ ' LS � � -- --- - _..._._..._ ............. ..... .. .......... . _ _......1 _I_ _ _ _ _ __ _ ____ _ ______-------_.--. _._ _._... _. __.. i�._ (Nurnbc:rs) ( Wor�ls) TN�E BIDDER'S GRAND T4TAL A�3�?VE IS H�S TQTAL �ID �ASED ()N HIS UNIT P12I�CES AND LUMP SUM PRI�:ES AND THE ESTIMATED QUANTII'IES REQUIRED F'Olt EACH SECTiON. THIS F�GURE IS FOR INFORMATI01�1' UNLY AT THE TIMF �F OPENI]�iG BIllS. TE�IE CITY WILL MAKE TH� TABULATION FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE BID. IF THERE IS AN ERRnR [N TH� TQTA�'. �Y THE BIDDER, IT SHAI�L BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UNIT PRICF;S AND Li1MP SUM PRI�E SI�ALL G�VERIY. Add�ncluri�2 _tie�tionV^k3iJ��n_I'ro�isal_UNI)�.RI)RAIN4.Joc Page Z o�"' �)/ I 3�?l)1 I � 1 � 1 ADDENDIJM NO. 1 For 2Q11 Underdrains Project 10-001 fi-EN ' DATE: September 12, 2011 1 1 ' , 1 , SUBJECT: Addendum Na_ 1 TO: Prospective Bidders and Others Concemed Bidders on the above project are h�ereby notified that the following Add�nda are made to the Cantract Documents: u� lll The Pre-Bid Conf�ren� Agenda is attached. The intarmatian is part of this Addendum. A revised Bid Proposal Tabulation (Bid Tabj is attached and is part of thi� Addendum. Respanses to Contra��ar Questians: 1_ Pay iccm # I S is for � each Underdrain Inspection Box. I could��'t tinrl �ny on Che p1An sheets_ , (s this cc�rrect? ' Yes, thc� cJuant�ty is carrect. This• is a Uni� Priee Conlruct. ,�ce I'r°c-f3rd A�;enclu und Seclinrr f11, .4rticle 11.3, of the Cr��trrrct Dacumenls & Specifreation.s. T"hc� lc�cutian fc�r this I�em, ir uny, ��il! be delermined latcyr in the Contract. � L _J , , �J �_1 I ' 2_ I6answer t� abave question is "YES", please provide detail far the i�ndcrdrain Inspection. Dnx. See FDOT Design Standards /rrdex 2�5. 3. Pay item quantities yeem to be greatly exag,erated from the tnke-oFf quantities per the plans provid�d. fs it the intent of the City to add additional areas of wcyrk? If so, how are w� tn kn�►w tlnat the conditions encounter�d in these unknown areas are sin�ilar to the work areas provided in the plans? Specitically, therc vnly l3 work areas in the plans, yet there are �0 mobi.lir�ti�ns and MOT pay items. Thi,�• ti��cr.r �iiscu.c.�ed u� 1he murrcicr�w.�� Prc-Bid Cn�aferc��rce. Sc�e ullcrc�he�d 1're-I3ic1 C'��nf'ercnce ?Ul 1 l.Ji�derdrains Project - Addendum 1- Septembc�r 1?, 2U11 1 1 1 ' ' r 1 ' ' 1 .1 gc>»dtt_ 4. Nz�y lt�m # 1 G f ADA �id�walk Ramp, 4" Cancret�) is paid tr�r in ��=. I-Ic�w is bidder suppas�d t�� letcnninG th� quantity of tactile warnin� surFace to incl�i�� ii� Pricin� this item'? Can a separate pay item be added ta pay far TWS per SI� `? Nc� .��e>��crr�lc pery item will be pravided. Tactile 6�u��nin�,� ,S�rn./c.�e•c� rrra�,s� meet FDOT Index 30-� rc�qurf,cments f�r a Public Srdewalk Ctu'b Ramp. 5. i'raje4t area 10, Clearwater Harbar Marina, shows 6" t�ndcrdrain and a T"yge C inlet for which. there are na pay ite�ts, Will pay items be added and a rcvised bid schedule issued via add�ndum'? N�i+� f�uy i�erri,s hcrve been ttdded ta P�e revised hid tab.c. Iteir�s crrc h'" under drain, 6" cdecrnvar[, Ty�c C S�orm Inlet -- City lndex Z10, and Svc�. C.-'YN(IUC�N D.4C'TYLOIV (13ERMUDA �119-�ERTIFIED).. 6_ Plan sl�eet 8 �at l?, areas 11 and 12. Plan nate calls fur renl�va! and replacem�nt of6" af asphah �t the t'ront of curb. Cvx thxs be replaced with an additiar�al 6" of cancrete? Nu, ther asPhulr i,s nc�edeci to pravide a cleaM jaint bet»�een rl�e cnncrete and asJahall. Exis[in� a.s�hrxlf �izua•t he .rrrn� cu� far a strargh! joint prinr 10 placing the ��crw asphaCt. , 7. After visiting the site it was obs�rved that some af the existing underdrains come inta the b�x at the bottan�. wluch was abaut. 5' frorr► the top af the existing structure. Sinec we will be placing the new underdrain at �ppraximately 3', is it yc>ur intent to cvre a new hole and plu� ' the �xistin�? Or is it you inCent tQ place the n�w underdrain at the depth of the exisirn� und�rdrain? I�� 1 1. 1 C� 1 Th�:� ne►�� cmder dr•ain shal! be conrr�cted ro the inlel u! I{te sume lucatron as fhe exi.��in� undc��• drerir:. 77�� rransrtiorr �f�to the prc�per a+epth rnay he pc�r�t�rrned crI the last 20 - 30 LI� af pipc�. 8. Da you know of <� supplier that stocks the cnurse aggregate und�rdrain filter material that you prefer for this project? Na. 9. .Bid iteiYi #t 13 �-- What is thc expected thickness far asphalt demc�'? �xisling �frickne.ss titi�ill vr�rv. 20I 1 U►�derdrains Prc�ject — AddeiYdurn 1— September 1?. ZO1 1 � i , , 1 1 1 ' 1 ' I ' I 1 1 , 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 Q. Pla�� Slteet.5 t�F 1�, Project Ar�a Q2. The underdrain is dr��v��i1 on private �roperCy; is there a cr7nstruction ea.semr:nt in.place? 7hc� C'r�;i r�f�C'lecrna�ulc�r wrll obtcrin a legu! "l�igl�� oJ 1:��rr�.��., fiar° l�re 11'L)1'IC G� IIT1S IpCQ'llpli. 1 l. Pl�n �hcc:t 4 of 12„ rooC pruning note 11. If temporary irrigacion is required, how will contractar be paid? Fram the allowance? !f Ihe C."i1y nf C:leunvcrter lrrspe�dur �rnd Arbpris! de��ic/e� �hcr1 tempvrury irrigatr�n qf exposed ra��ta� i.s necessary, rhe cosf widl be agreed to prior• 1�� rrrti•oic•irz�,r unct �aict vuf nf con�ingency fi�rr�l.� per .Section ICl ---�er��rpZ C�anditions. 12. Is #57 �'rushed/Recycled Cancrete an acceptable tilter �tggregate for the und�rdrain? ll�r�, .tiec Section !!f Ar�irle I8, Technical5pecificutiarrs. Urrc�erdrains, far accepttiblei muieriuls. 13. f]nc quick question for the ADA Sidewalk Ramp 4" "['hick, dnes t�is it�m require ADA Stamps, and if so, how aze we ta determine the quantity'? "StcrrrrprnK "' is raa Xnnger acceptable, sce Ihe answer to �t�e.stian �1. crbave for uddi�inna/ i�:forn:cl�ion concernin�ADA 5idewalk Rumps. 2011 Undcrdrains 1'roject -� flddendu►n 1- Srptember 12, 2U1 1 w 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 , 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' 2011 UND�R'DRAINS PROJECT - revised 9112/2011' - --�__..__...___._.._.�... �._— ... _.........___... _.._ ----, ;._.__..._._... BID 17EM BID ITEM DESCRIPTION W _QTY UNIT � UNIT PR10E AMOUNY _...__..._�.._ __..._..._�.___�_. � -- -..__..._.,.�._.�.� ----._ �._._._...__._ Ma nitenance of Tra�c, Under drain. 2 l.ane 2 I 3� � -!---- --_...---------.-...._ 2 Way __......_......,_........,._�..,__._..---..--- ----� ----------19' EA , 3 Maintenance of Traffic - Under drain, Multi Lane � 5 EA �� f T-f l��mm _ -- �------- - �._.__._..,_._..._._._..._......_ _..__...�-�------ 4 Mairitenance of 7raffic - Kapok Park Trail 1 i �A _. ._..._._ _�..._..__.....------ -- - -�._ ..............._....... 5 Mairdenance of Tra�c - Swale Curb�� W 5T__ � 6 Sediment &�rosian Control 30, EA Portable Rr ect Si n � ---_. _...... ..._. 2 EA .._.. g....._....._ Root Pnmin� � - ------------ 1,000�..._....----�-- ------ _..._.....__._. g _.�...�.__..,,. ,... ..... .. .. .. . �� -----._..__.....�+.T _ __.._.....m.. . .__��.__.._.�...._.._ g TreeBarricades 1,q001 LF ��mmm��T 10 Remove Existing Underdrain 5,0001 ��l.F �- 11 Remove F�Cis � -- �---.....__._.........__....... _...._..... �.__..�..�___ -------- g _.. CiVe 6"� �,25Q� SF ' n Go�rcrete Dr" � wa 4^ ...._.....__._.._ . 12 Remove Ex�sti ng o�crete __ ` y, 8,00� SF� � . . _.._.__._._. _.. . .... ... .................___.....----.... ..__... . ._...�_ . .-- -------- , - _ _--__._._.� __.. ._.w . 13 Remove Existing Asphalt 250 SY _._._......__._. �_...�....._...... �. ......._ ___._.__... T_._._ � .._� 14 Care Existing 5torrn inlet �� 2D �A 15 Concrete Driveway. 6" � �_ 8,Q0� SF �. 16 ADA Sidew�lk Ramp, 4'" concr�te 750 , SF -----18 500 SF ---- . .. 17 Concrete Sidewalk, 4 __�._ .___... .... .. _ _. _._. �pOT Underdrain Inspe�tlon Bax: .. .. ........_._ u. ... _..--- -- -�-- -- - _..�------__.------ ^ {ndF�x 245 4 EA ___ .................................. _..... _......._...__..�..._� 19 8" Underdrain 127 LF __. �.... 2a 6" Clean Out 2 EA —_ 21 - Type C Storm Inlet � City Index 21 U ---�-1 -.__..�_....� _.__w.�u___�. �_ ---- 22 8'" Underdrain .Wfy_-v 10.000 LF mm�� ....�.. . _. 23 $" Ctean Ouf 30 EA _.._ --------------- ___....._...._— ---- _ T.�___....�.._--- 24 8" Sdid PVC 5torm Pipe 1,5pp LF � --- _._..._f _T— 25 Type 1 Curb (rernove and replace) 10� LF 26 Modified Curb (remav� �nd replacej�^ �-.� l00 LF 27 VaOeygutter Curb (remove and replace) j � 100 LF � ��^ Sv�rale Curb; 2` wide; (bi�l in�ludes adjacent �� 28 asphalt) 100 LF ..__._.�.._--._......_�.�__.__...__.___......_ . ----..__............,.... .................................._..__......-- -----�...._ -___�......_......_....._....... Swrale Curb, Vaqey Gutter, Index 107, (bid 29 includes adjacent asphalt) 15U LF ___..�_._.__._ __. -,--.._..�. 30 Asphalt 1-112" thick PC III f.._. W 250 5Y �yy.. -_--�-�-4^ mm .� 31 10" Thick Crushed Concrete Road Base 250 SY .,.__�. ---------....----.......m_._.. �.__�_.._ .._.__._. --- - . .. .. . . ...........�. _w..____. 32 Sod Replacement (Bahia) 25,D00 5F 33 5od Replacement (St. Augustine) �15,Oap SF i �� ....... .......� __ _. _..___ _----�--- �._.� Sod, CYN�D�N �ACTYLON (BEFtMUDA 419- ; CER7IFIED) �D �� -------......._............ --- ----------------..._ ... ..... ..... .. .---...--_-- - -----------------. ... .... --.._... -------- Subtatal (IT�MS 1-33) g _ __ .-.- .. ---____.._____ _ ..........._..- - 34 10°�6 Cantingency LS � $ - -----�___. __...., -----._..._,_.____... i - BIDDER'S GRAND TOTAI (ITEMS 1-34) I ; - - �� J -T ��- µ-�.µ $ ' 2p1I Underdrains Praject - Revised gid Tab - Addendum 1-September 12, Z011 �1 w , 1 , , �ate�Tinac: , 1 1 1 C� �re-Sid Conference A,�enda 2011 Underdrains Pro'ect 10-Q016-EN September l, 2�11 @ 1Q:30 a.m. Meeting Lc�cation: MUri1C1]�al ��TV1CB5 $U11C�1R� 100 South Myrtle Ar�e, Room 130 Clearwater, Flmrid� �3756 G�ntac�s: City �of Clea�rwatec Prpject Manager: Melvin R. Maciolek Email, Melvin.t��eio�ek�),mycicun�at�r.c��ir� En�incering St�ff �lssistant: Kathy 13edini Etnail: kathleen.bedini�}a myclearwater.cc�m Engineering Office Phone: 727-Sb2-475(1 Fax: 727-562-4779 727-562-4782 727-562-47�5 Scope af Wprk: The work in this prQjeet cnnsistg of the remnval and replacenu�n,t of S,QQD! linear feet af �xisiing under c�rain, installation af S,O110 lincar feet ot new under drain, and all as�uGeated and incidental work including erosion contrcrl, tree protectian, root pruning, and restor�tion of sidcwalks, driveways, rosdways, and �oct. Froject locatian.� are througbout thc Gity of Glcurwate.r. 1. Sign-I� Sheets — This is a mandatory meetin�. Please: complete the sign-in sheet le�ibly and ' conipletely and legibly. Cop'res af the Pre-bid Canference sign-in sheet will be scanned and posted on the plan ronm website. , ?. City's Pi�a room - Ji�fy l�r*.pcagraphics 41 I S. Garde�� Avenue, Cl�arwate�, Florida (�27) 4�45- l 034 �- any e-mails from t.he plan house will be from notice ct,desi�nbidb�itd.net, NO�T the City� af Glearwater. [t is the responsibility of theprospective bidder to ensure thal they have rec�ive� ' all addendums. Please malce sure that Jiffy Repro�raphics has the carrect contacc naine and email address for ynur company. , ' ' ' 1 1 � 3. If you have purchasecl plans throu�hh another �lan huus�, pleas� ch�ck on aur website, www.mycle�rwater.cc��Yy, to ensure khe reeeipt af any add�nda informatian. 4. 1're-Qualification - I� yau axe planning on biddin� on this project, yc�u must be pre-qualitied in the Sanit� and Storm Sewe�s rit a with a minimum u i�cati n g o �at of 750 000.00 for this praject. Pre-qualifications are due pn U9/1/11, two weeks (ten business dnys) before the bid openin�. Bid opening is 09/15/10. Cuntrgct Award is scheduled for 10/ZA/11. 5. Bid Proposal Forms - must be camplete. All quantitics �nd costs must be filled in. Please doublc chcck yaur tigures. G. Proposal Bond — must be completely fillcd ��ut wich the 1C1% hid bond amount. �q 11 tJ��derdruins Project —attachi��ent to Addendum 1 2 ■ , , 1 , , 1 1 1 1 , 1 1 ' , ' 1 ' 7. Questions — Submi9. in writing via �in�►il to Melvin FL Macierlek �t M41vin.maciolek(a�.mycleanvatcr.c�m by �:C)(1 ("��1 I�I:)"I- on 09/08/11. C�uestians nnust includc CorY�pany Narne, contact name, and email g rhone number Uf cantact persnn (in case clarificatioit is aieeded). R�sponses will be issueci � i�� an addendurri by end af day 09/12/l t. $. Th'rs is a Unit Price Cantract — Sce Section III, .4rticle l 1.3. LocaCions shotirrci in the pl.ans ar� typic:al af the wcrrk that will be in the Contract. 1��rtecn (14) locatians �'� shown in the �lans. ,Additional lacations will be added and providcd t�� thc Contractor at the pre�construction meeti�� and throughaut the Proj�ct until C:c�ntract funds are depleted_ 9. l�aNl nff cnntaincrs and/vr dutr�psters — Section I1 [, Articic 17.7 - All Git� constructian nrojects shall utilize �ity of Cl�arwratcr Solid �'��st� roll-otT containers and/or dumpsters tar thei.r disposal needs. 10. Ordcr and location af th� Wat�k— Sectian I[I, Article 18 The Cngi�ieer shall have fhe power Co direc:t on whut line or street the Contractdr shall work and order thereaf_ Praject Area 09, P�an Sheet 7, shall hc the #irst location and shall be camplctec� within the firsi 30 days oith� Cn�tract. Project Areas (15 and QG, Plan Sheet 6, shall be cvmpleted within the �"irst 60 days of the Cantract. Project f�rea 10, I'lan Sheet 8, is lncatec� adjacent to Cnachman I'ark. W�rk at this location will be scheduled to avoid conflrcts with special events. l l. �3id Items: a. Mobilization — Each Project Area sho�vn c�n the Plans is one Mabilization. Additional Icx;atinns will be grvwp�d similarly. h. MOT �nd Sediment & Erasion Control — I::ach is based on Project Are�, alsU. c. item 2S — Swale Curb is 4' wide, not 2'. A revised bid tab will be issued. This is tor Project Area 14, St. Crpix Dr and Lawrenc� Dr. d. Iteim 27 — As�thalt — 5- IIT Qr 5P 9.5 are acceptable alternatives_ e. ltems 29 and 30 Sod — Qu�t►tities are for bidding purposes ortly. This is a Unit Pricc Cantract (5ee 5ection II�, Article 11.3). 5ince this is an annual (365 days) coatract with �t�ultiple locations throu�hout the City, Cont.ractor is advis�d thai the sod purchase and delivery must be phased over the entire !'ruje�t. Scyd choice is co match, in-kind, w[th the adjacent existin� st�d. S�IECtian of Bahia ur St ,4ugustine sha11 be caordinated with the City Inspector. f An additional Line Itcm for Sod, CYNOU01�1 DACTYLC)1V (BERMUDA �19- CERTIFIEII�), Project Area 10, 560 SF wi116e added tn thc revised bid tab. ' 2f71 I Und�rcirain5 Project —attachm�nt to Addendum 1 , � � , , ' ' , ' 1 1 1 , , ' 1 1 , ' 1 END OF ADDENDUM #1 THE CITY OF CLEARWATER PINELLAS COIINTY, FI.ORIDA BY IsNVilliam B. Horne, II City Manager ' 2011 [Jn�erdrains Project — Addendum 1— September 12, 2b11 � 1 1 � � � � , 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 , 1 1 1 SECTION I SECTION II City of Clearwater, Florida 2011 UNDERDRAINS PROJECT (i�-ODiG-EN) TABLE �F C4NTENTS ADVERTISEM�NT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTTQN III GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION IV TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION V Cover.doc CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Prepared in the C)ffice of the City Engineer P�ge II 10/ 10/2QQ8 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' r-� � ,� C� L�� LJ 1 ' ' 1 1 1 , 1 SECTION I ADVERTISEMENT OF BIDS & NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS 2011 UNDERDRAINS PROJECT 10-OOl6-EN CLEARWATER, FLORIDA Copies of the Contract Documents and Plans for this Project are available for inspection and/or purchase by prospective bidders at the City of Clearwater's Plan Room - website address: www.m Clearwater.com/ci ro�ects, ON TUESDAY, AUGUST, 16, 2011, until no later than close of business thre� (3) days preceding the bid opening. Priee of Contract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the website, reflects reproduction cast only. The work for which proposals are invited consists of the removal and re laeement of 5 OOU linear feet af existin under drain installation of 5 000 linear feet of new under drain and all associated and incidental work incladin erosion contral tree rotection root runin and restoration of sidewalks drivewa s roadwa s and sod. Pro'ect locations are throu hout the Citv of Clearwater. MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference for all prospective bidders will bc held on Thursdav, Se tember 1 2011 at 10:30 AM at the Munici al Services Suildin Raom 130 100 S. M rtle Ave, Clearwater, _Florida. Representatives of the Owner and Consulting Engineer will be present to discuss this Project. Sealed proposals will be received by the Purchasing 1Vlanager, at the Purchasing Office, located at the Municipal Services Bldg., 100 S. Myrtle Ave., 3'� Floor, Clearwater, Florida 33756-5520, until 1:30 P.M. on THURSDAY SEPTEMSF.R 1S 2011, and publicly opened and read at that hour and place for 2011 Underdrains Pro'ect 10-0�16-E . A complete bidders package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract form, affidavits and proposal form is available to the general public (Contractors, Sub-contractors, suppliers, vendors, etc.) for review and purchase. However, sealed proposals will only be accepted from those Contractors that are currently City pre-qualified Contractors in the canstruction category of Sanitarv and Storm Sewers with a minimum pre-qaali�cation amount of $750,000.00. Contractors wanting to pre-qualil'y to bid this project must do so twa (2) weeks/ten (l�) workdays prior to the bid opening date. A 10% bid bond is reyuired for all Ciry af Clearwater projects. The right is reserved by the City Manager of the City of Clearwater, Florida to reject any or all bids. The City af Clearwater, Florida George McKibben, Purchasing Manager (727) 562-4634 SectionI.doc Page 1 of 1 R/27/2008 � 1 . SECTION II I INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ' Table of Contents: SECTIONII ................................................................................................................................... i 1 COPIES OF 131Dll1NG 'DOCUMENT5-•--•--•-----•---• ........................................................ 1 , 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS.---•-------------•---••--•-----------•------•-----•----------•------------•...... 1 3 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE ................................. 1 ' 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA ....................................................................... 2 5 BID SECUR�TY OR BID SOND .................................................................................... 3 , 6 CONTRACT TIME .......................................................................................................... 3 7 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES --•---•--------------•--...---•-------•---•----------••-----•--•.....-•-•----•--•-----....... 3 , $ SUSSTITUTE MATER�AL AND EQUIPMENT .........................................................3 9 SUBCONTRACTORS.......-•-•--••-•-•---•--•---...-•----•-----•-----•------••-----••--•• ................................3 ' 10 SID/PROPUSAL FORM ................................................................................................. a 11 SUBMISSION OF BIDS -•---••-------------------•--•--------------------•--••----•--••---............................... 4 12 MODIFICAT�ON AND WITHDRAWAL �F SIDS .................................................... 5 ' 13 REJECTION OF S[DS .....---• ........................................................................................... 5 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER....-• ........................................................................ 5 ' 1S OPEN.iNG OF SIDS ......................................................................................................... 5 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES ........................................... S ' l7 I.DENTICAL TIE BIDS/VENDOR DRUG FREE WORKPLACE ............................. G 18 AWARD OF CONTRACT------•-•--••----•--• .......................................................•---.......-------- � ' 19 BID PROTEST--••----...--•-------------••--•-----------•--•---•----••---...................................................... 7 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT ...............................................................•--•---....----•------............ 9 ' 21 CONSTRUCTIQN SCTE EROSXON AI�D SEDXMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES..........-•--••--••---•--------••--•-------•• ...........................•--••---...... 9 ' 1 1 1 Sectionil.doc i 3/14/2011 �J � � , � 1 1 1 ' ' 1 1 � ' ' 1 IJ 1 1 Section I I— Instructions to E3idders 1 COPIES �F BIDDING DOCUMENTS ]. I Complete sets of the Bidding Documents are available at the City of Clearwater's F'lan Room — website address: www.m clearwater.com/cit ro'ects. Price of C�ntract Documents and Plans, as indicated on the City's Website, reflects reproduction costs only, which is non-refundable. A complete bidder's package containing plans, specifications, bond forms, contract farm, affidavits and bid/proposal form is available only to pre-qualified bidders. Contractors, suppliers, or others who are not pre-qualified but who may be a possible subcontractor, supplier, or other interested p�rson may purchase a"Subcontractor" package consisting of plans, specifications, and list of pay items. 1.2 Complete sets of �idding Documents must be used in preparing bids. Neither the City nor the Engineer shall be liable for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Dacuments, by Bidders, sub-bidders or others. 1.3 The City, in making copies of Bidding Uocuments available on the above terms, does so only fe�r the purpose of obtaining Bids an the Work and does not conf�r a license or grant any other permission to use the documents for any other purpose. 2 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 2.1 Each prospective Bidder must pre-qualify to demonstrate, to the complete satisfaction of the City of Clearwater, that the Bidder has the necessary facilities, e[�uipment, ability, tinancial resources and experience to perform the work in a satisfactory manner before obtainin� drawings, specif7cations and contract documents. An applicatian package for pre- qualification may be abtained by contacting the City of Clearwat�r, Engineering Department, Engineering Services Division at P.U. Box 4748, Clearwater, Florida 33758- 4748 (mailing address); 100 South Myrtle Avenue, Clearwater, Florida 33756-SS2Q (street address only) or by phone at (727) 562-4750. All qualificatian data must be completed and delivered to the Director of Engineering at the above address not later than fourteen (14) days prior to the time set for the receipt of bids. Bidders currently pre-qualified by the Ciiy do not have to make reapplication. 3 EXAMINATI�N OF C�NTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 3.1 lt is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Da:uments thoroughly; (b) visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the work; (c) consider and abide by all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations; and (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents_ 3.2 In reference to the Technical Specifications and/or the Scope of the Work far identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized by the Engineer in the preparation of the Contract vocuments, bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports but not upon non-technical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or for the campleteness thereof for the purpases of bidding or construction. In reference to those drawings relating to physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface conditions (except Underground Facilities) which are at or contiguous to the site and which have been utilized by the Engineer in , SectionII.doc ' Yage 1 of 9 3/14/2011 Section 11— instructions to Bidders preparation ofthe Contract Documents, bidd�r may rely upon the accuracy of thE technical data contained in such drawings but not upon the completeness thereof for the purposes oi bidding or construction. 3.3 Information and data reflected in the Contract 17ocuments with respect to Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the City and Engineer by owners of such Underground Facilities or others, and the City does not assume responsibility for ihe accuracy or completeness thereof unless expressly provided in the Contract Documents. 3.4 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Facilities, other physical conditions, possible conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in the General Conditions. 3.5 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests and studies and obtain any additional informatian and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface and Underground Facilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing the work in accordance with the time, price and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.6 On request in advance, City will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such explorations and tests at Bidder's own expense as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Bidder shall fill all holes and clean up and restore the site to its fonner condition upon completion of such explorations and tests. 3.7 The lands upon which the Work is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the Contractor in performing the Work are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the Contractor. Easements for pertnanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the City unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 3.8 The submission of a Bid will constitute an unequivocal representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement af these Instructions to Bidders and that, without exception, the Sid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract .Documents by such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions of performance and fiarnishing of the work. 4 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 4.1 All questions as to the meaning or intent ofthe Contract Documents are to be directed to the Engineer. Tnterpretatians or clarifications considered necessary by the Engineer in respanse to such questions will be issued by Addenda, by the City's planroom to all parties recarded by the City's planroom as planholder's having received the Bidding Documents. Questions received less than ten the time frame specified at the pre-bid meeting prior to the date for opening of Bids may not be answered. Only information provided by formal written Sectionli.doc Page 2 of 9 1 C1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' � , 1 C� ' � ' � 3/14/2011 , , 1 ' 1 ' , 1 1 , , 1 1 � 1 � , 4.2 5 Sectiun II — Instructions to I3idders Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations of clarit7cations will be without legal effect. Addenda may also be issued to modify the k3idding Documents as deemed advisable by the City or Engineer. BID SECURITY OR BID BOND 5.1 Each Bid must he accompanied by Bid Security made payable to the City of Clearwater in an amount equal to ten percent (l 0%) of the Bidder's maximum Bid price and in the form of� a certified or cashiers check or a Sid Band (on form attached) issued by a surety meeting the requirements ofthe General Conditions. A cash bid bond will not be accepted. 5.2 'The Bid Security of the Successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the reyuired Payment and Performance bonds, whereupon the Bid Security will be retumed. If the Successful Sidder fails to execute, deliver the Agreement and furnish the required Bonds within ten ( I 0) days after the award of contract by the City Council, the City may annul the bid and the E3id Security of the Bidder will be forfeited. The F3id Security of any Bidder whom the City believes to have a reasanable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the City until the successful execution of the agreement with the successful Sidder or for a period up to ninety (90) days following bid opening. Security of other Bidders will be returned approximately fourteen (14) days after thE Bid opening. 5.3 6 6.l 7 7.1 8 The Bid Bond shall be issued in the favor of the City of Clearwater by a surety company qua]ified to do business in, and having a registered agent in the State of Florida. CONTRACT TIME The number of consecutive calendar days within which the work is to be completed is set forth in the Technical Specifrcations. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES Frovisions for liyuidated damages are set forth in the Contract Agreement. SUBSTITUTE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 8.1 The contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described in the Drawings or specified in the Specitications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated in the Drawings ar specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or eyual" item may be furnished or used, application for its acceptance will not be considered by the Engineer until after the effective date of the Contract Agreement. The procedure far submittal af any such application is described in the General Conditions and as supplemented in the Technical Specifications. ' 9 SIJBCONTRACTORS 9.1 If requested by the City or Engineer, the Successful Bidder, and any other Bidder so ' requested, shall, within seven (7) days after the date of the request, submit to the Engineer an experience statement with pertinent infarmation as to similar projects and other evidence of quaGfcation for each Subcontractor, supplier, person and organization to be used by the � Sectionll.doc ' Page 3 of 9 3/14/2U11 9.2 1� Section Ii — Instructions to Bidders Contractor in the completion of the Work. The amount of subcontract work shall not exceed fifty percent (50%) of the Work except as may be specifically approved by thE L,ngineer, if the Engineer, after due investi�ation, has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, supplier, other person or organization, he may, before recornmendin� award of the Contract to the City Council, request the Successiul Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time. If the Successful Bidder declines to make any such substitution, the City may award the contract to th� next lowest and most responsive Bidder that proposes to use acceptable Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations. Declining ta make requested substitutions will not constitute grounds for sacrificing the Bid security to the City af any Bidder. Any Subcontractor, supplier, other persan or organization listed by the Contractor and to whom the Engineer does not make written objection prior to the recommendation of award to the City Council will be deemed acceptable to the City subject to revocation of such acceptance after the Effective Date ofthe Contract Agreement as provided in the General CondiCions. No Contractor shall be required to emplay any Subcontractor, supplier, person or organization against whom he has reasonable objection. = � ."�1��I+; •:1l ] 0.1 The BidJProposal Form is included �vith the Contract Documents and shall be completed in ink or by typewriter. All blanks on the Bid/Proposal Forms must be corrapleted. Unit Prices shall be ta no more than two decimal points in dollars and cents. The Bidder must state in the Bid/F'roposal Form in words and numerals without delineatian's, alterations or erasures, the price for which he will perform the work as required by the Contract Documents. Bidders are required to bid on all items in the Bid/Proposal form. The lump sum for each section or item shall be for furnishing all equipment, materials, and labor for completin� the section or item as per the plans and contract specifications. Should it be found that quantities or amounts shown on the plans or in the proposal, for any part of the work, are exceeded or should they be found to be less after the actual construction of the work, the amc�unt bid for each section or item will be increased or decreased in direct proportion ta the unit prices bid for the listed individual items. 10.2 Bids by corporations shall be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice- president (or other corporate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be a£�ixed. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the Signature. If requested, the person si�ning a Bid �or a carporation or partnership shall produce evidence satisfactory to the City of the person's authority to bind the corporation or partnership. ] 0.3 Bids by partnerships shall be executed in the partnership name and signed by a general partner, whose title shall appear under the signature and the official address of the partnership shal l be shown below the signature. 10.4 11 All names shall be typed or printed below the signature. SUBMISSION OF BIDS 11.1 Sealed Bids shall be submitted at or before the time and at the place indicated in the Advertisement for Bids and shall be submitt�d in a 8.5"xll" manila envelope with the project name and number on the bottorn left hand corner. lf forwarded by mail, the Bid shall be enclosed in anather envelope with the notation "Bid Enclosed" on the face thereof and SectiOnll.doc Page 4 0�9 3/14/2011 1 1 1 I� ' , 1 1 ' � L� � 1 � , C� l� r �� ,I r ' 1 1 1 � Ilr- � ' 1 1 1 , ' r Section II — Inswctions to Bidders addressed to the City of Clearwater, attention Purchasing Manager. Bids will be receivcd at the afiice indicated in the Advertisement until the time and date spccitied. Telegraphic or facsimile bids received by the Purchasing Manager will not be accepted. 12 M�DIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS 12.] Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly exccuted (in the manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered as described in the Advertisement of Bids. A request for withdrawal or a modification shall b� in writing and signed by a person duly authorized to da so. Withdrawal af a Bid will not prejudice the rights of a 13idder to submit a new Bid prior to the Bid Date and Time. After expiration of the period for receiving Bids, no Sid may be withdrawn ar modified. 12.2 After a bid is received by the City, the bidder may request to modify the bid for typographical or scrivener's errors only. The bidder must state in writing to the City that a typographical or scrivener's error has been made by the bidder, the nature of the error, the requested correctian of the error, and what the adjusted bid amount will be if the correction is accepted by the City. The City reserves the right at its sole discretion to accept, reject, or madify any bid. 13 REJECTION OF BIDS 13.1 To the extent permitted by applicable State and Federal laws and regulations, the City reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any and all informalities. Grounds for the rejection of a bid include but are not limited to a material omission, unauthorized alteratian of form, unauthorized alternate bids, incomplete or unbalanced unit prices, or irregularities of any kind. Also, the City reserves the right to reject any Bid if the City believes that it would not b� in the best interest of the public to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or ofdoubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by the City. The City reserves the right to decide which bid is deemed to be the lowest and best in the interest of the public. 14 DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDER 14.1 Any or all bids will be rejected if there is any reason for believing that collusion exists among the bidders, the participants in such collusion will not be considered in future proposals for the same wark. Each bidder shall execute the Non-Collusion Affidavit contained in the Contract Document�. 15 OPENING OF BIDS 15.1 Sids will be opened and read pubflcly at the location and time stated in the Advertisement for Bids. Bidders are invited to be present at the opening of bids. , 16 LICENSES, PERMITS, ROYALTY FEES AND TAXES 16.1 The Contractor shall secure all licenses and permits (and shall pay all permit fees) except as ' specifcally stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal and State Laws, County and Municipal Ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the prosecution of the work. City of Clearwater building permit fees , SectionII.doc � Page 5 of 9 3/14/2011 Section il — Instructions lo Bidders and impact fees will be waived except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical Specifications. 16.2 'C'he Contr��ctor shall assume all liability for the payment of royalty fees due to the use of any construction or operation process, which is protected by patent rights except as specifically stated otherwise in the Technical 5pecifcations. The amount of royalty fee, if any, shall be stated by the Contractor. 16.3 The Contractor shall pay all applicable sales, consumer, use and other taxes required by law. The Contractor is responsible for reviewing the pertinent State Statutes involving the sales tax and sales taac exemptions and complying with all requirements. ] 6.4 The City of Clearwater is exempt from state sales tax on materials incorporated inCo the WORK. The City of Clearwater reserves the right to implement the Owner Direct .Purchase (ODP) Option, if indicated in the Scope of Work Description in Section IV — Technical Specifrcatians and as defined in Section III — General Conditions. 17 IDENTICAL TIE BIDSNEND�R DRUG FREE WORKPLACE l 7.l In accordance with the requirements of Section 287.087 Florida Statutes regarding a Vendor Drug Free Workplace, in the event of identical tie bids, preference shall be given to bidders with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids which are equal wit}a respect to price, quality, and service are received by thc City for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received fram a business that certifies that it has rmplemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none or all of the tied bidders have a drug-t`r�e workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a contractar shall supply the City with a certificate cantaining the following six statements and the accompanying certificati�n statement: (1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession, or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition. (2) lnform employees as to thc dangcrs of drug abusc in thc workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-tree workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation, and employee assistance progra►ns, and the penalties that may be itnposed upon emplayees for drug abuse vialations. (3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection ( I). (4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or cantractual services that are under bid, the ernployee will abide by the Terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893, or of any controlled substance law, af the United States, or of any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction. (5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory parCicipation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation prograrn if such is available in the employee's community, by any emplayee who is so convicted. Sectionll.doc Page 6 of 9 1 1 1 �r-� 1 1 �� ' 1 ' ' r IJ ' � � , 3/14/2011 ' 1 1 ' 1 , � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 � �J Section lI — Instructions to Bidders (6) Make a gaod faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation oFthis section. I certify that this frm does/does not (select only one) fully comply with the above requirements. : _ � _ : Z�T��1� � �:7_t� � 18.1 Discrepancies between words and figures will be resolved in favor of words. Discrepancies in the multiplication of units of work and unit prices will be resolved in favor of the unit prices. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of tigures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 18.2 In evaluating the Sids, the City will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Sids comply with the prescribed requirements, unit prices, and other data as may be requested in the Bid/Proposal farm. The City may consider the qualifications and experience of Subcontractors, suppliers and other persons and or�anizations proposed by the ConCractor for the Work. The City may conduct such investigations as the City deems necessary to assist in the evaluation af any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of Bidders, proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persor�s, and organizations to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the ContracC Documents to the City's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 18.3 If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsible, responsive Bidder whose evaluation by the City indicates to the City that the award will be in the best interest af che City. 18.4 Award of contract will be made for that combination of base bid and alternate bid iterns in the best interest of the City, however, unless otherwise speci�ed all work award�d will be awarded to only one Contractor_ 19 BID PROTEST 19.1 RIGHT TO PROTEST: Any actual bidder wha is aggrieved in connection with the solicitation or award of a contract may seek resalution of his/her cornplaints initially wiCh rhe Purchasing Manager, and if not satisfied, with the City Manager, in accordance with pratest procedures set %rth in this section. 19.2 PROTEST PROCEDURE: A. A protest with respect to the specifications of an invitation for bid or request for proposal shall be submitted in writing a minimum af five (5) work days priar to the opening of the bid ar due date of the request far propasals, unless the aggrieved person could not have been reasonably expected to have knowledge of the facts giving rise to such protest prior to the bid opening or the closing date for proposals_ Opening dates for bids or due dates for requests for proposal will be printed on the bid/request document itself. B. Protests in respect to award of cantract shall be submitted in writing a maximum of five (5) work days after notice of intent to award is posted, or is mailed to each bidder, which ever is earlier. Notice af intent to award will be forwarded to bidders upon telephonic or written request. Protests of recommended award should cite , SectionII.doc 1 Page 7 of 9 3/14/2011 Section 1] — instructions to Biddcrs specific portions of the City of Clearwater Code of Qrdinances that have allegedly been violated. C. Exceptions to the five (5) day requirements noied in both A and B abave may be granted if the aggrieved person cauld have not been reasonably expected to have knowledge oFthe facts giving rise io such protest prior to the bid opening, posting of intent to lward, or due daCe for requests for proposals. Request for exceptions should be made in writing, stating reasons for the exception. D. The Purchasing Manager shall respond to the fonmal written protest within five (5) work days of r�ceipt. The Purchasing Manager's response will be fully coordinated with the appropriate Department Director and the Assistant City Manager. E. If the protestor is not satisfied with Che respanse from the Furchasing Manager, he/she may then submit in writing within five (5) work days of receipt of that response his/her reason for dissatisfaction, alang with copies of his/her original formal protest letter and the response from the Purchasing Manager, to the Ciry Manager. F. The City Manager as Purchasing Agent for the City has the final authority in the matter o� protests. The City M.anager will respond to the protestor within ten (10) work days of receipt �f the appeal. i�]�t��:Z�7��1�A When frling a formal protest, the protesting vendor must include a fee in the amc�unt af 5% of the selected vendor's total bid ta offset the City's additional expenses relafed to the protest. This fee shall not exceed $2,500 nor be less than $50. If cither the Purchasing Manager or the City Manager upholds the protest, the City will refund 100% of the fee paid. 19.4 STAY OF PROCUREMENT DURING PROTEST: In the event of a timely protest, the Purchasing Manager shall not proceed with the solicitaCion or award of contract until all administrative remedies hav�; been exhausted or until the City Manager makes written determination that the award of contract without delay is necessary to protect the best interest ofthe City. SectionII.doc Page 8 vf 9 �� 1 1 ' � LJ ' IJ 1 C� , ' 1 ' � ' � siiai2oir ' ' ' [� , 1 SectiUn II — lnslructions tq Bidde� 20 TRENCH SAFETY ACT 20.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the City �f Clearwacer's Ordinance related to trench digging (Ordinance No_ 7918-0$) along with the Florida Trench Safety �ct (Sections 553.6U-553.64, Florida Statutes) and the provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's (OSHA) excavation safety standards, 29 C.F.Rs 1926.650 Subparagraph P, or current revisions of these laws. , 21 CONSTRUCTION SITE EROSI�N AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MANAGEMENT MEASURES 1 ' � 1 1 , 1 I� � r--, LI 1 �� 1 21.1 The Bidder shall comply with the provisions of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) National Pollution Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) stormwater permit and implement stormwater pollution prevention plans (SWPPP's) or stormwater management programs (both using best management practices (BMPs) that effectively reduce or prevent the discharge of pollutants into receiving waters. A. The control af construction-related sediment loadings is critical to maintaining water quality. The implementation af proper erosion and sediment control practices during the construction stage can significantly reduce sediment loadings to surface waters. S. Frior to land disturbance, prepare and irnplement an approved erosion and sediment control plan or similar administrative document that contains erosion and sediment control provisions. NPDES Management Measures available at City of Clearwater En in� eering Environmental Division and EPA websites to help address construction-related Best Management Practices. References EPA website ' Sectionil.doc 1 Page 9 of 9 3/ 14/2011 1 1 � 1 ' , ' , 1 , sECrioN iii GENERAL CONDITI�NS Table af Contents: 1 DEFINiTYONS -•---•------• .......................................................•----•-------•--------•--.....................1 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 3 PRELIMINARY MATTERS .....................................••---•----•------•--.................................. 5 DEi.]VERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATF..S O}� INSURANCE ............................ 5 COPIESUF DOCLJMENTS .........................................................••--•..-----•--.................... 5 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING "I'HE PROJECT ................................................................�-----�•----.._................................. 5 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRl1CTION --------------------•--.............................................. 5 PRECONSTRUCTI�N CONFERENCE ....----• ............................................................... 6 C'ROGRESS MEETINGS .........................................................�---................................... 6 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT ......................................................................... 7 3.1 INTENT ..................................................••--•�--�---------�---�-•-��----......................................... 7 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES .................................................. 7 4 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS ..................•-------.......................................................................... 8 4.1 AVAILABILITY O.F LANDS ..............�--........................................................................ 8 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS ............................................................................ 8 43 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES ..................................... $ 4.4 REFERENCE POINTS ......................................•-••---....................................................... 9 ' S SONDS AND INSURANCE ..............................................................•--•---....................... 9 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BOND ............................... 9 , 5.2 INSURANCE--�-----�--� ................................................................................�---................... 9 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE ......................................................... 1 D 5.2.2 PUBLICLIAI3ILITYANDPROPERTYDAMAGE C�vEN�1GE ............................ 10 ' S.2.3 COMPREHENSIVE A UTOMOBILE Ll'ABILl'T �' .................................................... I 1 S.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS .................................................................................................. 12 6 CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES.-----• ..............................................................12 ' 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUP�RINTENDENCE ............................................................. 12 6.2 L.APOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT ............................................................... 13 G.3 SIJBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS .............................................................. 14 ' 6.4 RESPONSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS SUPPL.[ERS AND OTHERS........ 14 6.5 USE OF PREMISES ............................................ ................�•---••-------•-...._.................... 15 6.5.1 STAGINGAREAS.....-• .............................................................................................IS ' 6.5.2 RESTORATI�N TIME LIMITS ..................................................................... ........... I S 6.6 LTCENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES .................. ............. 16 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS ..................................................•---•............................... 16 ' b.8 PERMITS .............................................................................•-•-•-••---•----..........................16 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION ..................................................................................... 17 6.10 EMERGENCIES .............................................................................................•--............18 � 6.11 DRAWTNGS ..................................................................................................................18 SectionllI.doc i 7/26/201 l ' 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6.11.1 SHUP DRAWINGS, SAMPLE,S, RFl.s, and SUI3MlTTAL REVIEW ........................ 18 6.11.2 .9S-/3 UILT DR� WINCS ................................. ........................................................... 19 6.11.3 CAD STANDARD.S' ......................... .................................................................... ... ... 21 6.11.�1 DELIVER�IBLES.• .................................................................................................... 23 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE ........................... 23 6.13 CONTINUING THE WORK ......................................��-�--�---�--�-��-�-�-._.......................... 23 6.14 INDEMNIFICATiUN .................................................................................................... 23 6.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY CONTACT INFORMATION ......................................... 24 OTHERWORK ......................................................•--••---...................................---------....24 7.1 RE�,ATED WORK AT S1TE .............�-----..._..........................................-----��---�--��-....... 24 7.2 COORDINATION ...........................�---•-•--............................................. .25 OWNERS RESPONSIBILITY .......................................................•----•---•-------.............. 25 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURiNG CONSTRUCTION .............. 25 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTAT.IVE ................................................................................... 25 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS ........................................................ 25 9.3 REJECTING OF DE�ECTIVE WORK ........................................................................ 26 9.4 SHQY DRA WINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS .................................. 2b 9.5 DECISIONS ON .DiSPUTES ...................................�--��----�........................................... 26 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSCBI].,.IT1ES ............. 27 CHANGES IN THE WORK--••-• ...................................................•-•---•-••--•--•-----•-•--....... 27 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE ................................................................... 28 11.1 CHANG�S 1N THE CONTRACT PRIC�-------------•...........................................--.---.---- 28 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT ....................... 30 11.3 UN]T PR10E WORK ...............•--...--�•--�--�--�---�-----.............................................---��---�--- 30 13.1 13.2 13.3 13.4 13.5 13.6 13.7 14.1 14.2 14.3 14.4 14.5 14.6 14.7 14.8 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT T�M.E .............................................................•-•--.. 30 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL QR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK ...........................................•--••---•-------.................................... 31 TESTS AND iNSPECTION ...........................•--�-------�---.-.............................................. 3] UNCOVERING THE WORK ...........................�-------�-----.............................................. 32 OWNER'S REPRCSENTATI.VE MAY STOP THE WORK ....................................... 32 CORRECTION �R REMOVAL OF DE;FECTJVE WORK ........................................ 33 WARRANTY/CORRECTION PERIOD -•---------------------•--............................................ 33 ACCEPTANCE OF DE.FECTIVE WORK ..........-• ....................................................... 33 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE W�RK ....................................................... 34 PAYMENTS TO CUNTRACTOR AND CQMPLET�ON .................... APPLXCATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMEN'T ...................................... CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TiTLE .......................................... REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS........... PART]AL UTILIZATION ----�-�� ............................................................... FiNAL1NSPECTION ...........................�-•�---�---•-----.................................. FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT .............................................. FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE .............................................. WANER OF CLA1M5 ............................................................................ .. 34 .................. 34 .................. 35 .................. 35 ...--•---......... 36 .................. 36 .....--�--........ 37 .................. 38 SectionIlI.doc ii 7/26/201 ] 1 1 1 � ' 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 , r ' ' � ' 1 1 l5 SUSPENSION UF WORK AND TERMINATION .................................................... 38 ' 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK ...................................................................... 38 ]5.2 OWNER MAY "1,E;RMINA"1'E ...................................................................................... 38 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR 'i'ERMINATE ........................................... 34 ' 16 DISPUTE RESOLUTION .....................................................................................•--•--•-- 40 17 MISCELLANEOUS ...........................................................................................••-------•-- 40 ' 17.1 SUSMITTAL AND DOCUMENT FORMS ................................................................. 40 17.2 GIVINCi NOTICE ....................................................•---.........................------••---�............. 4� 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM ..................................................�--...........----................................. 40 � 17.4 PROFESSIONt1L FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ..................................... 41 ]7.5 ASSIGNMENT �F CONTRACT ............................................................•--•--�----�--------- 41 17.6 RENEWAL OPTION .................................................................................................... 41 ' 17.7 ROLL-OFF CONTAIN�RS AND/OR DUMPS'T'F',RS ................................................. 41 18 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................. 4,1 ' 19 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................•--------•-------•-•----•---------- 41 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ..................................... 41 ' 21 �WNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTION ....................................................... 41 22 RESIDENT NUTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTYON .......................... 42 22.1 GENERA.L ......................................................................�----�-�--.......-�--��---�---��---�---.-......42 , 22.2 EXAMPLE ............................................................................�-••- ---...------�--�--�----- 42 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SXGNS .........................................................................•-- 43 ' 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE ............................................................................................... 43 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, .FIX�.D OR �'ORTABLE ................................................. 43 23.3 FIXED SIGN .......................................�----•...---.............................................................. 43 , 23.4 P�RT�BLE SIGNS ..........................�-�--•--�-��--�----�--�---...................... 44 ............................ 23.5 SIGN COLORING ......................................•----•---�---��--•--...............................................44 23.6 SIGN PLACEMENT ........................•--•---------�-.._........................................................... 44 ' 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE ..................................�---�---........._............................................44 23.8 TY�'ICAi, PROJECT SIGN .....................•--•---�--�----�---•--............................................... 45 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUAKANTEE .................. 45 1 ' ' ' 1 se��o�ir.aa ��; 7/26/2011 1 ' , ' , ' � , 1 1 , 1 ' II � 1 �� , , L� ' Section I11—Gcneral Cvnditions 1 DEFINITIONS Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which clarify, correct ar change the Bidding Requirements or the contract documents. Agen! Architect, en�ineer or other outside agency, consultant or person acting on behalf of the City. Agreement The written contract between Owner and Contractor covering the Work to be performed; other Contract Documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment The forrn accepted by Engineer which is to be used by Contractor in requesting progress or final payments and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Cantract Documents. Approve The word approve is de�ned to mean satisfactory review of the material, equipment or methods for general compliance with the design concepts and with the information given in the Contract Documents. [t does not imply a responsibility on the part of the Engineer to verify in every detail conFormance with the Drawings and Specifications. Bid The offer or proposal of the bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the prices for the work to be performed. Bidding Documents The advertisement or invitatian to Bid, instructions to bidders, the Sid form, and the proposed Contact Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). Bonds Performance and payment bonds and other instruments of security. Change �rder A written order to Contractor signed by Owner and Contractor authorizing an addition, deletion or revision in the Work, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time issued an or after the effective date of the Agreement. City The City of Clearwater, Pinellas Caunty, Florida. Construction Inspectvr A person who is the authorized representative of the Construction Manager and inspects City construction projects in order to insure the Contractor's work complies with the intent of the Contract Documents. Canstruction Ma�ager The person who is typically in responsible charge of City construction projects. The Construction Manager assumes responsibility for the management of construction contracts at the Preconstruction Conference. The Construction Manager chairs the Preconstruction Conference and is the authority on any disputes or decisions regarding SectionIIl.doc Page 1 of46 7/26/2Q11 Seetion Ill — General Conditions cantract administration and performance. The Construction Mana�er typically acts as the Owncr's Repr-�sentative during construction. Contra['t Documents The Agreement, Addenda (which pertain to the Contract Documents), Contractor's Bid (including documentation accompanying the bid and any post-Bid documentation submitted prior ta the execution of the Agreement) when attached as an e�hibit to the Agreement, the Bonds, Instructions to Bidders, these General Conditions, any Supplementary Conditions, the Speci�cations and the Drawings, any other exhibits identified in the Agreement, together with all Modi .fications issued after the execution of the Agreement. Contract Price The Contract price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable by Owner to Contractor for performin� the Work. Contract Time The number of days ar the date stated in the Agreement for the completion of the Work. Contrcactor The Aerson with whom the Owner has entered into the Agreement. For the purposes of this contract, the person, firm or corporation with whom this contract or agreement has been made by the City af Clearwater or its duly authorized representative. Critical Path Method Construction Schedule—CPM Day A graphic format construction schedule that displays construction activities as they relate to one another for the purpose of identifying the most efficient way to perform the work in a timely manner. The critical path identi�es which activity is critical to the execution of the schedule. A calendar day of twenty-four (24) hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. Defective An adjective which when modifying the word Work refers to Wark that is unsatisfactary, faulty or de�cient, or does not conform to the Contract Documents or does not meet the requirements of any inspection, re�erence standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract Documents, or has been damaged prior to Engineers recommendation of final payment. Drawings The drawings, which will be identified in Technical Specifications or the Agreement, which show the character and scope of the Work to be performed and which have been prepared or approved by Engineer and are referred to in the eontract documents. Shop drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Engineer The duly appointed representative of the City Manager of the City of Clearwater. For the purpases af this contract, the City Engineer of the City of Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida, or his authorized representative. For certain projects, the Engineer may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Engineer's Consultunt A Person having a contract with Engineer to furnish services as En�ineer's independent Sectionlll.doc Page 2 of 46 7/26/2011 ' �. J ' 1 �� i ' ' ' ' � ' C� r � � ' � 1 1 ' 1 ' , ' ' Section 11I - General Conditions professional associate or consultant with respect to the Project and who is identified as such in the Supplementary Conditions. F..D. O. T Specifications The Standard Specii►cations for Raad and Bridge Construction as issued by the Florida Department of Transportation (latest English edition). Furnish The words "furnish", "furnish and install", "install", and "provide" or words of similar meaning shall be interpreted, unless otherwise specifcally stated, to mean "furnish and install complete in place and ready for service". Inspection The term "inspection" and the act of inspecting means examination af construction to ensure that it conforms ta the design concept expressed in the Drawin�s and Specifications. These terms shall not be con5trued to mean supervision, superintendin� or overseeing. Laws and Regulatrons , Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes and orders of any kind of �overnmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Liens 1 Liens, charges, security interests or encumbrances upon real property or personal property. Midestone , A principal event specified in the contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date or time prior to the final completion date. ' ' 1 1 1 ' � 1 ' Notice to Proceed (NTP) A written notice given by the Owner to the Contractor fixing the date on which the Contract Time wi11 commence to run and an which Contractor shall start to perform his obligations under the Contract Documents. (hvner The City of Clearwater, Florida. For the purposes of this contract, the person who is the City's authorized representative from the City's Department with whom will be responsible for the maintenance and operation of the Work once the Work is completed. For certain projects, a designee of the Owner may serve as the Owner's Representative during construction. Owner's Representutive Designee of the Owner with authority to act on behalf of the Owner during construction. Person A natural person, ar a corporation, partnership, firm, arganization, or other artificial entity. Project The tatal construction of which the Work to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whale ar a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. SectionIII.doc Page 3 of 46 7/26/2011 Section lli — General Conditions Partial Utilization Use by Owner oF a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Final Completion of all the Work. Representative of Contractor The Contractor shall assign a respansible person or persons, one of whom shall be at the construction site at all times that work is progressing. "1'he names and positions of these persons shall be submitted to the City Engineer at the time of the pre-construction conferencc. This person or persons shall not be changed without written approval of City Engineer. Reguest for Information (RFI) An official written request for clarifcation of the intent of the contract docurt�ents from the Contractor to the En�ineer. Shop Drawing All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedu:les and other data which are specifically prepared by or for Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work and all illustrations, brochures, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, diagrams and other information prepared by a supplier and submitted by Cantractor ta illustrate material or equipment for some portion of the Work. Specifrcations Thase portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto. Suhcontractor A person having a direct cantract with Contractor or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the Work at the site. Sub,stantiad Completian The Work (or a specified part thereo� which has progressed to the point where, in the opinion of Engineer, as evidenced by Engineer's de.finitive certi�cate of Substantial Campletion, it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract documents, so that the Work (or specified part) can be utilized �or the purposes for which it is intended; or if no such certificate is issued, when the Work is complete and ready for final payment as evidenced by the Engineer's recommendation of final payment. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied to all ar part of the Work refer to Substantial Completion thereof Supplementary Condations The part of the Contract which amends or supplements these General Conditions. Suppl ier A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, rnaterial man or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with any Subcontracior ta furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Wark by the Contractor. Surery Any person, firm or corparation which is bound with Contractor and which er�gages to be responsible for Contractor and his acceptable perfarmance of the Work by a Bid, Performance or Payment Bond. SectionlIi.doc Page 4 oF46 7/26/2011 , 1 � , ' � ' ' ' ' � , 1 ' , ' ' 1 , ' � 1 1 ' Section IlI — General Conditions Underground Facilitres All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground to furnish any of the following services or materials: electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephane or other communications, cable television, sewage and drainage removal or treatment, traffic or other control systems or water. Unr[ Prrce Work Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. Work ' The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. Work includes and is the result of performing or fumishing labor and incorporating materials and equipment into the , construction, and perforrning or Furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. Work Change Directzve ' A written directive to Contractor, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement and signed by the Engineer, ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work, or responding to differing or unfarESeen physical conditions under which the Work is to be ' performed or emergencies. Work Change Directive will not chan�e the Contract Price or Contract Time, but is evidence that the parties expect that the change directed or documented by a Work Change Directive will be incorporated in a subsequently issued ' Change Order following negotiations by the parties as to its effect, if any, on the Contract Price or Contract Times. ' 2 PRELIMINARY MATTERS 1 1 ' [� 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE When Contractor delivers the executed Agreements to the Owner, Cantractor shall also deliver to the Owner such Bonds and Certifrcates of Insurance as Contractor may be required ta furnish by this contract. 2.2 C4PIES OF DOCUMENTS Engin��r shall furnish to Cantractor one (1) copy of Contract Documents for execution. Additional capies will be furnished, upan request, at the cost of reproduction_ 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIME/NOTICE TO PROCEED; STARTING THE PROJECT The Contract Time will commence on the day indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Contractor ' shall start to perform the work on the date the Contract Time commences to run. No work shall be done at the site prior to the date that the Contract Time commences to run. ' 1 J 2.4 BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION Before undertaking each part of the Work, Contractor shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent �gures shown thereon and all applicable SectionIII.dce Page 5 of 46 7/26/2011 Section 111 — General Conditioris field measurements. Contractor shall promptly report in writing to Engineer any conflict, error or discrepancy which Contractor may discaver; and shall obtain a written interpretation or clarification from Engineer before proceeding with any work effected thereby; however, Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner for failure to report any conflict, error or discrepancy in the Drawings or Specifications, unless Contractor had actual knowledge thereof or should reasonably hav� knawn thereaf. No verbal agreement or conversation with any ofticer, Agent or employee of the Owner or Engineer's Consultant, either before or after the execution ofthrs Contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. Contractor shall not commence any work at any time without approved insurance required by these General Conditions. Failure to obtain this insurance will be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. f+�•��:7X+I*]►E-'��:i�L��[+7►[�I�7�1��:7�►Cy� Within twenty (20) days of Award of Contract and before the start of� the Work, the Owner's Representative shall schedule a preconstruction conference to be attended by Contractor, Engineer, Owner and others as appropriate to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work and to discuss the schedule of the Wark and general Contract procedures. Typically, oversight of the project officially passes from the Engineering Department ta the Construction Department at the preconstruction conference. .In these cases, the preconstruction conference is run by the Construction Department and chaired by the City's Construction Manager. 'The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the Preconstruction Conference a color Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule. This is to be a sequence of events including submittal review and procurement. Notice to Proceed is usually established at this conference and such date can be inserted into the schedule at that time. The Contractor shall also bring a Submittal Schedule for review by the Engineer_ This is to make sure that the list is cornplete and this schedule shall be the basis of a Submittal Log. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner's Representative at the preconstruction conference a completed Emergency Call List and a completed Authorized Signature List. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a project disk that has all of the necessary data and survey control points for the purpose of construction stakeout and as-built survey. The Owner's Representative shall deliver to the Contractor at the preconstruction conference a Contractor evaluation package. This is far the purpose of rating the Contractor's performance for reference when considering future contracts and bid prequalification. 2.fi PROGRESS MEETINGS The Contractor is required ta attend Progress Meetings. These meetings will be scheduled an a weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly basis depending on the needs of the project. The Contractor shall bring to each meeting an updated submittal log, an updated request for information (RFi) log, a look-ahead schedule to cover the project activity from the current meeting to the next meeting, and all material test reports generated in the same time period. SectionIll.doc Page 6 of 46 7/26/2011 1 1 C� ' 1 1 ' � �..J ' 1 1 � ' 1 1 ' �_� ' Section III — General Conditions 3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, INTENT 3.1 INTENT The Contract Dacuments comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and the Contractor concerning the Work. They may be altered anly by written agreement. The Contract Docurnents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete project (or part thereo� to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any Work, materials or equipment which may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or from trade usage as being required to praduce the intended result will be furnished and performed whether or not specifically called for. When words or phrases, which have a well- known technical or construction industry or trade meaning, are used to describe Work, materials or eyuipment, such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning. Clarifications and interpretations of.' the Contract Documents shall be issued by the Owner's Representative. Reference to standards, specifications, manuals or codes of any technical society, organization ar association, or to the code, Laws or Regulation of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard speci�catian, manual or code, or Laws or Re�ulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids except as may be otherwise specifically stated in the Contract Documents. However, na provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code, whether or not specially incorporated by reference in the responsibilities of Owner or Contractor as set forth in the Contract Documents, shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Contractor, Engineer or Owner's Representative, or any of their Agents ar employees from those set forth in the Contract Documents. Clarifications and interpretations of the Contract shall be issued by the Owner's Representativ�. Each and every provision of law and clause required by law to be inserted in these Contract documents shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and they shall be read and enforced as through it were included herein, and if through mistake or otherwise, any such provision is not inserted, or if not correctly inserted, then upon the application of either party, the Contract Documents shall forthwith be physically amended to make such insertion. 3.2 REPORTING AND RESOLVING DISCREPANCIES If, during the performance of the Work, Cantractor discavers any conflict, errar, ambiguity or discrepancy within the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the Work or of any such standard, specification, manual or code or of any instruction of any Supplier, Contractor shall report it to the Owner's Representative in writing aC once, and Contractor shall not proceed with the Work affected thereby (except in an emergency) until an amendtiaent or supplement to Contract Documents has been issued by one of the methods provided in these General Specifrcations, provided however, that Contractor shall not be liable to Owner, or Ownec's Representative for failure to repart any such conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy unless Contractor knew or reasanably should have known thereof. SectionlII.doc Page 7 of 46 7/26/2011 n Scction lil — Caeneral Conditions AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; REFERENCE POINTS 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS The �wner shal] furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the Work is to be Performed, rights-of-way, easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of contractor. The Owner shall identify any encumbrances or restrictions not of general application but speci�cally related to use of lands so furnished with which contractor will have to comply in performing the Wark. Easements for permanent structures or perraaanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the Owner, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Dacuments. 4.2 INVESTIGATIONS AND REPORTS Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions and Technical Speci�cations for identification of those reports of investigations and tests of subsUrface and latent physical conditions at the site or otherwise affecting cost, progress or performance of the Work which have been relied upon by Engineer in preparation of the Urawings and Specifications. Such reports are not guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness and are not part of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly notify the Owner's Representative in writing ot any subsurface or latent physical conditions at the site, or in an existin� structure, differing materially f'rom those indicated or referred to in the Contract Documents. Engineer will promptly review those conditions and advise if furt�er investigation or tests are necessary. Owner or Engineer shall obtain the necessary additional investigations and tests and furnish copies to the Engineer and Contractor. If Engineer finds that the results of such investi�ations or tests indicate ihat there are subsurface or latent physical conditions, which differ materially from those, indicated in the contract Documents, and which could not reasoraably have been anticipated by ConCractor, a work change or Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions. 4,3 PHYSICAL CONDITI�NS, UNDERGROUND FACILITIES The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or cantiguous to the site is based on information and data furnished to Owner or Engineer by the owners of such Underground Facilities or by others. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Contract Documents, Owner and Engineer shall not be responsible far the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data; and the cost of all the following will be included in the Contract Price and contractor shall have full responsibility for: (i) reviewing and checking all such information and data, (ii) locatin� all Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, (iii) coordination of the Work with the owners of such Underground Facilities durin� construction, and (iv) the safety and protection of all such Underground �'acilities and repairing any dannage thereto resulting from the Work. The Contractor is required to call the LOCAL PUSLIC UTILITY NOTIFTCATION CENTER prior to any excavation per State regulations and to notify any utility owners w,ho are not a member of the LOCAL PUSLIC UTILITY NOTxFICATION CENTER prior to any excavation. The LOCAL PUBLIC UTILITY NOTIFICATION CENTER is an agency for the protection and location af utilities prior to any excavation and contact number is available in local telephone directory. SectionTIl.doc Page 8 of 46 , 1 � , LJ ' � 1 1 1 ' , ir� � � 1 � , 7/26/2011 ' ' 1 ' Section Ill — General Conditipns 4.4 REFERENCE PDINTS ' Engineer shall provide engineering surveys to establish reference points for canstruction, which in Engineer's judgment are necessary to enable Contractar to proceed with the Work. Contractor shall be responsible for laying out the Work, shall protect and preserve th� established reference ' paints and shall make no changes or relocations without the prior written approval of the Owner and Engineer. Contractor shall report to Engineer whcnever any re%rence point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations, and shall be ' responsible for the accurate replacement or relocation of such reference points by a surveyor licensed in the State of Florida. The Contractor is referred to the Technical Specifications for more specifc information regarding the provision of construction surveys. If a City survey crew ' is assigned to the project and there is excessive stake replac�ment caused by negligence of Contractor's forces after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the Engineer, the Contractor will be charged at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be coznputed for actual ' time on the project. All time shall be computed in one-hour increments with a minimum charge of one hour. , 5 BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND/CONTRACT BQND ' Contractor shall furnish a Performance and Payment Bond in an amount at least equal to the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all Cantractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. This bond shall remain in effect at least one year after , the date when final payment becomes due, unless a longer period of time is prescribed by laws and regulations or by the Coniract Documents. Contractor shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary Conditions. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the ' Contract Documents and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on �ederal Sonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, ' Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agents' authority to act. All bands shall be deemed to contain all of the Conditions of Section 255.05, Florida Statutes, even if such ' language is not directly contained within the bond and the Surety shall be licensed and qualified to do business in the State of Florida. Owner reserves the right to reject any surety. If the Surety on any Bond furnished by the Contractor is declared bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to ' do business is terminated in any state where any part of the Project is located or it ceases to m�et the requirements of these Contract Documents, the Contractor sha11 within five days after notice thereof substitute another Sond and surety, both of which must be acceptable to Owner. ' 5.2 INSURANCE 1 1 1 1 Contractor shall purchase and maintain such liability and other insurance as is apprapriate ,for the Work being perForrned and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor's performance and furnishing of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractar, and Subcontractor or Supplier, or by anyane directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform ar furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable for the following: (i) Claims under worker's compensatian, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (ii) Claims for damages because af bodily Section[Il.doc Page 9 of 46 7/26/2011 Section lll — General Conditions injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees; (iii) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; (iv) Claims for dama�es insured by customary personal injury liability coverage which are sustained by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or by any other person for any other rcason; (v) Claims for damages, ather than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; and (vi) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. The Contractor shall deliver to the Owner, with copies to each additional insured identified in the Supplementary Conditions, certificates of insurance (and other evidence of insurance requested by the Owner or any other additianal insured) which Contractor is required to purchase and maintain in accordance with this paragraph. The policies of insurance so required by this paragraph ta be purchased and maintained shall: (i) include as additional insured (subject to any customary exclusion in respect of professional liability) Owner of Clearwater and any other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, all of whom shall be listed as additional insured, and include coverage far the respective officers and employees of all such additionaJ insures; (ii) include completed operations insurance; (iii) include contractual liability insurance covering Contractor's indemnity obligations in Article for Contractor's Responsibilities; (iv) cantain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to the Owner, and Contractor and to each other additional insured identifi�d in the Supplemental Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued (and the certificates of insurance furnished by the Cantractor as described in this paragraph); (v) remain in effect at least until final payment and at all times thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing ar replacing defectivc Work in accordance with Article for Correction af Defective Work; (vi) with respect to completed operations insurance, and any insurance coverage written on a claims-made basis, shall remain in effect for at least two years after f.tnal payment. Contractor shall furnish the Owner and each other additional insured identifed in the Supplementary Conditions to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued evidence satisfactory to the Owner and any such additional insured, of continuation of such insurance at final payment and one year thereafter and (vii) Name and telephone number of the authorized insurance agent for the Insurer. The limits of liability for the insurance required shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts ar greater where required by laws and regulations: 5.2.1 WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000_ and Over (1) Workers' Compensation Statutory Statutory (2) Employer's Liability $500,000. $1,000,000. 5.2.2 PUBLIC LIABILITY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE COVERAGE Comprehensive General Liability including Premise/Operations; Explosion, Collapse and Underground Property Damage; �roducts/Completed Operations, Broad Form Contractual, Independent Contractors; Broad Form Property Damage; and Personal Injury liabilities: SectionIIl.doc Page 10 of 46 7/26/201 I 1 � � 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' � , ' ' 1 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 Section Ill — Gcncral Conditions Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence �ccurrcnce $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (2) t'roperty Damage: $500,000. Each $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence $1,000,000. Annual $1,000,000. Annual Aggregate Aggregate (3) Personal lnjury, with $1,00O,OOU. Annual $1,000,000. Annual employment exclusion deleted Aggregate Aggregate ' S.2.3 C�MPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY ' ' ' including all owned (private and others), hired and non-owned vehicles: Contract Award Amount Contract Award Amount Under $1,000,000. $1,000,000. and Over (1) Bodily Injury $500,000. Each Person $I,OOO,OQO. Each Person $500,000. Each Accident $1,000,000. Each Accident (2) Aroperty Damage $500,000. Fach $1,000,000. Each Occurrence Occurrence ' Receipt and acceptance by Owner of the Contractor's Certificate of Insurance, or other similar dacument does not constitute acceptance or approval of amounts or types of coverages, which may be less than required by these Contract Documents. The Owner shall not be responsible for , purchasing and maintaining any property insurance to protect the interests of Contractor, Subcontractors or others in the Work. Owner may at its option require a copy of the Contractor's Insurance Policy(s)_ All insurance policies required within this Cantract Document shall provide , full coverage from the first dollar of exposure unless otherwise stipulated. No deductibles will be accepted without priar approval from Owner. ' Lpn�shore and Harbor Worker's Compensation ACt; Section 32 of the Act, 33 U.S.C. 932, requires an employer, with employees in maritime employment, to secure the payment of benefits under the Act either by insuring with an insurance carrier authorized by the U.S. Departtx�ent of Labor, or to be authorized by the U.S. Department of Labor as a self-insurer. ' For General Contractors: Section 4(a) of the Act provides that every employer shall be liable for and shall secure the payment to his employees of the compensation payable under Sections 7, , 8, and 9 of the Act. In the case of an employer who is a subcantractor, only if such subcontractor fails to secure the payment af compensation shall the contractor be liable for and be required to secure the payment of compensation. ' SectionIII.doc Page 11 of 46 7/26/2011 1 Scction III -- General Conditions 5.3 WAIVER OF RIGHTS The Owner and Contractor intend that all policies purchased in accordance with Article on Insurance will protect the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to bt listed as insured or additional insured in such policies and will provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered thereby. All such policies shall contain provisions to the effect that in the event of payment of any lass or damage the insurers will have na rights of recovery against any of the insured or additional. insured thereunder, the Owner and Contractor waive all rights against each other and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents for all losses and damages caused by, arising out af or resulting from any of the perils covered by such policies and any other property insurance applicable to the work; and, in addition, waive all such rights against Sub-contractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and all other persons or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions to be listed as insured or additional insured under such policies for losses and damages so caused. None of the above waivers shall extend to the rights that any party making such waiver may have to the proceeds af insurance atherwise payable under any policy so issued. In addition, the Owner waives all rights against Contractor, Subcontractors, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and the officers, directors, employees and agents of any of them for: (i) lass due to business interruption, loss of use or other consequential loss extending beyond direct physical loss or damage to the Owner property �r the Work caused by, arising out of or resulting from �re or other peril, whether or not insured by the Owner and; (ii) loss or damage to the completed Project or part thereof caused by, arising out of or resulting from fire or other insured peril covered by any property insurance maintained on the completed Project or part thereof by the Owner during partial utilizativn, after substantial completion or after final payment. ��Z�]��:7�[�%T:��7,I+ = 6.1 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE Contractor shall supervise, inspect and direct the Work competently and efficienCly, devoting such attention thereta and applying such skills and expertise as rraay be necessary to perforrn the Work in accordance with Che Contract Documents. Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequances and procedures of construction. Contractor shall not be responsible for the negligence of others in the design or specification of a specific means, method, techraique, sequence or procedure of constructian which is shown or indicated in and expressly required by the Cantract Documents. Contractor shall be responsible to see that the completed work complies accurately with the Contract Documents_ Contractor shall keep on th� work at all times during its progress a competent resident superintendent, who shall not be replaced without notice to the Owner's Representative except under extraordinary circumstances. The superintendent will be Contractor's representative at the site and shall have authority to act on behalf of Contractor. All communications to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given ta Cantractor. The Contractor's superintendent shall keep a mobile cell phone on his person so he can be contacted whenever necessary. Contractor shall ernploy only competent persons to do the work and whenever the Owner's Representative shall notify Contractor, in writing, that any person on the work appears to be incampetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unsatisfactory, such person shall be removed SectionlII.doc Page 12 of 46 1 , 1 , ' 1 ' L_J ' ' ' 1 � ' ' 1 1 �iz6i2or r ' ' 1 1 ' 1 L� 1 Seciion ll] — General Conditions from the project and shall not again be employed on it except with the written consent of the Owner's Representative. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for additional engineering and inspection costs incurred as a result of overtime work in excess of the regular working hours or on the Owner normally approved holidays. At such times when Inspector overtime is required, the Contractor shall sign an overtime slip documenting such hours and the Contractor shall be provided a copy for }ais records. At the end of the project and prior to payment of withheld retainage funds, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a check made out ta the Owner af Clearwater for full reimbursement of all Inspector overtime hours. Withheld retainage shal) not be released until the Owner has received this check. Minimum number of chargeable hours for inspection costs on weekends or holidays shall be four hours. The cost of overtime inspection per hour shall be $60.00 per hour. Contractor shall provide and maintain in a neat and sanitary condition, such sanitary , accommodatians for the use of Contractor's employees as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of Laws and R�gulations and the Engineer. ' ' , ' ' � 1 6.2 LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT Cantractor shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey, lay out and construct the work as required by the Cantract Documents. Contractor shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the site. Except as otherwise required for the safety or protectian of persons or the work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the site shall be performed during regular working hours and Contractor will not permit overtime work or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any legal holiday without the Owner consent given after prior natice to Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the General Requirements, Contractor shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and all other facilities and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up and completion ofthe Work. All materials and equipment installed in the Work shall be of good quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. lf required by Engineer, Contractors shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the quality of materials and equipment. The Contractor shall provide suitable and secure storage for all materials ta be used in the Work so that their quality shall not be impaired or injured. Materials that are improperly stored, may be rejected by the Engineer without testing. All materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and ' conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable manufacturer, fabricatar, supplier, or distributor, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The City of Clearwater, at its sole discretion, reserves the right ta purchase major equipment ta ' be incorporated inta the WORK under the Owner Direct Purchase (ODP) Optian, if indicated in the Contract Documents. In such event, the Contractor shall cooperate and assist the Owner of Clearwater, at no additional cost, to implennent the ODP documents and procedures. 1 ' Sectionlll.doc Page 13 of 46 7/26/2011 1 Section III — General Conditions 6.3 SUBSTITUTES AND "OR EQUAL" ITEMS Whenever an item of material ar equipment is specified ar described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the specification or description is intended to establish the type, function and quality required. Unless the specification or descriptiort contains or is followed by wards reading that no like, equivalent or "or equal" item or no substitution is permitted, other items of material or equipment or material or equipment of other Suppliers may be accepted by Engineer. If in Engineer's sale discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor is functionally equal to that named and sufficiently similar so that no change in related Work will be required, it may be considered by Engineer %r approval. If in the Engineer's sole discretion an item of material or equipment proposed by Contractor does not qualify as an "or equal" item, it may be considered as a proposed substitute item. Contractor shall subrnit sufficient information as required by the Engineer to allow the Engineer to determine that the item of material or equipment proposed is essentially equivalent to that named and is an acceptable substitute therefore. Request for review of proposed substitute and "or equal" will be not be accepted by Engineer from anyane other than Contractor. Request for substitute and "or equal" items by Contractor must be submitted in writing to Owner's Representative and will contain all information as Engineer deems necessary to make a determination. All data provided by Contractor in support of any propased substitute or "or equal" item will be at Contractor's expense. Engineer will be allowed a reasonable time to evaluate each proposal or submittal made per this paragraph. Engineer will be sole judge of acceptability. 6.4 RESP�NSIBILITY FOR SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS Contractor shall be fully responsible to Owner and Engineer for all acts and omissions of the Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons performing or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indir�et contract with Contractor just as Contractor is responsible for Contractor's own acts and omissions. Nothing in the Contract Documents shall create far the benefit of any such Subcontractor, Supplier or other person any contractual r�lationship between Owner or Engineer and any Subcontractor, Supplier or ather person, nor shall it create any abligation on the part of Owner or Engineer to pay or to see to the payment of any moneys due any such Subcontractor, Supplier or oCher person. Contractor shall be solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons perfortning or furnishing any of the work under a direct or indirect contract with Contractor. Contractor shall require all Subcontractors, Suppliers and such other persons performing or furnishing any of the work to communicate with the Engineer through Contractor. The divisions and sections of the Specifications and the identificatians of any Drawings shall not control Contractor in dividing the wark among Subcontractors or Suppliers or delineating the work to be performed by any specific trade. All work performed for Contractor by a Subcontractor or Supplier will be pursuant to an appropriate agreement between Contractor and the Subcontractor or Supplier which specifically binds the Subcontractor or Supplier ta the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents for the bene�t of Owner and Engineer. SectionIII.doc Page 14 of 46 7/26/2011 , L_ J 1 , ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' , I L _, 1 C� ' ' ' 1 1 ' � , 1 Seclion lil — General Conditions Contractor shall not pay or employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or othcr person or organizatron whether initially or as a substitute, against whom Owner or Engineer may have reasonable objection. Contractor shall not be required to employ any Subcontractor, Supplier or other person or orgattization to furnish or perform any of the work against whom Contractor has reasonable objection. Owner or Engineer will not undertake to settle any differences between Contractor and his Subcontractors or between Subcontractors. 6.5 USE OF PREMISES Contractor shall con�ne construction equipment, the starage of materials and equipment and the ' operations of works to the site and land areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents on other land areas permitted by Laws and Regulatians, right-of-way, permits and easements, and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with construction eyuipment or , other materials or equipment. Cantractor shall assume full responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereaf or of any adjacent land or areas, resulCing from the performance of the Work. Should any claim be made by any such owner or occupant ' because of the performance of the Work, Contractor shall promptly settle with such other party by negotiation or otherwise resolve the claim by arbitration or other dispute resolution proceed in or at law. Contractor shall, to the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, indemni�y ' and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultant and their officials, directors, employees and agents from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages arising out of or resulting from any claim or action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant ' against Owner, Engineer or any other party indemnified hereunder to the extent caused by or based upon Contractor's performance of the Work. ' 1 1 ' ' 1 During the progress of the Work, Contractar shall keep the premises free from accumulations of waste materials, rubbish and other debris resulting from the Work. At the completion of the Work ar at intervals established by the Engineer, Contractor shall remove all waste materials, rubbish and debris from and about the premises as well as all taols, appliances, construction eyuipment and machinery and surplus materials. Contractor shall restore to original condition all praperty not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. 6.5.1 STAGING AREAS The Contactor shall obtain and deliver to the City written permission for the use of all staging and storage areas outside of the Limits of Construction. 6.5.2 RESTORATION TIME LIMITS The timely restoration of all i►npacted areas, especially right-of-ways, is very important to the Citizens of Clearwater; therefore these time fimits are impased: • Debris piles shall be removed within frve (5) consecutive calendar days. • Concrete driveways and sidewalks shall be replaced within ten (10) consecutive calendar days of removal. Resident access shall be maintained at all times. • All arterial and collector roadways shall be restored ASAP. ' • Local streets and asphalt driveways shall be restored as soon as a sufficient quantity is generated, however, this is never to exceed fifteen (15) consecutive calendar days. Local and resident access shall be maintained at all times. ' SectionlII.doc Page 15 of 46 7/26/20l 1 1 Section lIl — Genern] Conditions • Sod must be restored with ten (l0) consecutive calendar days of� a successful pipe pressure test. lt must be watered for a period of thirty (30) days after it is placed. Erosion control and dust control of denuded areas must be maintained at all times. If the project or a portion of it does not involve right-of ways, then a different schedule of sod restoration may be considered. 6.6 LICENSE AND PATENT FEES, ROYALTIES AND TAXES Contractor shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident Co ihe use in the performance of the work or the incorporation in the Work of any invention, design, process, product or device which is the subject aipatent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the work and if to the actual knowledge of Owner or Engineer its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights shall be disclosed by Owner or Engineer in the Contract Documents. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Consultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, lasses and damages arising out of or resulting from any infringem�nt of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the Work or resulting from the incorporation in the Wark of any invention, design, process, product ar device not specified in the Contract Documents, and shall defend all such claims in connection with any alleged infringement of such rights. Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other taxes r�quired to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the l�aws and Regulations of the State of Florida and other governmental agencies, which are applicable during the performance of the work. 6.7 LAWS AND REGULATIONS Contractor shall give all notices and comply with all Laws and Regulatians applicable to fiarnishing and performance of the Work. Except where otherwise expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations, neither Owner nor Owner's Representative shall be responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with any Laws or Regulations. If Contractor performs any work knowing or having reason to know that it is contrary to Laws or Regulations, Contractor shall bear all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or arisin,g out of such work: however, it shall not be Contractor's primary responsibility to make certain that the Specifications and Drawings are in accordance with Laws and Regulations, but this shall not relieve Contractor of Contractor's abligations to the Owner to report and resolve discrepancies as described above. When City projects include Federal or State funding, the requirements of Executive Order 11-02 shall be adhered to utilizing the Homeland Security E-Verify System to verify employrnent eligibility. fi.8 PERMITS Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, Contractor shall obtain and pay for all constructian permits and licenses. The Owner shall assist Contractor, when necessary, in obtaining such permits and licenses. Contractor shall pay a11 governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work, which are applicable at the time of SectionllT.doc Page 16 of 4d 7/26/2011 1 1 � ' 1 , 1 1 1 � ' 1 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 l .1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 , , 1 1 ' Section III -� General Conditions opening of Sids. Contractor shall pay all charges of utility owners for connections to the work, and the Owner shall pay all charges of such utility owners for capital costs related thereta such as plant investment fees. Unless otherwise sCated in the Contract Documents, Owner of Clearwater Building Permit Fees will be waived. 6.9 SAFETY AND PROTECTION Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connectian with the Work. Cantractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of; and shall provide the necessary protectian to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (i) all persons on the work site or who may be affected by the work, (ii) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site; and (iii) ather property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. In the event of temporary suspension of the work, or during inclement weather, or whenever Owner's Representative may direct; Contractor shall, and shall cause Subcontractors, to protect carefully the Work and materials against damage or injury fram the weather. If, in the opinion ofthe Owner's Representative, any portion of Work or materials shall have been damaged or injured by reason of failure on the part of the Contractor or any Subcontractors to so protect the Work, such Work and materials shall be removed and replaced at the expense of Contractor. The Contractor shall initiate and maintain an accident preventian program which shall include, but shall not be limited to the establishment and supervision of programs for the education artd training of employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe conditions and acts. Contractar shall provide first aid services and medical care to his employees. The Contractor shall develop and maintain an effective fire protection and prevention program and good housekeeping practices at the site of contract performance throughout all phases of constructian, repair, alteration or demolition. Contractor shall require appropriate personal pratective equipment in all aperations where there is exposure to hazardous conditions. The Engineer may order that the work stop if a condition of irn,mediate danger to the Owner's employees, equipment ar if property damage exists. "I'his pravision shall not shift responsibility or risk af loss for injuries of damage sustained from the Cantractor to �wner, and the Contractor shall remain solely responsible for compliance with all safety reyuirements and for the safety of all persons and property at the site of ConCract performance. The Contractor shall instruct his employees requir�d to handle or use toxic materials or other harmful substances regarding their safe handling and use. The Contractor shall take the necessary precautions to protect pedestrians and motorists from harm, and to prevent disruptions of such traftic due to construction activity. Contractor shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations of any public body having ' jurisdiction for safety of persons or property and to protect them from damage, injury or loss; and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. Cantractor shall natify owners of adjacent property and of Underground Facilities and utility awners when ' prosecution of the work may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation and replacement oftheir property. All damage, injury or loss to any property caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or part, by Contractor, any Subcontractor, Supplier or any ' other person or organization directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the work or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, shall be remedied by Contractor. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and far protection of tiae Work shall ' SectionIII.doc Page 17 of 46 7/26/2011 ' Seclion 111 — General Conditions continue until such time as all the Work is completed and Engineer has issued a notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable. 6.10 EMERGENCIES In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, Contractor, with or without special instruction or authorization from Owner or the Owner's Representative, is obligated to act to prevent damage, injury or loss. Contractor shall give Engineer prompt written notice if Contractor believes that any significant changes in the Wark or variations f.rom the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If the Owner's Representative determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the actian taken by Contractor in response to such an emergency, a Work Change Directive or Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. fi.11 DRAWINGS 6.11.1 SHOP DRAWINGS, SAMPLES, RFIs, and SUBMITTAL REVIEW Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings to En�ineer for review and approval as called for in the Technical Specifications or required by the Engineer. The data shown on the Shop Drawin�s will be complete with respect ta quantities, dimensions, specified performance and design criteria, materials and similar data to show Engineer the materials and equipment Contractor proposes to provide and to enable Engineer to review the information. Contractor shall also submit Samples Co Engineer for review and approval. Before subrraitting each Shop Drawing or Sample, Contractor shall have determined and verified: (i) all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, specifred performance criteria, insta]lation requirements, materials, catalog numbers and similar information with respect thereto, (ii) all materials with respect to intended use, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work, and (iii) all information relative to Contractor's sole responsibilities in respect ta means, x�nethods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. Contractor shall also have reviewed and coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents. Each submittal will bear a stamp or specific written indication that Contractor has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Cantract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval of that submittal. At the t.ime of submission, Contractor shall give �ngineer specific written notice of such variations, if any, that the Shop Drawing ar Sample submitted may have from the requirements of the Contract Documents, such notice ta be in a written communication separate from the submittal; and, in addition, shall cause a specific notation to be made on each Shop Drawing and Sample submitted to Engineer for review and approval of each such variation. The Contractor shall maintain a submittal log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Cottstruction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each submittal within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall maintain a request for information (RFI) log as mentioned in Article 2.5. The Engineer and Construction Services Department shall receive updated copies at each progress meeting, and the Engineer shall respond to each RFI within twenty-one (21) consecutive calendar days. The untimely submission of Submittal or RFIs shall not be grounds for a delay claim frorn the Contractor. SectionlII.doc Page 18 of 46 7/26/2p11 1 1 1 t ' � 1 1 1 � 1 1 � � � 1 L� 1 1 �� Section lll — General Conditions Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and Samples will be only to determine if the ' items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be cornpatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a funetioning whole as indicated the Contract Documents. Engineer's ' review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction (except where a particular means methad, technique, sequence or procedure af canstruction is speci�cally and expressly called far by the Contract Documents) or to safeCy ' precautions or programs incident thereto. The review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. Contractor shall make corrections required by Engineer, and shall return the required number of carr�cted copi�s of Shop Drawings and submit as required new Samples for review and approval. Contractor shall , direct specific attention in writing to revisions other than the corrections called for by Engineer on previous submittals. ' 1 1 , 1 1 1 Engineer's review and approval of Shop Drawings or Samples shall not relieve Contractor from respansibility for any variation From the requirements of the Contract Documents unless Contractor has in writing called Engineer's attention to each such variation at the time of submission and Engineer has given written appraval of each such variation by specific written notation thereof incorparated in or accompanying the Shop Drawing or Sample approval; nor will any approval by the Engineer relieve the Contractor from responsibility for complying with the requirements of paragraph above discussing field measurements by the Contractor. Contractor shall furnish required submittals with camplete information and accuracy in order to achieve required approval of an item within two (2) submittals. Owner's Representative reserves thE right to backcharge Contractor, for Engineer's casts far resubmittals that account for a number greater than twenty percent (20%) of the total number of first time submittals. Owner's Representative reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for all third submittals. The number of first time submittals shall be equal to the number of submittals agreed to by Engineer and Cantractor. All costs to Engineer involved with subseyuent submittal of Shop Drawings, Samples or other items requiring approval will be backcharged to Contractor at the rate of 3.0 times direct technical labor cost by deducting such costs from payments due Contractor for Work completed. In the event that Contractor requests a substitution far a previously approved item, all of Engineer's costs in the reviewing and appraval of the substitution will be backcharged to Contractor, unless the need for such substitution is beyond the control of Contractor. 6.11.2 AS-BUILT DRAWINGS ' The Contractor shall keep and maintain one set of blueprints, As-Built Drawings, in good order and legible condition to be continuously marked-up at the jab site. The Contractor shall mark and annotate neatly and clearly all project conditions, locations, configurations and any other changes ' or deviations which may vary from the details represented on the original Contract Plans, including revisions made necessary by Addenda, Shop Drawings, and Change Orders during the constructian process_ The Contractor shall record the horizontal and vertical locations, in the plan and profile, of all buried utilities that diff'er from the locations indicated or which were not ' indicated on the Contract Plans and buried (or concealed), construction and utility features which are revealed during the construction period. 1 ' 1 The As-Built Drawings shall be available for inspection by the Engineer, Engineer's Consultant, and the Owner's Representative at all times during the progress oFthe Project. SectionIII.doc Page 19 of 46 7/26/2011 Section 111— Gener�tl Condilions 'I"he As-Built Drawings shall be reviewed by the Owner's Representative, or his designee, for accuracy and compliance with the requirements of "As-Built Drawings" prior to submittal of the monthly pay requests. The pay requests shall be rejected if the marked-up blueline prints do not conform to the "As-Built Drawings" requirements. As-Built Drawirtgs shall be submitted to the Qwner Inspector for approval upon completion of the project and prior to acceptance of �nal pay request. Final pay request shall not be processed until As-Built Drawings have been reviewed by the Engineer or the Engineer's Consultant for accuracy and completeness. Prior to placing new potable water mains in service, the Contractor shall provide the Engineer intersection drawin�s, as specified for the water mains. The Owner's acceptance of the "As-Built Drawings" does not relievc the Contractor of the sole responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of the As-Built Drawings. 6.11.2.1 General The Contractor shall prepare an "AS-SU].LT SURVEY" per chapter SJ-17.052, Florida Administrative Code (see definition below), signed arad sealed by a Florida registered land surveyor. The contractor will deliver to the Uwner two hard copies of signed and sealed As-Built Drawin�s and an AutoCAD file. SJ 17.050 Defrnition: (1 D)(a) As-13uilt Survey: a survey performed to obtarn horrzontal arrd/or vertical dimensional data so that canstructed imprvvements may be located and delineated: also know as Record Survey. This survey shall be clearly titled "As-Built Survey" and shall be signed and sealed by a Florida registered land surveyar. The survey must be delivered to the Owner of Clearwater Construction Division upon substantial completion oFthe project. If this condition is not met, the Owner will procure the services o�a Professional Surveyor and Mapper registered in the State ofFlorida and will back charge the conCractor a fee of $1,800 per day or any portion thereof to provide the Owner with the required As-Suilt Survey. 6.11.2.2 Sanitary and Storm Sewer Piping Systems Manholes and inlets shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and vertical datum or utilize the stationing supplied an the construction plans. New sanitary service connections and replaced sanitary service connections shall be dimensioned to the nearest downstream manhole. All manholes, cleanouts and catch basin invert and rim elevations, manhole and catch basin dimensions, pipe six.es, and pipe material shall also be noted on the plan view and also on the profle if one exists. 2. Pipe materials and areas of special construction shall be noted. 6.11.2.3 Pressure Pipe construction (Water, Reclaimed Water, Forcemain) All pipes shall be located by survey coordinates (northing, easting and elevation) based on the approved horizontal and verCical datum or utilize the stationing supplied on the construction plans. Caordinates shall be at all pipe bends, tees, va1ves, reducers, and deflections. Also all new and replaced service connections for potable and reclaimed water will be located as described above. Additionally there must be survey coardinates no further than 100 feet apart on linear type construction and shall denote top of pipe elevation at those points. SectionIII.doc Page 20 of 46 7/26/2011 1 , , ' 1 1 [�' [�I 1 � ' r 1 1 � 1 � L_1 1 ' r ' 1 1 Section 111— General Cpnditions 6.11.2.4 Electrical and Control Wiring The as-built drawings shall include all changes to the ori�inal Contract Plans. The as-built drawings shall also include the size, color, and number of wires and conduit. For projects where this information is too voluminous to be cantained on the blueline prints, the Contractor shall prepare supplemental drawings, an same size sheets as the blueline prints, showing the additional conduit runs, ]-line diagrams, ladder diagrams, and other information. The wiring schematic diagrams shall show termination location and wiring identification at each point on the ladder diagram. 6.11.2.5 Harizontal and Vertical Control ' The As-Built survey shall be based on the original datum used for the construction design plans or if required by the Owner the datum shall be referenced to the North American Datum of 19$3/90 (horizontal) and the North American Vertical Datum of 1988. The unit of ineasurement ' shall be the United States Foot. Any deviation or use of any other datum, (horizontal and or vertical), must be approved by the Owner of Clearwater Engineering Department. , , 1 C� 1 , �I ' C� �J 1 r 1 6.11.2.6 Standards The As-Built survey sha11 meet the Minimum Technical Standards per Chapter SJ-17 and the Clearwater CAD STANDARDS set forth below. In addition to locating all improvements that pertain to the as-built survey it is the requirement af the Owner to have minimum location points at every change in direction and no rnore than ! 00 Feet apart on all pressure pipes. 6.11.2.7 Other The As-.�3uilt drawings shall reflect any differences from the original Contract Plans, in the same level of detail and units of dirnensions as the Plans. 6.11.3 CAD STANDARDS 6.17.3.1 Layer Naming fi.11.3.1.1 Prefixes and Suffixes Dl prefix denotes digitized or scanned entities EP prefix denotes existing points - field collected EX prefix denotes existing entities - line work and symbols PR prefix denotes proposed entities - line work and symbols �U prefix denotes future entities (proposed but not part ofthis contract) - line work and symbols TX suffix denates text — use for all text, no matter the prefix 6.11.3.1.2 GAS ELEC PHONE $ectionlll.doc �r Naming Definitions: gas lines and appurtenances power lines and appurtenances telephone lines and appurtenances Page 21 of 46 7/26/2011 5eetion ITl — General Conditions CABLE cable TV lines and appurtenances BOC curbs WALK sidewalk WATER water lines and appurtenances, sprinklers STORM storm lines and appurtenances TRE.�S trees, bushes, planters SANITARY sanitary lines and appurtenances FENCE all fences BLDG buildings, sheds, finished floor elevation DRIVE driver7vays EOP edge of pavement without curbs TRAFFIC signal poles, control boxes TOPSANK top of bank TOESLOPE toe of slope TOPBERM top of berm TOESERM toe of�berm SEAWALL seawall CONCSLAB concrete slabs WALL walls, except seawall SHORE shoreline, water elevation CL centerline of road CLD centerline of ditch CLS centerline of swale CORNER property corners, monumentation BENCH benchmark, temporary benchmarks Other layers may be created as required, usin� above format. 6.11.3.2 Layer Properties All layers will use standard AutoCAD linetypes, bylayer. All layers will use standard AutoCAD colors, bylayer. All text will use standard AutoCAD fonts. 6.11.3.3 Text Styles Text style far EX layers will use the simplex font, obli9ue angle of 0°, and a text height of .�08 times the plot scale. SectionIII.doe Page 22 of 46 7/26/2011 1 ' , 1 � � 1 1 ' , 1 1 r , � 1 1 1 1 Section 111 — General Conditions Text style for PR and FU layers will use the simplex font, oblique angle of 22_5°, and a text height of .010 times the plot scale. 6.11.4 DELIVERABLES: Th� as-built survey shall be produced on bond material, 24" x 36" at a scale of 1"-20' unless approved otherwise. The consultant shall deliver all drawing files in digital format. Acceptable file formats include: DWG, ofa shape file. Please address any questions regarding farmat to Mr. Tom Mahony, at (727) 562-4762 or e-mail address Thomas.Mahonv(�mvClearwater.com. 6.12 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner, Engineer and Engineer's Consultants that all Wark will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder includes defects or damage caused by abuse, vandalism, modifcation or operation by persons other than Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers. Until the acceptance of the Work by the Owner, the Work shall be under the charge and care of the Contractor, and he shall take every necessary precaution against injury or damage to any part thereof by action of the elements, or from any other cause whatsoever, arising fram the execution or non-execution of the Work. The Contractor shall rebuild, repair and make good, at his own expense, all injuries or damages to any portion of the Work occasioned by any cause before its completion and fnal acceptance by the Owner. In addition, "the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a period of one year from the date af f nal acceptance". Contractor's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes improper maintenance and operation by Owner's employees and normal wear and tear under normal usage for any portion of the Work, which has been partially accepted by the Owner for operation prior to final acceptance by the Owner. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Docurnents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of Work that is not in accardance with the Contract Documents or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: (i) observations by Owner's Representative, (ii) recomm�ndation of any progress or fipal payment by Owner's Representative, (iii) the issuance of a certifcate of Substantial Completion or any payment by the Uwner ta contractor under the Contract Documents, (iv) use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by Owner, (v) any acceptance by Owner or any failure to do so, (vi) any review and approval of a Shop Drawirag or Sample submittal or the issuance of a not�ce of Acceptance by the Engineer. �:�K��•�►��.��i,��:i�►,�c•�:�:� Contractor shall carry on the work and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the Owner. No wark shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the Owner or Contractor may otherwise agree in writing. 6.14 INDEMNIFICATION Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless Owner, Engineer, Engineer's Cansultants and the officers, directors, employees, agents and other consultants of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of Sectionlll.doc Page 23 of 46 7/26/2011 Section III — General Conditions engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution costs) caused by, arising aut of or resultin� from the performance af the Work, provided that any such claim, cost, loss ar darnage: (i) is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itsel�, including the loss of use resulting therefrom, and (ii) is caused in whole or in part by any negligent act or ornission of Coratractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Wark, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, regardless oiwhether or nat caused in part by any ne�ligence or omission of a person or entity indemnified hereunder or whether liability is imposed upon such indemnified party by Laws and Regulations regardless of the negligence of any such person. lf, through acts of neglect on the part of Contractor, any other Contractor or any Subcontractor shall suffer loss or damage on the work, Cantractor shall settle with such other Contractor or Subcontractor by agreement or arbitration if such other Contractor or Subcontractor will so settle. If such other Contractor or Subcontractor shall assert any claim against the Owner on such account of any damage alleged to have been sustained, the Owner shall notify Contractor, who shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any such claim. In any and all claims against Owner or Engineer or any of their respective consultants, agents, ot�icers, directors, or employees by any employee (or the survivor or personal representative of such employee) af Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any person directly or indirectly employed by any of thetn to perform or furnish any of the work, or anyone for whose acts any ai them may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this paragraph shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or beneiits payable by or for Contractor or any such Sub-contractor, Supplier or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under tlais paragraph shall not extend to the liability of Engineer and Engineer's Consultants, officers, directors, employees, or agents caused by the pro�essional negligence, errors or omissions of any of them. fi.15 CHANGES IN COMPANY C�NTACT INFORMATION Contractor shall notify Owner by US mail addressed to the CiCy Engineer of any changes in company conCact information. This includes: contact phone, address, project manager, email addresses, etc. 7 OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE The City reserves the right to have its own forces enter the construction site at any time and perform work as necessary in order to perform infrastructure repair or maintenance, whether related to the project or not. The Contractor will allaw complete access to all utility owners for these purposes. The City may have its awn forces perform new work related to the project, however, this work will be identified in the Contract Scope of Work and coordination will be such that this activity is denoted in the Contractor's CPM Schedule so as not to cause any delays or interference with the Contractor's work ar schedule. SectionIII.doc Page 24 of 46 7/26/2011 1 , r , � II � C� 1 1 1 ' 1-1 �� i� ' � ' ' , ' 1 1 � 1 , �� 1 � ' Section 111— General Conditions 7.2 C40RDINATION If the Owner contracts with others for the performance of other work on the Project at the site, the following will be set forth in the Scope of Work: (i) the person who will have authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities among the various prime contractors will be identified; (ii) the specific matters to be covered by such authority and responsibility will be itemized; and (iii) the extent of such authority and responsibilities will be provided. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary Conditions, the Owner shall havE sale authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination. 8 OWNERS RESPQNSIBILITY Except as otherwise provided in these General Conditions, the Owner shall issue all communications from the Owner to the Contractor through Owner's Representative. The Owner shall furnish the data required of the Owner under the Contract Documents promptly and shall make payments to Contractor promptly when they are due as provided in these General Conditions. The Owner is obligated to execute Change Orders as indicated in the Article an Changes ln 'The Work. The Owner's responsibility in respect of certain inspections, tests, and approvals is set forth in the Article on Tests and Inspections. ira connection with the Owner's right to stop work or suspend work, see the Article on I�ngineer ' may Stop the Work. "The Article on Suspension of Work and Termination deals with the Owner's right to terminate servic�s of Cantractor under certain circumstances. Owner shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nar be responsible for, ' Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or far any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The Owner will not be ' responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' 9 OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE Dependant of the project type, the Owner's Representative durirtg the construction period wi11 either be the Construction Manager, the Engineer, or a designee vf the 1'roject's Owner. The duties, responsibilities and the limitations of authority of Owner's Representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents and shall not be extended without written consent of Owner and Engineer. 9.2 CLARIFICATIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS Engineer will issue with reasonable promptness such written clarifications ar interpretations of the requirements of the Contract Documents regarding design issues only, in the farm of Submittal responses, RFI responses, Drawings or otherwise, as Engineer may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from Contract Sectionl.Tl.doc Page 25 of 46 7/26/201 I Section ili — General Conditions Documents. All other clarifcations and interpretations of the Contract Docum�nts shall be issued form the Owner's Representative. Such written clarifications and interpretaCions will be binding on the Owner and Contractor. If Contractor believes that a written clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Cantract Time and the parties are unable to agree to the amount or extent thereof, if any, Contractor may make a written claim therefore as provided in the Articles for Change of Work and Change of Contract Time. 9.3 REJECTING 4F DEFECTIVE WORK The Owner's Representative or the En�ineer will have authority to disapprove or reject Work which Uwner's Representative or the Engineer believes to be defective, or that Owner's Representative or the Engineer believes will not produce a completed �roject that conforms to the Contract Dacuments or that will prejudice the integrity of the design concept of the completed Aroject as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Dacuments. The Owner's Representative or the Engineer will also have authority ta require special inspection or testing of the Work whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. 9.4 SHOP DRAWINGS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS In connection with En�ineer's authority as to Shop Drawings and Samples, see articles on Shop Drawings and Samples. In connection with Owner's Itepresentative authority as to Change Orders, see the articles on Changes of Wark, Contract Price and Contract Time. In connection with Owner's Representative authority as to Applications for Payment, see the articles on Fayments to Contractor and Completion. 9.5 DECISIDNS ON DISPUTES The Owner's Representative will be the initial interpreter of the requiraments of the Contract Uocuments and judge of the acceptability of the work thereunder. Claims, disputes and other matters relating to the acceptability of the work or the interpretation of the requirements af the Contract Docum�nts pertaining to the performance and furnishing of the work and Claims under the Articles for Changes of Work, Changes of Contract Time and Changes of Contract Price wi11 be referred initially to Owner's Representative in writing with a reyuest for a formal decision in accordance with this paragraph. Written notice of each such claim, dispute or other matter will be delivered by the claimant to Owner's Representative and the other party to the Agreement promptly, but in no �vent later than thirty (30) days, after th� start of the occurrence or event giving rise thereto, and written supporCing data will be submitted to Owner's Representative and the other party within sixty (60) days after the start of such occurrence or event unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of such claim, dispute or other matter. The opposing party shall submit any response to Owner's Representative and the claimant within thirty (30) days after receipt of the claimant's last submittal, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time. Owner's Representative will render a formal decision in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the opposing party's submittal, if any, in accordance with this paragraph. Owner Representative's written decision on such claim, dispute or other matter will be final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor unless (i} an appeal from Owner Representative's decision is taken within thirty (30) days of the Owner Representative's decision, or the appeal time which may be stated in a Dispute Resolution Agreement between Owner and Contractor for the settlement of disputes or (ii) if no such Dispute Resolution Agreament has been entered into, a written notice af intention to appeal from Owner Representative's written decision is delivered by the Owner or Contractor SectionllI.doc Page 26 of 46 7/26/2011 1 ' ' 1 Section Ill — General Conditions to the other and to Owner's Representative within thirty (30) days after the date of such decision and a formal proceeding is instituted by the appealing party in a forum of competent jurisdiction to exercise such rights or remedies as the appealing party may have with respect to such claim, dispute or other matter in accordance with applicable Laws and Regulations within sixty (60) days of the date of such decision, unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Uwner and Contractar. When functioning as interpreter and judge, Owner's Representative will not shaw partiality to the ' Owner or Contractor and will not be liable in connectian with any interpretation or decision rendered in good faith in such capacity. The rendering of� a decision by Owner's Representative with respect to any such claim, dispute or other matter will be a condition precedent to any � exercise by the Owner or Contractor of such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any such claim, dispute or other matter pursuant the Article on Dispute Resolution. 1 1 � 1 i -� 1 ' 9.6 LIMITATIONS ON OWNER REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES Neither Owner Representative's authority or responsibility under this paragraph or under any other provision of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by Owner's Representative in good faith either to exercise or nat exercise such authority or responsibility or the undertaking, exercise or performance of any authority or responsibility by Uwner's Representative shall create, impose or give rise to any duty owed by Owner's Representative to Contractor, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization or to any surety for or ernployee or agent af any of them. Owner's Representative will not supervise, direct, control or have authority over or be responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the work. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for Contractor's failure to perform or furnish the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of Cantractor ar of any Subcontractor, any Supplier, or of any other person or organization performing or furnishing any of the work. Owner Representative's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying ' documentation and all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, bonds and certificates of inspection, tests and approvals and other documentation required to be delivered by the Contractor will only be to detertnine generally that their content complies with the ' requirements af the Contract Documents and, in the case of certificates of inspections, tests and approvals that the results certified indicate compliance with the Contract Documents. , 1 1 ' , The limitations upon authority and responsibility set forth in this paragraph shall alsa apply to Owner Representative's CEI, the Engineer's Consultants, and assistants. 10 CHANGES IN THE WORK Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the Owner may, at any time or from time to time, arder additions, deletions or revisions in the Work. Such additions, deletians or revisions will be autharized by a Written Amendment, a Change Order, or a Work SectionIII.doc Page 27 of 46 7/26/2011 Scction lII — General Conditions Chan�e Directive. Upon receipt of any such document, Contractor shall promptly proceed with the Work involved which wil] be performed under the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents (except as may otherwise be specifically provided). if the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an adjustment in the Contract Price or an adjustment of the Contract Time that should be allowed as a result of a Work Change Directive, a claim may be made therefore as provided in these General Conditions. Contractor shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract l'rice or an extension of the Contract Time with respect to any Work perFormed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified and supplemented as provided in these General Conditions except in the case of an em�rgency as provided or in the case of uncovering work as provided in article for Uncovering Work. The Owner and Contractor shall execute appropriate Change Orders or Written Amendments recommended by Owner's Representative covering: changes in the work which are (i) ordered by the Owner (ii) r�quired because of acceptance of defective work under the article for Acceptance of Defective Work or correctin� defective Work under the article for Owner May Correct Defective Work or (iii) agreed to by the parties; changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which are agreed to by the parties; and changes in the Contract Price or Contract Time which embody the substance of any written decision rendered by Owner's Representative pursuant to the article for :Decisions on Disputes; provided that, in lieu of executing any such Change Order, an appeal may be taken from any such decision in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and applicable Laws and Regulations, but during any such appeal, Contractor shall carry on the Work and adhere ta the progress schedule as provided in the article for Continuing the Work. If notice of any change affecting the general scope of the work or the provisions of the Contract Documents (including, but not limited to, Contract Price or Contract Time) is required by the provisions of any .Bond to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice will be Contractor's responsibility, and the amount of each applicable Sond will be adjusted accordingly. 11 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT PRICE The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation (subject to authorized adjustments) payable to Contractor for performing the Work. All duties, responsibilities and obligations assigned to or undertaken by Contractor shalI be at Contractor's expense without change in the Contract Price. The Contract Price may only be adjusted by a Change Order or by a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price shall be based on a written notice of claim stating the general nature of the claim, ta be delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative or promptly (but in no event later than thirty days) after the start af the occurrence or event giving rise ta the claim. Notice of the amount of the clairn with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after the start of such accurrence or event, unless Owner's Representative allows additional time for claimant to submit additional or more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by SectionIII.doc Page 28 of 46 7/26/2011 lJ 1 Section 111— General Conditions claimant's written statement that the claimed adjustment covers all known amounts to which the ' claimant is entitled as a result of said occurrence or event. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this paragraph. The value af any Work covered by a Change Order or of any claim far an adjustment in the Contract Price will be , determined as follows: (i) where the Work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Dacuments, by application of such unit prices to the quantities of the items involved (ii) where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract L7ocuments, by � a mutually agreed lump sum (which may include an allowance for overhead and profit), (iii) where the Work is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and agreement is reached to establish unit prices for the Work. ' Where the work involved is not covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents and where the Owner's Representative, the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's Consultant, and Contractor cannot mutually agree on a lump sum price, the City of Clearwater shall pay for ' directed changes in the WQRK, on "COST REIMBURSEMENT" basis. The Contractor shall apply far compensation, detailing Contractors forces, materials, equipment, subcontractors, and other items of direct costs required for the directed work. 1 , 1 1 ' 1 r ' 1 ' � 1 The application for Cost Reimbursement shall be limited to the followin� items: �� 5ectionlll.doc Labor, including foremen, for those hours associated with the direct work (actual payroll cost, including wages, fringe benefits, labor insurance and labor taxes established by law). Expressly excluded fram this item are all costs associated with negotiating the subject change. Materials associated with the change, including sales tax. The costs of materials shall be substantiated through vendors' invoices. Rental or equivalent rental costs of equipment, including necessary transportation costs if specifically used for the WORK. The rental rates shall not exceed the current rental rates prevailing in the locality or as defined in the rental Rate Blue Book for Canstruction Equipment (a.k.a. DataQuest Blue Book)_ The rental rate is defined as the full-unadjusted base rental rate for the appropriate item of construction equipment and shall cover the costs of al1 fuel, supplies, repairs, insurance, and other costs associated with supplying the equipment for work ordered. Contractor-owned equiprnent wil] be paid for the duration of time required to complete the work. Utilize lowest cost combination of hourly, daily, weekly, ar montlaly rates. Do not exceed estimated operating costs given in Blue Book. Operating costs will not be allowed for equipm�nt on stand-by. Additional costs for Sonds, Insurance if reyuired by the City of Clearwater. The follawing fixed fees shall be added to the costs of the directed work performed by the Contractor ar Subcontractor. A. A fixed fee af fifteen percent (1 S%) shall be added to the costs of Item 1 abov�. If work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor's fee shall not exceed five percent (5%), and the subcontractor's fee shall not exceed ten percent ( I 0%). B. A fixed fee of ten percent ( l 0%) shall be added to the casts of item 2 above. C. No markup shall be added to the costs of ltems 3 and 4. The fixed fees shall be considered the full compensation for all cost of general supervision, overhead, prafit, and other general expense. Page 29 of 46 7/26/2�11 Section Iil — General Conditions 11.2 ALLOWANCES AND FINAL CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT It is understood that Contractor has included in the Contract Price all allowances so n ed in the Cantract Documents and shall cause the Work so covered to be fiarnished and perforr�d for such sums as may be acceptable to Owner and Engineer. Contractor agrees that: (i) the allowances include the cost to Contractor (less any applicable trade discounts) of materials and equipment required by the allowances to be delivered at the Site, and all appGcable taxes; and (ii) Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances and no demand for additional payment on account o� any of the foregoing will be valid. Prior to final payment, an appropriate Change Order will be issued as recommended by Owner's Representative to reflect actual amounts due Contractor on account of Work covered by allowances and all the Work actually performed by the Contractor, and the Contract Frice shall be correspondingly adjusted. 11.3 UNIT PRICE WORK Where the Cantract Documents provide that all or part of the Work is to be Unit Price Work, initially the Contract Price will be deemed to include for al) Unit Price Work an amount equal to the sum of the established unit price for each separately identified item of unit price work times the estimated yuantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. "The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparison of Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Determinations of the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Cantractor will be made by Owner's Representative. Each unit price will be deemed ta incl�ide an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's averhead and profit for each separately identi�ed item. The Owner or Contractor may make a claim :for an adjustment in the Contract Price if: (i) the quantity of any itetn of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor differs materially and signi�cantly from the estimated quantity of such item indicated in the Contract Documents; and (ii) there is no corresponding adjustment with respect to any other item of Work; and (iii) if Contractor believes that Contractor is entitled to an increase in Contract Price as a result of having incurred additional expense or the Owner believes that the Owner is entitled ta a decrease in Contract Price and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of any such increase or decrease. On unit price contracts, Owner endeavors ta pravide adequate unit yuant.ities to satisfactorily complete the construction af the project. It is expected that in the normal course of project construction and completion that nat all unit quantities will be used in their entirety and that a tinalizing change order which adjusts contract unit quantities to those unit quantities actually used in the consCruction of the project will result in a net decrease from the original ConCract Price. Such reasonable deduction of final Contract Price should be anticipated by the Contractor in his original bid. 12 CHANGES IN THE CONTRACT TIME The Contract Time (or Milestones) may only be changed by a Change �rder or a Written Amendment. Any claim for an adjustment of the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be based on written notice delivered by the party making the claim to the other party and to Owner's Representative promptly, but in no event later than thirty (30) days, after the occurrence of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of SectionIII.doc Page 30 of 46 7/2b/2011 �� ' , L_� Section Ill — General Conditions the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within sixty (60) days after such occurrence, unless Owner's Representative allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim, and shall be accompanied by the claimant's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the claimant has reason to believe it is entitled as a result of the occurrence of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) shall be deterrnined by Owner's Representative. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Time (or Milestones) will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are ofthe essence ofthe Agreement. Where Contractor is prevented from completing any part of the work within the Contract Time ' (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the control of Contractor, the Contract Time (or Milestones) may be extended in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay if a claim is made therefare as provided in the article far Changes in the � 1 Work. Delays beyond the control of Contractor shall include, but not be limited to, acts by the Owner, acts of utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by the article for Other Work, fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions or acts of God. Delays atCributable to and within the control of a Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of Contractor. ' Where Cantractor is prevented from campleting any part of the Work within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the cantrol afboth the Owner and Contractor, an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) in an amount equal to the time lost due to such delay shall ' be Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for such delay. In no event shall the Owner be liable to Contractar, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for damages arising out of or resulting from (i) delays caused by or within the conCrol of Contractor, or (ii) delays beyond the control of both parties includin� ' but nat limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather canditions, acts of God or acts by utility owners or other contractors performing other work as contemplated by paragraph for Other Work. �r� 1 13 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS, CORRECTION, REMOVAL �R ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 TESTS AND INSPECTION ' Contractor shall give Owner's Represencative and Engineer timely notice of readiness af the Work for all required inspections, tests or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections ar tests. 1 1 1 r Contractor shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents_ The costs for these inspectians, tests or approvals shall be borne by the Contractor except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. If Laws ar Regulations of any public bady having jurisdiction require any Wark (ar part thereo� specifcally to be inspected, tested or approved by an employee or other representative of such public body including all Owner Building Departrnents and Owner Utility Departments, Contractor shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals, pay all casts in connection therewith, and furnish Owner's Representative the required SectionIII.doc Page 31 of 46 7/26/2011 Section IiI — Genert�l Conditions certifcates of inspection or approval. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, Owner permit and impact fi�es will be waived. Contractor shall also be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests or approvals required for Owner's and Engineer's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work, or of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation of the Work. lf any Work (or the work of others) that is to be inspected tested or approved is covered by Contractor without written concurrence of Qwner's Representative, it must, if requested by Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation. Uncovering Work as provided in this paragraph shall be at Contractor's expense unless Contractor has given Owner's Representative and Engineer timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the same and Owner's Representative has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. 13.2 UNCOVERING THE W�RK lf any Work is covered contrary to the written request of Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by �wner's Representative, be uncovered for Owner Representative's abservation and replaced at Contractor's expense. If Owner's Representative considers it necessary or advisable that cavered Work be observed by Owner's Representative or inspected or tested by others, Contractor, at Owner Representative's reyuest, shall uncover, expose or otherwise make available for observation, inspection or testing as Engineer or Owner's Representative may require, that portion of the Work in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material and eyuipment. If it is found that such Work is defective, Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by, arisin� out of or resulting from such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection and testing and of satisfactary replacement or r�construction (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others); and the Owner slnall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price far the costs of the investigation, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change in Contract Price. If, however, such Work is not �ound Ca be defective, Contractor shall be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones), or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, rcplacement and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided the article for Change in Contract Pricc and Change of Contract Time. 13.3 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE MAY STOP THE WORK If the Work is defective, or Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment, or fails to furnish or perform the Work in such a way that the completed Work will conform ta the Contract Documents, Engineer or Ow,ner's Representative may order Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, Chis right of Owner's Representative to stap the Work shall not give rise to any duty on the part of Qwner's Representative or Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor or any surety or other party. lf the Owner's Representative stops Work under this paragraph, Contractor shall be entitled to no extension of Contract Time or increase in Contract �rice. SectionIIl.doc Page 32 of 46 7/26/2011 � ' Section 111— General Conditions 13.4 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK ' If required by Engineer or Owner's Representative, Contractor sha11 promptly, as directed, either correct all defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed or completed, or, if the Work has been rejected by Engineer or Uwner's Representative, remove it fro►n the site and replace it with � Work that is not defective. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such correction or r�moval (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others). , 13.5 WARRANTY/CORRECTIDN PERIOD If within one year after the date of Substantial Completion or such longer period of time as may , be prescribed by .1.aws or Regulations or by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents or by any specific pravision of the Contract Documents, any Work is found to be defective, Contractar shall promptly, withaut cost to the Owner and in ' acco.rdance with the Owner's written instructions; (i) correct such defective Work, or, if it has been rejected by the Owner, remove it from the site and replace it with Work that is not defective and (ii) satisfactorily correct or remave and replace any damage to other Work or the work of ' others resulting therefrom. If Contractor does not promptly comply with the terms of such instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss ar damage, the Owner may have the defective Work corrected or the rejected. Work removed and replaced, and ' all claims, costs, losses and damages caused by or resulting from such removal and replacement (including but not limited to all costs of repair or replacement of work of others) will be paid by Contractor. ' 1 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 1 ' In special circumstances where a particular item of equipment is placed in continuous service before �'inal Completion of all the Work, the correction period for that item may start to run frorn an earlier date if specifically and expressly so provided in the Specifications or by Written Amendment. Where defective Work (and damage to other Work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed or replaced under this paragraph the correction period hereunder with respect to such Work wi11 be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK if, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of defective Work, the Owner prefers to accept it, the �wner may do so. Contractor shall pay all claims, costs, losses and damages attributable to the Owner's evaluation of and determination ta accept such defective Work such costs to be approved by Owner's Representative as to reasanableness. lf any such acceptance occurs prior to Owner Representative's recommendation of final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in article for Change of Contract Price. If the acceptance occurs after the Owner Representative's recommendation for final payment an appropriate amount will be paid by Contractor to the Owner. Sectionlll.doc Page 33 of 46 7/26/2011 Section 111 —General Conditions 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK If Contractor fails within a reasonable time after writtcn natice from Owner's Representative to correct defective Work or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by Owner's Representative in accordance with the article for Correction and Removal of Defective Work or if Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if Cvntractor fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner may, after seven days' written rtotice to Contractor, correct and remedy any such deficiency. ln exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall proceed expeditiously. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the Owner may exclude Contractor from all or part of the site, take possession of all or part of the Work, and suspend Contractar's services related thereto, and incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere. Contractor shall allow Owner, Owner's Representatives, Agents and employees, the Owner's other c�ntractors, and Owner's Representative, Engineer, and Engineer's Consultants access to the site to enable the Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. All claims, costs, losses and damages incurred or sustained by the Owner in exercising such rights and remedies will be char�ed against Contractor and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents wifh respect to the Work; and the Owner shall be entitled ta an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price, and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount thereof, the Owner may make a claim therefore as provided in the article for Change of Contract Price. Such claims, costs, losses and damages will include but not be ]imited ta all costs of repair or replacement of work of others destrayed or damaged by correction, removal or replacement of Contractor's defective Work. Contt'actor shall not be allowed an extension of the Contract Time (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise by the Owner of the Owner's rights and remedies hereunder. 14 PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTQR AND COMPLETION Requests for payment shall be processed in accordance with F.S. 218.735 and as described herein. Progress payments on account of Unit Price Work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.1 APPLICATION FOR PR�GRESS PAYMENT Contractor shall submit (not more often than once a month) to Owner's Representative for review an Application for Payment �lled out and signed by Contractor covering tl�e Work completed as of the 25th of each month and accompanied by such supporting docurnentation as is required by the Owner's Representative and the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, payment will not be made for materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work. Payment will only be made for that portion of the Work, which is fully installed including all materials, labor and equipment. A retainage of not less than �ve (5%) of the amount of each Application for Payment for the total of all Work, including as-built survey and Inspector overtime reimbursement, campleted to date will be held until final completian and acceptance of the Work covered in the Contract Documents. No progress payment shall be construed ta be acceptance of any portion of the Work under contract. The Contractor shall review with the Engineer or the Canstruction lnspector all quantities and work for which payment is being applied for and reach agreement prior to submittal af an Official Pay Request. The Engineer or the Construction I.nspector will verify that the on-site SectionIII.doc Page 34 of 46 7/26/2011 ' 1 ' ' ' LJ ' 1 , ' ' , ' ' ' � 1 ' ' � �� 1 ' ' ' 1 ' , ' ' , Section Ill — Generdl Conditions marked up as-built drawin�s are up to date with the work and are in compliance with the Contract Documents. In addition to all other paymant provisions set out in this contract, the Owner's Representative may require the Contractor to produce for Owner, within fifteen (15) days af the approval of any progress payment, evidence and/or payment affidavit that all subcontractors and suppliers have been paid any sum or sums then due. A failure on the part of the contractor to provide the report as required herein shall result in further progress or partial payments being withheld until the report is provided. 14.2 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY �F TITLE Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Application far Payment, whether incorporated in the Project or not, will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment, free and clear of liens. No materials or supplies for the Work shall be purchased by Contractor or Subcontractor subject to any chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contact or ather agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Contractor warrants that he has good title to all materials and supplies used by him in the Work, free from all liens, claims or encumbrances. Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of the lawful demands of Subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen, and furnisher's of machinery and parts thereot; equipment, power tools, and all supplies incurr�d in the furtherance of the performance of this Contract. Contractor shall at thE Owner's request, furnish satisfactory evidence that a11 obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged, or waived. If Contractor fails to do so, then the Owner may, after having served written notice on said Contractor either pay unpaid bills, of which the Owner has written notice, or withhold from the Contractor's unpaid compensation a sum of money deemed reasonably sufficient to pay any and all such lawful claims until satisfactory evidence is Fumished that all liabilities have been fully discharged, whereupon payment to Contractor shall be resumed in accordance with the terms of this Contract, but in no event shall the provisions of this sentence be construed to impose any obligations upon the Owner to the Contractor or the Surety. In paying any unpaid bills of the Contractor, the Owner shall be deemed the agent af Contractor and any payment so made by the Owner shall be considered as payment made under the Contract by the Owner to Contractor, and the Owner shall not be liable to Contractor for any such payment rnade in good faith. 14.3 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENTS ' The Owner's Representative will within twenty (20) business days after receipt authorize and process payment by the Owner a properly submitted and documented Application for payment, unless the application requir�s review by an Agent. If the Application for payment requires review and approval by an Agent, properly submitted and documented Applications for payment ' will be paid by the Owner within riventy-fve (25) business days. if an Application for payment is rejected, notice shall be given within twenty (2�) business days of receipt indicating the reasons for refusing payment. The reasons for rejecting an Application will be submitted in ' writing, specifying deficiencies and identifying actions that would make the Application proper. In the latter case, Contractor may make the necessary correctians and resubmit the Application. The Owner's Representative or Agent may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any ' payment to Owner. Owner's Representative or Agent may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subseyuently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or test, nullify any such payment previously recommended, ta such extent as may be ' SectionIII.doc Page 35 of 46 7/26/2011 ' Scction IIl — General Conditions necessary in Owner Representative's or Agent's opinion to protect the Qwner from loss because: (i) th� Work is defective, or completed Work has been damaged requirin� correction or replacement, (ii) th� Contract Price has been reduced by amendment or Change Order, (iii) the Owner has been required to correct defective Work or complete Work, or (iv) Owner's Representative or Agent has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in the article on Suspension of Work and Termination. The Owner may refuse to make payment of the full arnount recommended by the Owner's Representative or Agent because: (i) claims have been made against the Owner or� account of Contractor's performance or furnishing of the Work, (ii) Liens have been f71ed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to the Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens, (iii) there are other items entitling the Owner to a set-off against the arnount recommended, or (iv) the Owner has actual knowledge of any of the events described in this paragraph. The Owner shall give Contractor notice of refusal to pay in accordance with the time constraints of this section with a copy ta the Owner's Representative or Agent, stating the reasons for such actions, and Owner shall promptly pay Contractor the amount so withheld, or any adjusttxient thereto agreed to by the Owner and Coniractar, when Contractor corrects to the Owner's satisiaction the reasons for such action. 14.4 PARTIAL UTILIZATION Use by the Owner at the Owner's option of any substantially completed parC of the Work which (i) has specifically been identified in the Contract Documents, or (ii) Owner, Engineer, Owner's Representative, and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work that can be used by the Owner for its intended purpose without significant interFerence with Contractor's perforrnance of the remainder of the Work, may be accomplished prior to Final Completion of all the Work subject to the following: The Owner at any time may request Contractor in writing to permit the Owner to use any such part of the Work which the Owner believes to be ready for its intended use and substantially complete. If Contractor agrees that such part of the Work is substantially complete, Contractor will certify to Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer that such part of the Work is substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certif cate of Substantial Corrapletion for that part of the Work. Contractor at any time may notify Owner, Owner's Representative, and Engineer in writing that Contractor cansiders any such part of the Work ready for its intended use and substantially complete and request Owner's Representative to issue a certificate of Substantial Completion for that part of the Work. Within a reasonable time after either such request, Owner, Contractor, Owner's Representative, and Engineer shall make an inspection of that part of the Work to determine its status of completian. If Enginecr does not consider that part o�the Work to be substantially complete, Engineer will notify Uwner, Owner's Representative, and Contractor in writing giving the reasons therefore. If Engineer considers that part of the Work to be substantially complete, the provisions of the ar�icles for Substantial Completion and Partial Utilization will apply with respect ta certification of Substantial Completion of that part of the Work and the division of responsibility in respect thereof and access thereto. 14.5 FINAL INSPECTION Upon written notice from Contractor that the entire Work or an agreed portion thereof is complete, Owner's Representative will make a�nal inspection with Engineer, Owner and Cantractor and will within thirty (30) days notify Cantractor in writin,g of particulars in which SectionIII.doc Page 36 of 46 7/26/2011 � 1 � ' , 1 , ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' ' ' 1 � � 1 1 1 , ' Sectinn Ill — General Conditions this inspection reveals that the Work is incomplete or deFective.l'he Owner's Representative will produce a fnal punch list, deliver it to the Contractor within five (5) days of completion and assign a date for this work ta be completed not less than thirty (30) days fi-om delivery of the list. Failure to include any corrective work or pending items does not alter the responsibility of the contractor to complete all the construction services purchased pursuant to the contract. Contractor shall immediately Cake such measures as are necessary ta complete such Work or remedy such deticiencies. �C��1►1_1�_1„�C�L•��Cw7�17+7:»�\'1►'�I'�`�� After Contractor has completed all such corrections to the satisfaction of Owner's Representative ' and has delivered in accordance with the Contract Documents all maintenance and operating instructions, As-built/Record Drawings, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates or other evidence of insurance required by the paragraph for Sonds and Insurance, certificates of ' inspection, inspector overtime reimbursement as required in the Contract Documents and other documents, Contractor may rnake application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment s.hall be accompanied (except as , previously delivered) by: (i) all dacumentation called far in the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the evidence of insurance required by paragraph for Bonds and Tnsurance, (ii) consent of the surety, if any or if necessary, to final payment, and (iii) complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the Owner) of all Liens arising out of or filed in ' connection with the Work. In lieu of such releases or waivers of Liens and as approved by the Owner, Contractor may furnish receipts or releases in full and an affidavit of Contractor that: (i) the releases and receipts include all labor, services, material and equipment for which a Lien ' could be frled, and (ii) all payrolls, material and equipment bills and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner's property might in any way be responsible have been paid or atherwise satisfied. [f any Subcontractor or Supplier fails to ' furnish such a release or receipt in full, Contractor may furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Qwner against any Lien. ' 1 ' 1 � 1 1 1 Prior to application for final payment, Contractor shall clean and remove from the premises all surplus and discarded materials, rubbish, and temporary structures, and shall restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private, which has been damaged during the prosecution of the Work, and shall leave the Work in a neat and presentable conditian. � r s � i , rs � � � _ � - � ► � � » , � r � , � , i • � _ «• � � � � _ � � � a � If through no fault of Cantractor, final completion of the Work is significantly delayed and ii Owner's Representative so confirms, the Owner shall, upon receipt of Contractor's f7na1 Application for payment and recommendation of Owner's Representative, and without terminatin� the Agreement, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully campleted and accepted. If the rennaining balance to be held by the Owner for Work nat fully campleted or corrected is less than the retainage stipulated in the Agreement, and if Bonds have been furnished as required in paragraph for Bonds and Insurance, the written consent af the surety to the paym�nt of the balance due for that portion of the Wark fully campleted and accepted shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner's Representative with the Application for such payment. Such payment shall be made under the terms and conditions governing final payment, except that such payment shall not constitute a waiver of claims. If on the basis of Owner Representative's observation of the Work during canstruction and final inspection, and Owner Representative's review af the final Application for Payment and Sectionlll.doc Page 37 of 4b 7/26/2Q1 ] Scction iIl — Gener�l Conditions accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, (�wner's Repr�sentative is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Cantractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, Owner's Representative will indicate in writing his recommendation of payment and present the Application to Owner for payment. Thereupon, Owner's Representative will give written notice to Owner and Contractor that the Work is acceptable subject to the pravisions af this article. Otherwise, Owner's Representative will return the Application to Contractor, indicating in writing the reasons far refusing to recommend final payment, in which case Contractor shall make the necessary corrections and resubmit the Application. If the Application and accompanying documentation are appropriate as to form and substance, the Owner shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt thereof pay contractor the amount recommended by Owner's Representative. 14.8 WAIVER OF CLAIMS Tlae making and acceptance of final payment will constitute: a waiver of all claims by the Owner against Contractor, except claims arising from unsettled Liens, from defective Work appearing after final inspection, from failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special guarantees sp�cified therein, or from Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents; and a waiver af all claims by Contractor against the Owner ather than those previously made in writing and still unsettled. 15 SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATIQN 15.1 OWNER MAY SUSPEND THE WORK At any time and without cause, Owner's Representative may suspend the Work or any portion thereof for a period of not more than ninety (90) days by notice in writing to Contractor, which will fix the date on which Work will be resumed. Contractor shall resume the Work on the date so fixed. Contractor shall be allowed an adjustment in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, or both, directly attributable to any such suspension if Contractor makes an approved claim therefore as pravided in the articles for Change of Contract Price and Change of Contract Time. 15.2 �WNER MAY TERMINATE Upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events; if ContracCor persistently fails to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents (including, but not limited ta, failure to supply sufticient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment or failure to adhere to the progress schedule as adjusted from time to time); if Contractor disregards Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; if Contractor disregards the authority of Owner's Representative; if Contractor otherwise violates in any substantial way any provisions of the Contract Documents; or if the Work to be done under this Contract is abandoned, or if this Contract or any part thereof is sublet, without the previous written consent of the Owner, or if the Contract or any claitn thereunder is assigned by Contractor otherwise than as laerein specified, or at any time Owner's Representative certifies in writing to the Owner that the rate of progress of the Wark or any part thereof is ansatisfactory or that the work or aray part thereof is unnecessarily or unreasonably delayed. SectionTll.doc Page 38 of 46 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 1 � ' �izbizol i , 1 0 , 1 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' Section 111— General Conditions 1'he Owner may, after giving Contractor (and the surety, if any), seven days' written notice and, to the extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, terminate the services of Contractor, exclude Contractor from the site and take possession of the Work and of all Contractor's tools, appliances, canstruction equipment and machinery at the site and use the same to the full extent they cauld be used by Contractor (without liability to Cantractor for trespass or conversion), incorporate in the Work all materials and equipment stored at the site or for which the Owner has paid Contractor but which are stored elsewhere, and finish the Work as the Owner may deean expedient. ln such case Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is ftnished. lf the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds all claims, costs, losses and damages sustained by the Owner arising out of or resulting from completing the Work such excess will be paid to Contractor. If such claims, costs, losses and damages exceed such unpaid balance, Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such claims, costs, losses and damages incurred by the Owner will be reviewed by Owner's Representative as to their reasonableness and when so appraved by Owner's Representative incorporated in a Change Order, provided that when exercising any rights or remedies under this paragraph the Owner shall not be required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed. Where Cantractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, the termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Qwner against Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of moneys due Contractor by the Owner will not release Contractor from liability. Upon seven (7) days' written notice to Contractor and Owncr's Representative, the Owner may, ' without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Owner, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, Contractor shall be paid (without duplicatian of any items): ' far completed and acceptable Wark execuCed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior ta the effective date of ternnination, including fair and reasonable sums for averhead and profit on such Work; ' 1 1 1 , ' 1 ' for expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performin� services and furnishing labor, materials or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connectian with uncompleted Work, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; for all claims, costs, losses and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers and others; and for reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. Contractor shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.3 CONTRACTOR MAY STOP WORK OR TERMINATE If, through, no act or fault of Contractor, the Work is suspended for a period of more than ninety (90) days by the Owner or under an order of court or other public authority, or the Owner's Representative fails to act on any Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted or the Owner fails for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum finally determined to be due, then Contractor may, upon seven (7) days' written notice to the Owner and Owner's Representative, and provided the Owner or Owner's Representative does not remedy such suspension or failure within that time, terminate the Agreement and recover from the Owner SectionIII.doc Page 39 of 46 7/26/2011 Section lll — General Conditions payment on the same terrras as provided in the article for the Owner May Terminate. �Iowever, if the Work is suspended under an order of court through no fault of Owner, the Contractor shall not be entitled to payment except as the Court may direct. In lieu of terminating the Agreement and without prejudice to any other right ar remedy, if Owner's Representative has failed to act on an Application for Payment within thirty (30) days after it is submitted, or the Owner has failed for thirty (30) days to pay Contractor any sum i7nally determined to be due, Contractor may upon seven (7) day's written notice to th� Owner and Owner's Representative stop the Work until payment of all such amounts due Contractor. The provisions of this article are not intended to preclude Contractor f'rom making claim under paragraphs for Change of Contract Price or Change of Contract Time or otherwise for expenses or darttage directly attributable to Coratractor's stoppin� Work as perrtaitted by this article. 16 DISPUTE RES�LUTION If and to the extent that the Owner and Contractor have agreed on the method and procedure for resolving disputes between them that may arise under this Agreernent, such dispute resolution method and procedure will proceed. Tf no such agreement on the method and procedure for resolving such disputes has been reached, subject to the provisions of the article For Decisions on Disputes, the Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or .Regulations in respect of any dispute provided, however, that nothing herein shall require a dispute to be submitted ta binding arbitration. 17 MISCELLANEOUS 17.1 SUBMITTAL AND DOCUMENT F�RMS The form of all submittals, notices, change orders, pay applications, logs, schedules and other documents permitted or required to be used or transrnitted under the Contract Docunraents shall be determined by the Owner's Representative subject to the approval of Owner. 17.2 GIVING NOTICE Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents r�quires the giving of written notice, notice will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the indiv,idual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corparation for whom it is intended, or if delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of the notice. 17.3 NOTICE OF CLAIM Should the Owner or Contractor suffer injury or damage to person or property because of any error, omission or any act of the other party or of any of the other party's officers, employees or agents or others for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim will be made in writing ta the other party within a reasonable time of the first observance of such injury or damage. The provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed as a substitute for or a waiver of the provisions of any applicable statute of limitations ar repose. SectionIII.doc Page 40 of 46 7/26/2011 ' ' 1 1 1 1 � 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 I� �J ' 1 1 ' ' Section III — General Conditions 17.4 PROFESSIONAL FEES AND COURT COSTS INCLUDED ' Whenever reference is made to "claims, costs, losses and damages," the phrase shall include in each case, but not be limited to, all fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other prafessionals and all court or other dispute resolution costs. I 17.5 ASSIGNMENT OF C�NTRACT , 'I'he Contractar shall not assign this contract or any part thereof or any rights thereunder without the appraval af Owner, nor without the consent of surety unless the surety has waived its rights to notice of assignment. � 17.6 RENEWAL OPTI�N Annual Contracts issued through the Engineering Department may be renewed For up to two (2) ' years, upon mutual consent of both the Owner and the Contractor/Vendor. All terms, conditions and unit prices shall remain constant unless otherwise specified in the contract specifrcations ar in the Invitation to bid. Renewals shall be made at the sole discretion of the Owner, and must be 1 agreed to in writing by both parties. All renewals are contingent upon the availability of funds, and the satisfactory perfarmance of the Contractor as determined by the Construction Department. ' 17.7 ROLL-�FF CONTAINERS AND/OR DUMPSTERS All City construction projects shall utilize City of Clearwater Solid Waste roll-off containers ' and/or dumpsters for their disposal needs. For availability or pricing contact Mike Pryor at the City of Clearwater, Solid Waste Department, phone: (727) 562-4923 or email: M i chael.Prvo r(�7m yC 1 earwater.com . , 18 ORDER AND LOCATION QF THE WORK Th� City r�serves the right to accept and use any portion of the work whenever it is considered to ' the public interest to do so. The Engineer shall have the power to direct on what line or street the Contractor shall work and order thereof. 1 , ' ' , , ' 19 MATERIAL USED All material incorparated into the final work shall be new material unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. If requested by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish purchase receipts of all materials. 20 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS The various Contract Documents shall be given precedence, in case of conflict, error or discrepancy, as follaws: Modi�cations, Contract Agreement, Addenda, Supplementary General Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Technical Specifications, Technical Specifications, Drawings. In a series of Modifications or Addenda the latest will govern. 21 OWNER DIRECT PURCHASE (ODP) OPTI�N The Owner reserves the right, when identified during the bidding process as part of the project's documents, to contract with the Contractor to purchase certain partions af materials identified in Sectionlll.doc Page 41 of 46 7/26/2011 Section ]li —Gencral Conditions the project as a sales tax savings optian in compliance with Florida Law since the Owner is exempt �rom payment of sales tax. The Contract price includes Florida sales and other applicable taxes for materials, supplies, and equipment, which will be a part of the Contractor's work. The Owner, being exempt from sales tax, reserves the right to make direct purchases of various construction materials included in the Contractor's contract. The Owner purchasing of construction materials, if selected, will be administered on a deductive Change Order basis. Additionally, Purchase Orders will .include Owner's Certificate of Exemption number. See SECTION IV, ARTICLE l.l - SC�PE DESCRJPTiON for ODP items included in the Contract Documents and the APPENDIX for ODP Documents. 22 RESIDENT NQTIFICATION OF START �F CONSTRUCTION 22.1 GENERAL The Contractor shall natify all residents along the construction raute or within a 500-foat radius, unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents, with a printed door hanger notice indicating the following information about the proposed construction work and Che Contractar performing the work: City seal or logo; the scheduled date for the start of construction; the type of construction; general sequence and scheduling of construction events; possibility of water service disruption and/or colored water due to construction efforts; Contractor's name, the �uperintendent's name, Contractor address and telephon� number; Contractor's company logo (optional); requirement for residents to remove landscaping and/or other private appurtenances which are in conflict with the proposed construction; arad other language as appropriate to the scope of Contract work. Sample door hanger including proposed language shall be approved by the City prior to the start of construction. Natification shall be printed on brightly colored and durable card stock and shall be a minimum of 4-'/4 by 11 inches in size. Notification (door hanger) shall be posted to residences and businesses directly affected by the Contractor's activities no later than seven (7) days prior to the start of construction activity. Directly affected by the Contractor's activities shall mean all Contractor operations including staging areas, equipment and material storage, principal access routes across private property, etc. Contractar cannot start without proper seven (7) day notice period to residents. Contractor is required to maintain sufficient staff to answer citizen inquiries during normal business hours and to maintain appropriate message recarding equipment to receive citizen inquires after business hours. Resident noti�cation by the Contractor is a non-speci�c pay item to be included in the bid items provided in the contract proposal. 22.2 EXAMPLE CITY S.EAL Of CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTTCE OF CONSTRUCTI�N TODAY' S DATE: / / PLEASE EXCUSE US FOR ANY INCONVENIENCE We are the construction contractor performing (state rype vf contract) for the City of Clearwater in your area. The work will be performed in the public right-of way adjacent to your property. This notice is placed a minimum af seven (7) days in advance of construction to notify property owners ofthe pending start of construction. __ �� 1 1 ' ' � ' � 1 1 1 , 1 ' ' ' 1 SectionIII.doc Page 42 of 46 7/26/2011 ' 1 � ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' �� 1 Section Ill — General Conditions (Brief descriptavn of the construction prvicess tv be expected by the prvperty owners) The construction process may necessitate the removal of certain items from the right-of-way. Typical items such as sprinklers, grass, and postal approved mailboxes will be replaced by the contractor within a reasonably short period of time. The replacement of driveways and sidewalks will be made using standard asphalt or concrete materials. The property owner is responsible for the expense and coordination to replace driveways and sidewalks which have custornized colors, textures and/ar materials. Small trees, shrubs, landscaping materials, unauthorized mailboxes or structures within the right-of-way which must be removed due to the construction pracess will not be replaced. The property awner is responsible to relocate any such items which the praperty owner wishes to save prior to the start of construction. Vehicles parked on the streets or within the right-of-way may be required to be placed elsewhere. We are available to answer any questions yau may have regarding the construction process or any particular item that must be relocated. Please contact our Construction Manager at (727) Construction is anticipated to begin on: We will be more than happy to assist you. Company Name Compar�y Address Contractor Phone Number 23 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS 23.1 SCOPE AND PURPOSE The Owner desires to inform the general public on the Owner's use and expenditure of public , funding for �eneral capital improvement and maintenance projects. To help accomplish this purpose, the Contractor is required to prepare and display public project information signs during the full course of the contract periad. These signs will be displayed at all lacation(s) of active ' work. Payment to Contractor for the preparation, installation and management of project sign(s) shall be included in the cost of the work. The number of and type of signs will be stated in SECTI�N IV, ARTICLE 1..1 — SCOPE DESCRIPTION. ' 23.2 TYPE OF PROJECT SIGN, FIXED OR PORTABLE Sign type shall be "fixed" on stationary projects and "portable" on projects which have extended ' locations or various locations. Th� particular wording to be used on the signs will be determined after contract award has been approved. Contractor will be provided the wording to be used on sign at the preconstruction conference. ' 23.3 FIXED SIGN �ixed sign shall be 4-foot by 6-foot (4'x6') in size and painted on a sheet of exteriar grade ' plywaod of the same size and a minimum thickness of 1/2-inches. Sign shall be attached to a minimum of two (2) 4-inch by 4-inch (4"x4") below grade pressure treated (P.T.) wooden posts and braced as necessary for high winds. Posts shall be long enough to pravide secure anchoring ' in the graund. Bottam of sign must be a minimum of 2�1-inches above the ground. Alternate mounting system or attachment to fencing ar other fixed structure can be considered for approval. Sign shall be painted white on bath sides with exterior rated paint. , SectionliT.doc Page 43 of 46 7/26/201 I 1 5ection 111— General Conditions 23.4 PURTABLE SIGNS Portable sign shall be a minimum of 24-inches by 30-inches (24"x30") in size and will be attached to a standard sized portable traffic barricade. Sign material shall be aluminum, 0.080- inches or thicker, backgrc�und of white reflective sheeting, and shall be silkscreen or vinyl lettering. Portable sign shall be two signs located and attached to each side of the traffic barricade. 23.5 SIGN C�LORING Background shall be white. Project Descriptive Name shall be in blue lettering. All other lettering shall be black. Basic letterin� on sign shall be in all capital letters, of size proportional to the sign itsel£ Each sign shall depict the City's sun and waves logo. The color of the sun shall be pantone yellow; the wave shall be process blue; and the text shall be black. 23.fi SIGN PLACEMENT Signs shall be placed where they are readily visible by the general public which pass by the project site. Signs are not to be placed where they may become a hazard or impediment to either pedestrian or vehicular traffic. .For construction projects autsidc of the Owner's right-of-way, the signs will be placed on the project site. For projects constructed inside of the Owner's right-of- way, the signs will be placed in the right-of-way. Fortable signs are to be moved to the locations of active work on the project. Multiple portable signs will be necessary where work is ongoing in several locations at the same time. Fixed signs are to be placed at the start of constructian and will remain in plac� until the request for Fnal payment. 23.7 SIGN MAINTENANCE The Contractor is responsible for preparation, installation, movement, maintenance, replacement, removal and disposal of all project signs durin� the full course af the contract period. The Contractor will place and secure partable si�ns from dislocation by wind or other acCions. Signs are Co be cleaned as necessary to maintain legibility and immediately replaced if defaced. Sectionlll.doc Page 44 of 46 7/26/2011 [-� ' Section lIl — General Conditions 23.8 TYPICAL PROJECT SIGN 1 , � �__ PR4JECT NAME (CONTRACT NUMBER) � (DEPARTMENT NAME) PROJECT - _L_ c�NTRacrrox: 1 � COMPLETION DATE: FUNDING: ' OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE: -- ° ��arwater 1 U _I_..... __....-- 1 Il 1 1 1 ' 1 , , 1 1 : -- :. �� , ,,%' I —' - ... -y . � � ' _...__.._I.._ _..1_ ..... ... __...--- _._— _. __ _ _ — ---- ---- --- - _.:� '� / ;,. , % , . - ��; i 24 AWARD OF CONTRACT, W�RK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE It will be required that the work will commence not later than five (5) calendar days after the Engineer gives written notice to proceed (NTF), which notice shall be given as autlined in Article 2 ofthese General Conditions. It is further required that all work within this contract be completed within the indicated number of consecutive calendar days as determined in SECTI�N IV, ARTICLE 1.1 - SCOPE DESCRIPTION. Contract date to commence at issuance of notice to proceed. If the Contractor fails to complete the work within the stipulated time, the City will retain the amount stated in the Contract, per calendar day, for each day that the contract remains incomplete. The work shall be discontinued on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved Holidays. If it becomes necessary for the Contractor to perform work on Saturdays, Sundays, and approved City of Clearwater Employee Holidays, that in the opinion of the Engineer, will require the presence of Inspectors, the Sectionlll.doc Page 45 of 46 7/26/2011 Section 111— Genera] Conditions Contractar shall pay the City of Clearwater, Florida, the amount of Four Hundred Ei�hty Dollars ($480.00) per each eight-hour (8) day for each inspector given such assignment. The Cantractor shall remedy any defects in the work at his own expense and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom which appear within a peri�d of one (1) year from the date of final acceptance. 1 1 ' 1 C� 1 1 1 1 1 1 �� 1 1 1 � SectionIII.doc Page 46 of 46 7/26/2011 ' � 1 ' sECTiaN iv I TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS ' ll 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' IJ Table oi Cantents: lSCOPE OF WURK ...............................................•----------.........................----••--------..........1 1.1 SCOPE DESCRIATION .....................................................................................�-----...... 1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST ........................�-•-�----�---..................................-----�---..2 2 FIELD ENGINEERING .............................................................................................•---- 3 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL SE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR ............... 3 2.1.1 GRADL'S, LINESAND LEVELS ............................................................................. 3 2.1.2 LAY�UT DATA ....................................................................................................... 4 2.2 L1NE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY T��E CITY ................................. 4 3 DEFINITiON OF TERMS ..........................•---........................................-•-•-------.............. 4 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS .........................................................................................4 3.2 ABBR�.VIATIONS AND SYMBOI.S .........................................................�--------......._. 4 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WORK .............................................................•-- 6 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK .......................................................... 6 bCONCRETE ....................................................................•--•--------......................................7 7 EXCAVATION ANU FORMS F�R CONCRETE WORK .......................................... 7 7.1 EXCAVATiON.-• ..................................................�-�--.....----.......................................--�--- 7 7.2 FORMS .....................................................•----..............................................-�-�----........... 7 SREINFURCEMENT .....................................•--•-----•----•--................................--•------••--•---•- 7 $.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ....................................................................................�-�--�--....... 8 9 OBSTRUCTIONS ..............................•---•----.............................................-------•---•---.......... S 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT OF DRIVEWAYS, CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT .-•-• ....................................................................................... $ 11 WORK TN EASEMENTS �R PARKWAYS ........-•-•-•----•---•--• ........................................ 9 12 DE WATERING ............................•----------......................................................---------------..... 9 12.1 GENERAL ............................•----••----....................................................-�--------.................9 12.2 PERMIT REQUiREMENTS ...................................•�--•--.............................................. 14 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL .................................................��---.....................---..... 10 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PR�DUCED GRUUND W,4TER FROMANYN�N-C�NTAMINATED SITEACTIVITY ........................... 10 13 SANITARY MANHOLES ..............................................................................•-------........12 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE .........................................................•--------........................................ 12 13.2 PRECAST TYPE ................................................................................•---••---................. 13 13.2.1 MANH�LE ADJL/STMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) ........................................ 13 13.3 DROP MANH�LES .....................................................................................•-.............. 13 13.4 FRAMES AND COVERS ............................................................................................ 13 SectionIV.doc i 4/1 I/2011 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS ...........................•-•---...........................................--�--•-•.......... 13 13.6 CONNECTIONS TO MANHOLES ............................................................................. l4 14 BACKFILL ...........................................................................................•-•-•---•-----............. ] 4 l5 STREET CROSSINGS, ETC . ..................................••-------..................................--•---•--- 14 16 RAIS:CNG UR LOWERING �F SANITARY SEWER, STORM D1tAXNAGE STRUCTURES............................................................•-------..................................---•--.... 14 16.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT .........................................•...................................... -�-�---...... 14 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL .....................................................................15 17.1 BAS1S OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 15 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 15 18 UNDERDRA�NS .............................................................................................................15 18.1 SASIS OF MEASUREMENT ............................�-........................................................ 15 18.2 BASIS ��' PAYMENT ..............................•---------------........................................---��--•--- 16 19 STORM SEWERS ..................................................•---....................................................16 19.1 AS BUILT 1NFORMATION ...........................................................�•-�-------�--�---............ l6 ] 9.2 TESTING .................•---�---�-.................................................................--------�-�-........_.._.. 16 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT --�------� .................................................................�--.....----�---�-�--- 17 2U SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS .............................................................. �.7 20.1 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ ] 7 20.1.1 GRAVITYSEWER PJ'PE ........................................................................................ 17 Z0.1. 2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............. ....................................... .. ........... 17 ............................ 20.2 INSTALLATION ........................................•-----�---........................................................ 17 24.2.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 17 2�.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ............................................................................................. 18 20.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS ......................................................................�------.-................ 18 20.4 TESTING ..............•--•-----•---................................................................--�---•�--�---------•......18 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITYSEWERS ........................................................................ 18 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS .............................................................................. 19 20.5 BASIS OF PAYMENT ............................................................................�---------..._....... 19 20.5.1 GRAVITYSEWER PIPE ........................................................................................ 19 20.5.2 F�RCEMAINPIPE .............................................................................................19 21 DRAZNAGE ........................................................•--•------...................................................19 22 RUADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE .............................................................•---------•--19 22.1 BASE ..........................................................................................................•------........... 19 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ................... 21 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FQR BASE AND REWORKED BASE ............................... 21 22.2 SUBGRADE .................................................................................................................21 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ................................................................................ 21 22.2.2 BASIS OFPAYMENT ............................................................................................ 22 . 23 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE MATERIALS ........--•• ....................................................... 22 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE .................................�---•----................................................. 22 SectionIV.doc ii 4/11/2011 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 � � , � 1 � � ' � 1 r 23.1.1 AGGREGATE ........................................................................................................22 , 23.1.2 BITUMIN(�U.S' MATERI�4,LS ................................................................................. 22 23.2 HOT BITUM]NUUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT & QUALITYASSURANCE ..............�-------......._........................................--••--��-�----�-�--�-- 22 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES ............................................••---.-------.------..-- 23 ' 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS ............................... 23 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION R.EQUIR.�MENTS .................................................... 24 , 23.G CRACKS AND POTHOLE FREFARATION .............................................................. 24 23.6.1 CRACKS ... ..........................................................................................................24 23.6.2 POTHOLES ...........................................................................................................2�1 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES ..............................................••---.-.-.......------..--.-..... 25 , 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQUIR�MENTS ............................................................ 2S 23.9 SUPERPAVE ASPHALTIC CONCRETE ................................................••-•-•---.---.--..-- 26 23.10 BASCS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................�-- 26 , 23.1.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 26 24 ADJUSTMENT TO THE UNIT SXD PRiCE FOR ASPHALT .................................. 27 ' 25 GENERAL PLANTING SPECIFICATIONS .............................................................. 27 25.1 IRRIGATION ........................................................�--..................................................... 27 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................27 ' 25.1.2 PRODUCT.S ..........................................................................................................29 25.1.3 EXECUTION .........................•-�---..........................................................................33 25.2 LANDSCAPE ........................................................�----��---•�----.......................................36 , 25.2. I GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 3G 25.2.2 PRODUCTS' ..........................................................................................................41 25.2.3 EXECUTION .........................................................................................................44 ' 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING ................................................... 51 26.1 INTENT ........................................................................................................................ 51 ' 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACTORIfNSTA1,LER �CCEPTABILITY ........................ 51 26.3 MATEKIALS .....................................................................................��-•----................... S l 26.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATI�N ................................................................... 52 ' 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTrON ....................................................................................... 52 26.6 LINER INSTALLATION ................................................•----........................................ 53 - 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION .................................................................................•--. S3 ' 26.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ..................................•--.............................................----- S3 26_9 PAYMENT ............................................................................•------�................................53 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ........................................................................................... 53 ' 27_1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 54 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................•--............................................._.... ... 5� ' 28 REPORTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS ................................ 54 29 CONCRETE CURSS ..................................................................................................... 54 29.1 BASIS �F MEAS[7REMENT ...................................................................................... 5�1 , 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ................................................................................................. 54 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIYEWAYS ......................................................... 54 ' SectionlV.doc iii 4/11 /2011 ' 30.1 CONCRE']�E SiDEWALKS .............................�-----�---..............................................----. 54 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS ......................................................................................... SS 30.3 BAS1S OF MEASUREMENT ...................................................................................... 55 30.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...................................�----..............................................----•...... 55 3� SODDING ...................•-•------------............................--•-----••-•---........................................--- SS 32 SEEDING ....................•-----------...............................--•-------................................................ S6 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH BASINS OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES................................................................................................•--............. 56 33.1 BUILTUPTYP.ESTRUCTURES ..........................�--�--................................................56 33.2 PRECAST TYPE .......................................................................................................... 57 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT .......................................�•-----................................................... 57 34 MATERIAL USED ......................................................................................................... 57 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFXCATIQNS ...................................... 57 36 STRF,ET SIGNS .................................•-•-----.....................................--••----•----................... 57 37 AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDYNG OF WORK AREAS .................................................. 57 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIO/VIDEO RECORDING ................................ 57 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUD[0/VIDEO RECORDING ................................................... 57 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS ....................................................................... S8 37.4 EQtIIPMENT ............................................................................................................... 58 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDIO ...................................................................... 58 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEO ....................................................................... S8 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION ............................................................................................ S8 37.8 LIGHTING .........................•-----...............................------.........................................----.. 59 37.9 SPEED �F TRAVEL .................................................................................................... 59 37_ 10 VIDEO LOG/iNDEX ..........:........................ ... .............................................. ............... 37.11 AREA OP COVERAGE ............................................................................................... 59 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERViC.ES -� .........................................•�------................................ 59 38 EROSTON AND SILTATION CONTROL ................................................................... S9 38.1 STASiLiZAT10N OF DENUDED AREAS ................................................................. S9 38.2 PROTECTiON AND STt1B1LTZATJON OF SOIL STOCKPILES ............................. GO 38.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS .................................... 60 38.4 SEDZMENT TRAPPING MEASURES ........................................................................ 60 3$.5 SEDIMENTATION SASINS ...............................................................................�---.... 60 38.6 WORKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES ...................... 60 38.7 SWALES, DCTCHES AND CHANNELS .................................................................... 61 38.8 UNDERGROUND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION ....................................................... 61 38.9 MAINTENANCE .......................................................................•---.............................. 61 38.10 COMALIANCE ............................................................................................................. 61 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATION MARKXNG--• .............................................................. 64 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE .................... 64 41 POTASLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES....................................................................................................... b4 SectionIV.doc iv 4/11/2011 , 1 1 ' ' � ' 1 1 1 C� �1 ' 42 43 1 L .J ' ' 41_1 SCOPE ...............................................................................�-•-��----��---�--.........................64 41.2 MATERIALS .........................................................•--•--�------��--�------............................... 65 41.2.1 GENERAL ................................................. .......................... ......... .. .. .. . .... .... ...... .. .. 65 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALSAND .FITTINGS ..................................................................... 65 41.2.3 GATE VALVES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.4 �ALVE BOXES ...................................................................................................... 67 41.2.5 HYDRANTS ...........................................................................................................68 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES ............................................................................................. 69 41.2.7 TEST.S; INSPECTIONAND ,REPAIRS .................................................................. 69 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS ............................................................................. ... b.9 41.2.9 TAPPING S�.EEVES ............................................................................................. 70 41.2.10 BLOW OFF HYDRANTS ...................................................................................... 70 41.3 CONSTRUCTION ........................................................................................................ 70 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING ....................................................................................... 70 41. 3.2 PIPE LAY.ING .................................................................................. ..................... 70 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINC;S ......................................... 72 41. 3. 4 CONNECTIONS TD EXISTING LINES ............................................. .... ............. . 72 41.4 TESTS ..........................................................•--•------.......................................................73 �11.4.1 HYDROSTATIC' TESTS ......................................................................................... 73 41.4.2 NOTICE OF TEST ................................................................................................ 73 4l .5 STERiLIZATION ......................................................................................................... 73 41. S.1 STERILIZINCi AGENT .......................................................................................... 73 41. S. 2 F,L USHXNG SYSTEM ..................................... .... ........... ................... ..................... 73 41.5.3 STERI.LIZATI�N PROC'EDURE .............................................................. ........ 73 .... 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS ............................................................................ 74 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS .............................................................................................. 74 41.6 MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT .....................•------............................................... 74 41.b.1 GENERAL ................................•------......................................................................74 41.6.2 FURNISHAND INSTALL WATER MAINS ........................................................... 75 41.6.3 FURNISHAND INSTALL FITTINGS ................................................................... 7S 41.6.4 FURNISHAND INSTALL GATE YALVES COMPLE7"E WITHBUXESAND COVERS . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 75 41.6.5 FURNISHAND INSTALL FCRE HYDRANTS ....................................................... 75 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICAT�ONS ............................................•-•-•-------------------•......... 7b TENNIS COURTS ........................................................................•-•----..--- 43.1 PAVED TENNIS COURTS .................................................................... 43.1.1 SDIL TREATMENTS ....................................................................... 43.1.2 BASE C�URSE ................................�--�--._....................................--- 43.1.3 PRIME COAT ...................�----�--�-�-�--................................_.............. 43.1.4 LEVELING CDURS'E ...................................................................... 43.1.5 SURFACEC�URSE ........................�--•-�--�---................................_.. 43.1.6 COLOR COAT ................................................................................ 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS .................................................................•-•-- 43.2.1 GENERAL ....................................................................................... 43.2.2 SITEPREPARATI�N .....................�---��---...---�---..--.......................... 43.2.3 SLOPE .................................................................�---�....................... 43.2.4 BASE C�NSTRUCTIDN...------•---�--•• ............................................... 1 SectionlV.doc ' v .......... 76 .......... 7G .......... 76 .......... 76 .......... 76 .......... 76 .......... 78 .......... 78 .......... 79 .......... 79 .......... 80 4/11 /2011 �4 4 4 43.2.5 PERIMETER C'URBING ....................................................................................... 80 43.2.6 SURFACEC�URSE .............................................................................................80 43.2. 7 RUOT BARKIFR ................................................................................................... 80 43.2.$ FENCING ............................................................................................................. $1 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS ....................................................................................................81 �13.2.10 COURTEQUIPMENT-• ........................................................................................81 43.2.11 SHADE STRUCTURE ........................................................................................... 83 43.2.12 WATER SDURCE (Potable) .................................................................................. 83 43.2.13 CUNCRETE .......................................................................................................... $3 �13.2.74 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS C�URT .LIGHTING ................................................. 83 93.2.15 WATER COOLER .................................................................................................. 84 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION ..............................................................................................8a 43.2. X 7 WARRANTY ........................................................................................................... 84 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................•-•-•----.................................... 85 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSISLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAF�'TC CONTROL ......... 85 44.2 WORK Z.ONE TRAF�'IC CONTROL PLAN -------------------------•----................................ 85 44.2.1 WORK ZONF SAFE7Y ......................................................................................... 85 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES ....................................................................... 86 44.3.1 AL.L ROADWAYS ................................................................................................... 86 44.3.2 MAJ4RARTERIALS, MINORART.F,RIA�S, L(aCAL COLLECTORS ................. 86 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MINOR �1RTERIALS ......................................................... 86 44.3.4 MAJORARTExIALS .............................................................................................86 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CON"I'ROL PLAN ................................... 86 44.5 INSPECTION O� WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CON"1'ROL OPERATION .................... 87 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL ............................................. 87 44.7 CERTIFICATION O� WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR............ $7 5 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING .......................... 87 45.1 INTENT ................................................�---..................................................-----�---�----.... 87 45.2 FRODUCT ,AND CONTRACTOR/1NSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY ........................ 88 45.3 MATERIALS .......................�---��----•---............................................--•--•..--��-----------........ 88 45.4 CLEANING/SURFt10E PREPARATION ................................................................... 8$ 45.5 TELEVISION INS.PECTION .............................................................................:......... $9 45.6 L1NER 1NSTALLATION ................................................................•----•-------................ 89 4S_7 LATERAL RECONNECTI�N ................................................�---�------.......................... 89 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION ..............................•---��--•--.............................................. 89 45.9 PAYMEN'C' ....................................................�------......................................................--- g9 6 SPECIFXCATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING ..................................... 90 46.1 MATERIALS .................................................•-----------................................................... 90 96.X.1 PIPEANDFITTINGS ..............................................�•---........................................90 46.1.2 QUALITYCONTROL .......................................�--................................................. 9� 46.1.3 SAMPLES ..............................................................................................................90 46.1.4 REJECTION ..........................................................................................................90 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS .........................................•--•-�---................................................... 90 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES ................................................................................. 91 46.3.1 HANDLING OFPIPE ...............................�-�------................................................... 91 46.3.2 REPAIR OFDAMAGED'4ECTIONS .................................................................... 91 SectionIV.doc v� 4/11/2011 ' 1 1 ' `_ J ��I �� 1 ' 1 , r 1 ' [J ' r , , 1 1 46.3.3 PI'PE J4�NING ..................................................................................................... 91 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE ............................................................................. 91 46.4 SLIPLINING PROCEDURE ............................................................••--•-��--�----�----.....--- 91 46.4J PIPE REQUIREMENTSAND DIMENSIUNS ...................................................... 91 46. 4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION .................... ....................................................... 91 46. 4.3 IN.SERTION SHAFT AND EXCAYATI'ONS .......................................................... 92 46. 4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER ................................................................................ 92 46. 4. S CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES ............... ....................................................... 92 46. 4.6 UNDERDRAIN CDIVNECTIQNS IF REQUIRED ................................................ 92 46.4.7 BACKFIL�.ING .....................................................................................................93 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR ..................................................................................................... 93 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATIONS ................................................................................... 93 47 SPECIFICATIONS FUR PULYVINYL CHL�R�DE RIBBED P�PE ...................... 93 A7.1 SCOPE ..........................................................................................................................93 47.2 MATERIALS .............................................................................................•-............--�-- 93 47.3 PIPE .............................................................................................................................. 93 47.4 JOINING SYSTEM ........................................•-•--�-••-----........... 94 47.5 FITTINGS ..................................................................................................•---•---...........94 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS ..........................................................................•-••---•---•-- 94 48.1 PRESSURE 1NJECTED GROUT ................................................................................ 94 �18.2 REHABILiTATiQN OF CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE ................. 94 4$.3 COMPOSITION ........................................................................................................... 9� 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS .................................................................................. 95 4$.5 MATERIALS ................................................................................................................ 9S 4$.6 WATER ......................................................................................................................... 95 48.7 REINFORCEMENT .....................................................................................................95 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS ....................................................................................... 95 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION ......................................................................................... 96 4$.10 PROPORTIONING .......................................................................................................96 48.11 MIXING ........................................................................................................................96 4$.12 APPLICATION .............................................................................................................96 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS ......................................................................................... 97 48.14 SURFACE FINISH ................................ ..................................................................... 97 48.15 CURING ....................................................................................................................... 97 4$.] 6 ADJAC�NT SURFACE PROTECTION ..................................................................... 97 4$.l 7 INSPECTION ............................................................................................................... 98 48.18 EQUIPMENT ....................•-�-••---.................................................................................. 98 49 SAIVITARY AND STORM MANH�LE LINER REST�RATION ........................... 99 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT ................................................................................................. 99 49.2 PAYMENT .................................................................................................................... 99 49.3 FISERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS ............................................................................ 99 49.3.1 MATERIALS ..........................................................................................................99 49.3.2 INSTALLATIONAND EXECUTIDN .................................................................. 100 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM .............................................. 100 49.4.1 MATERIALS ..................................��-�--�--�---��--�---...........--��--�--�--...----�--.........--�--..IUI 49.5 1NFILTRATION CONTROL ...................................................................................... 101 SectionIV.doc vii 4/11/2011 49.0 GROUTING MIX ..................................................�--�................................................. 101 49.7 L�IN�R MXX ................................................................................................................ l01 49.8 WATER .............................................................................•-•-�-•-�---•�---�---�---�-��--��-........ 102 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS ....................•--•---....-----•�----•-----��-----........----�--��-•---.....---........... 102 49.10 EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................•-------�-��---��------...1�2 49.11 1NSTALLATION AND EXECUTION ....................................................................... 102 49.11.1 PREPARATION ...................................................................................................102 49.11.2 MIXING ...............................................................................................................103 49.11. 3 SPRAYING ................................................................................. ......................... 103 49.11. 4 PROD UL'T TESTING ......................................................................................... 1 D3 49.11.5 CURINCiU .............................................................................................................. 1 �3 49.11. 6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE ...................................................... 104 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES L1NER PRODUCT SYS'T'EM ....... 104 49.12.1 SCOPE ................................................................................................................104 49.12.2 MATERIALS ........................................................................................................109 49.12. 3 INSTALLATION AND EXEC UTION ............. ............. ......... .... ........ ......... .......... 106 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS ..............••---.............-------------•--------•---•-•--------•--.. 10$ 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM ............................................................ 10$ 51.] SCOPE---•�---------�-�---�--��-------�� .....................��--�--�-�-•-----•-..............................................108 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS ....................................................�---............................. 109 51.2.1 ASPf-IAI.;T ................................................. ........................................................... 109 S 1.2.2 CONCRETE ........................................................................................................ 109 51.2.3 COURTPATC�HI3INDER MIX ........................................................................... 109 S 1.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ......................................................... 109 S l.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE ...........................................................110 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLIC�TI�N .....................................................................................110 51.6 1'LAYING LINES ........................................................................................................110 51.7 GENERAL--�--�--•-• ..........................................��--��-------�---...._.._.....................................110 S1.8 LIMI"fATIONS ......................................................•--••-•------..........................................110 52 RESIDENT NQTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION ..........................1],l 53 GABIONSAND MATTRESSES ....................................................•---.......-•---•---••----....111 53.1 MATERIAL ................................................••---�--�-•-----------...........................................111 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL . ... . ... ... ... . ... . . . . .... . .. . .. ... . . .... .. ...... . .111 53.1.2 GABIONAND MATTRES'S FILLER MATERIAL : ...............................................113 53.1.3 MA7TRESS WIRE ................................................................................................114 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE FABRIC ........................................................................................114 53.2 PERFORMANCE--------------------------------��------�---��-----------�---�---------...........---��-----•---•-•-----114 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................].15 54.1 SCOPE .........................................................................................................................115 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK .........................................................................................115 54.3 WORK METHODS .....................................................................................................116 54. 3.1 MAINTENANCE �4CHED ULING ..... ..................... ...................................... ........116 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT ............................................................................116 54.4 LITTER ...................•---.........._......................................................................................116 S4.S VISUAL CHECK ................•----......................................................_............................116 SectionIV.doc viii 4/11/2011 ' 1 �� , 1 ' �J �1 1 ' 1 , L� ' 54.6 I'LANT TRIMMING AND PALM .PRUNING ...........................................................116 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, .INDI.A DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.)......116 54.$ C7EBRIS REMOVAL ...................................................•-----�.........................................116 54.9 "TRt1FFIC CONTR()L .............................................................................. ..117 ................. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY ...................................................�---��--��-...............................117 54.11 PLANT FERTILI7ATION .................................��---�...................................-�-•---..........1 l7 54.12 WEED REMOVAI.. CN LANDSCAPED AREA ..........................................................117 54. l 3 MULCH CONDITION ............................................................................. ..........117 ----��-•- 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR.---•-•-• .................................................•--•--.....117 54.1 S LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST C�NTROL ......................................................117 54.16 PALM FERTII,IZATION ..................................................................................•-----�....117 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION .......................•--�---..._....................................... ...118 -----�-�•------.. 54.18 LEVEL OF SERV�CE ..................................................................................................118 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK ........................................................................................118 54.20 INSPECTION AN D APPROVAL ...............................................................................118 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITiONS ......................................••--........................................ ...118 55 NIILLING OPERATIONS ............................................................................................119 55.1 EQIJIPMENT, C�NSTRUCTION & MILLED SURFACE .......................................:I 19 55.2 ADDITIONA[� MILLING REQUIREMENTS ...........................................................119 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERI.ALS ................................................................................. 120 SS.4 DISPOSABLE MATERIALS ..................................................................................... 120 55.5 ADJUSTMENTAND I,OCATI�N OF UNDERGROUND UT.ILITIES .................. 120 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES ............................................................ 120 55.7 TYYES OF MILLING .............�-------------..................................--•--�•----�--�•-�----............. 120 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS ..................................................................•--.---..._. 121 55.9 BAS1S OF MEASUREMENT--• ........................................................•........................ 121 55.10 BASiS OF PAYMENT .................�---•----•--...................................---............................ 121 56 CLEAR�NGAND GRUBBING .................................... 55.1 BASIS OF MEASUREM�NT ..................................... 56.2 i3ASIS �F PAYMENT .............••------........................... 57 RIPRAP .......................................................................... 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ..................................... 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT ...........................................•.... ' S$ ' S9 , 60 ..........................................121 --�� ...................................... 121 .......-�-----� ........................... 121 .................•--.........121 ............................• 121 ............................. 122 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY .......................................•---.....................................122 58.1 HAZARD POTENTIAL--� ................................................... ....................................... 122 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TRAINING .......................•------.................................. 122 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS ...........................................122 59.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 SIGNINGAND MARKING .............................••---.........................................-----•-----...1.23 60.1 BASIS OF N[EASUREMENTAND PAYMENT ....................................................... 123 ' 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING ............................................ 61.1 BASiS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT..... ' SectionIV.doc 1 �x •--• .................................123 ..................................... 123 4/11/2011 62 TREE PROTECTION-----• ..............................•-----................... 62.1 TREE BARRICADES .....................................................��--�- 62.2 ROOT1'.RUNING ........................�--�-��---........................---��--� b2.3 PROP�.R TREE PRUNING ................................................... 63 PROJECT WES PAGES ......................................................... 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN ......................�------............................. 63.2 WEB ACCESSiBILITY GUIDELINES ................................ 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGU AND ITS USE .................. 63.4 MAFS AND GRAPHICS ..................�---................................ 63.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS ...............................•---................... 63.6 POSTITIG .......................................•------................................. 63.7 WEB �'AGES UPDATES ....................................................... 64 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE ................. 64.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS .............................•---------.--............ 64.2 REQUIRED M1NJ.MUM CLEARANCE DTSTANCES......., ......... ---• • ......................124 .................................... l 24 -�� ................................. 124 .................................... r Zs ....-•-----•----• ................... 126 �------��---�-� ..................... 126 .................................... 126 .................................... 126 .................................... r 2� •---��---�----...--�-• .............. ]27 .................................... 127 -�---�� ............................. 127 .....-•-• ........................... l 27 ....................�--�-----�--.... 127 .................................... 127 s��c�o�iv.ao� X an lizoi r Section 1V —Technical Specifications 1 SCOPE OF W�RK 1.1 SCQPE DESCRIPTION ?roject Name: 2011 UNDERDRAINS PRO.IECT ?roject Number: 10-0016-EN Scope of Work: This Project consists of the following construction activities: the removal and replacement of 5,000 linear feet of existing under drain, installation of 5,000 linear feet of new under drain, and all associated and incidental work including erosion control, tree protection, root pruning, and restaration of sidewalks, driveways, roadways, and sod. Project locations are throughout the City of Clearwater. The Contractor shall provide 2 Portable project signs as described in SECTION III, AT2'rICLE 23 of the Contract Documents. The final number of project signs will be determined at the beginning of the project based on the Contractor's schedule of work submitted for approval. Additianal project signs may be reyuired above the indicated amount due to the Contractor's schedule of work, which will be provided at no additional cost to the Owner. CONTRACT PERIOD: 365 CONSECUT�VE CALENDAR DAYS SectianIV.doc Page 1 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specitications 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK CHECKLIST Project Name: 2011 UNDERDRAINS PROJECT The following Articles of the Technical Specifications will apply to this contract if marked "X" as shown below: 1 � Scope Of Work 2.1 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed Sy The Contractor 2.2 Line and Grade Shall Be Performed By Thc City 3 � Definition Of Terms 4 � OrderAnd Location OfThe Work S � Excavation �'or Underground Work 6 � Concrete 7 � Excavation And Forrns For Concrete Work 8 � Reinforcement 9 � Obstructions 10 � Restoration Or Replacement Of Driveways, Curbs, Sidewalks And Street Pavement 11 � Work ln Easements Or Parkwa s 12 Dewaterin 13 ❑ Sanitary Manhales l 4 � Backf 11 15 � Street Crossings, Etc. 16 Raising Or Lowerin Of Saraitary Sewer, Storm Draina e Structures 17 Unsuitable Material Removal 18 � Underdrains 19 ❑ Storm Sewers 20 ❑ Sanitary Sewers And Force Mains 21 Drainage 22 Roadwa Base And Subgrade 23 � As haltic Concrete Materials 24 ❑ Ad'ustment To The Unit Bid Price For As halt 2S ❑ General Planting S ecifications 26 ❑ Hd e Deformed - Refibrmed Pi e Linin 27 � Plant Mix Drivewa s 28 Re ortin Of Tonnage Of Recycled Materials 29 � Concrete Curbs 30 � Concrete Sidewalks And Driveways 31 Sodding 32 Seedin 33 Storm Manholes, Inlets, Catch Basins Or Other Storm Structures 34 � Material Used 35 Conflict Between Plans And S ecifications 36 � Street Signs 37 � AudioNideo Recording Of Work Areas 38 � Erosion And Siltation Control 39 � Utilit Tie In Location Markin SectionlV.doc Page 2 of 12$ 4l11/2011 � , ' 1 ' � 1 ' ' 1 1 ' ' 1 � 40 41 42 43 44 4S 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 S4 55 56 57 58 59 6p 61 62 G3 �'� Section 1V-7echnical Specifications Award Of Contract, Work Schedule And Guarantee Potable Water Mains, Reclaimed Water Mains and , Gas System S ecifications Tennis Courts Work Zone Traf�ic Control Cured-ln-Place Pi e Linin S ecifications f'or Folyeth lene Sli linin S ecifications for Pol inyl Chloride Ribbed Pi e Gunite Specifications Sanitary and Storm Manhole �,iner Restoration Pro�ect Information Si ns In-Line Skating Surfacin S stem Resident Notification of Start of Construction Gabions and Mattresses Lawn Maintenance Specifications Milling O erations Clearing and Grubbin Ri ra Treatment Plant Safet Traffic Signal E ui ment and Materials Signing And Markin Roadwa Lighting Tree Protection Proiect Web Paees FIELD ENGINEERING ances 2.1 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall provide and pay for field engineerin� service required for the project. Such work shall include survey work to establish lines and levels and to locate and lay out site improvements, structures, and controlling lines and levels reyuired for the construction of the work. Also included are such Engineering services as are specified or required to execute the Contractor's construction methods. Engineers and 5urveyors shall be licensed professionals under the laws of the state of Florida. The Contractor shall provide three (3) camplete sets ofAs- built Survey to the Engineer prior to final payment being made as outlined in Section III (General Conditions), Article 6.11.2 of these Contract Documents. 2.1.1 GRADES, LINES AND LEVELS Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the project are those designated on the , Drawings or provided by the City. Control paints (for alignment only) shall be established by the Engineer. The Contractor shall locate and protect contral points prior to starting site work and shall preserve all permanent reference points during construction. In working near any ' permanent property corn�rs or reference markers, the Contractor shall use care not to remove or disturb any such markets. In the event that markers must be removed or are disturbed due to the ' SectionIV.doc Page 3 of 128 4/11/2011 ' � Section IV — Technical Speciiications proximity of construction work, the Contractor shall have them referenced and reset by a.Isand Surveyor qualified under the laws ofthe state o�Florida. 2.1.2 LAYOUT DATA The Contractor shall layout the work at the location and to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings. Survey notes indicating the information and measurements used in establishing locations and grades shall be kept in notebooks and fumished to the Engineer with the record drawings for the project. 2.2 LINE AND GRADE SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE CITY At the completion of all work the contractor shall be responsible to have furnished to the project inspector a replacement of the wooden lath and stakes used in tkae construction of this project. Excessive stake replacement caused by negligence of Contractor's forces, after initial line and grade have been set, as determined by the City Engineer, will be charged to the Contractor at the rate of $100.00 per hour. Time shall be computed for actual time on the project. All Cime shall be camputed in one-hour increments. Minimurn charge is $100.00. The City will generate the project Record construction drawings. 3 DEFINITION �F TERMS Far the purpose of these Technical Specifications, the definition of terms from SEC"I"1�N III, ARTICLE 1- DEF]NITIONS of these Contract Documents shall apply. For the purpose of the Estimated Quantities, the Contractor's attention is called to the fact that the estimate of quantities as shown on the Proposal Sheet is approximate and is given only as a basis of calculation upon which the award of the contract is to be made. The City does not assutne any responsibility that the final quantities will remain in strict accordance with esCimated quantities nor shall the contractor plead misunderstandings or deception because of such estimate of quantities or of the character or location of the work or of other conditions or situations pertaining thereto. 3.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS Reference to the standards of any technical society, organization, or associate, or to codes of local or state authorities, shall mean the latest standard, cade, specification, or tentative standard adopted and published at the date of receipt of bids, unless specifically stated otherwise. 3.2 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS Abbreviations used in the Contract Documents are defned as follows: SectionIV.doc AA Aluminum Association, Tnc. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation O�cials ACI American Concrete Institute AISI American Iron and St�et Institute AMA Acoustical Materials Association AMCA Air Moving arid Conditioning Association, lnc. ANST American National Standards Institute Page 4 of 128 4/11/2011 i 1 � ' i , 1 ' 1 � ' 1 ' 1 1 � 1 � 1 � , SectionIV.doc ' APA ASAE ASCE ASHRAE ASME ASSE ASTM AWG AWMA AWS AW WA CFR CISPI CRSI CS DEP DOT EPA FAC FBC FFPC FGC FMC FPC FedSpec H1 ISBM IEEE lPS MIL NAAMM NBFU NEC NEMA NFPA NPT NWMA PCA PCI SBC SBCCI SDI SFPC SGC SJI SMACCNA Section IV — Technical 5pccifications American Plywood Ass�ciation American Society ofAgricultural Engineers American Society of Civil Engineers American 5ociety of Heating Refrigerating and �1ir Conditioning American Society of Mechanical Engineers American Society of Sanitary Engineerin� American Society for Testing and .Materials American Wire Gauge Aluminum Window Manufacturer's Association American Welding Society American Water Works Association Code of Federal Regulations Cast lron Soi1 Pipe Institute Concrete Reinforcing Steel lnstitute Comnraercial Standards and National Bureau af Standards Department of Environmental Protection (Florida) Department of Transportation (Florida) Environmental Protection Agency FloridaAdministrative Code Flot'ida Building Code Florida Fire Prevention Code Florida Gas Code Florida Mechanical Code Florida Plumbing Code Federal Specifications Standards af Hydraulic Institute Iron Body, Bronzed Mounted Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers Iron Pipe Size Military Specification National Association ofArchitectural Metal Manufacturers National Soard of Fire Underwriters National Electrical Code National Electrical Manufacturers Associatian Nationa) Fire Protection Association National Pipe Thread National Woodwork Manufacturers' Association Portland Cement Association Prestressed Concrete Institute Standard Building Code (SSCCI) Southern Building Code Congr�ss International, Inc. Steel Door Institute Standard Fire Prevention Code (SBCCT) Standard Gas Code (SBCCI) Steel Joist Institute Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association Page 5 oF128 4/1 I/2011 Section 1V —Technical Specifications SMC Standard Mechanical Code (SBCCI) SPC Standard Plumbing Code (SBCCI) SPiB Southern Pine Inspection� Bureau SSf'C Steel Structures Painting Council TCA Title Council offlmerica UL Underwriters' Labaratories 4 ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE W�RK �'his article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 18 — ORDER AND LOCATION OF THE WQRK. 5 EXCAVATION FOR UNDERGROUND WORK The contractor is responsible to take all necessary steps to conduct all excavation in a manner which provides for the successful completion of the proposed work while at all times maintaining the safety of the workmen, the general public and both public and private property. The cantractor's methods of work will be consistent with the standard practices and requirements of all appropriate Safety R�gulatory Agencies, particularly the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) requirements far e�cavation. Unless otherwise specifically stated in these plans and specifications, the methods of safety control and compliance with regulatory agency safety requirements are the full and complete responsibility of the contractor. Far the purposes oi the Contractor's safety planning in tlae bidding process, the contractor is to consider all excavation to be done in the performance of this contract to be in sail classified as OSHA "Type C". The ContracCor's attention is called to specific requirements of OSHA for excavation shoring, employee entry, location of excavatcd material adjacent to excavation, the removal af water from the excavation, surface encumbrances and in particular the reyuirement of a"Competent ,Person" to control safety operations. The Contractor will identify his Competent Person to City staff at the start of canstruction. City staff are required from time to time to perform inspections, tests, survey location work, or ather similar activity in an excavation prepared by the contractor. City staff in conformance with the OSHA Excavation Safety Requirements are to only enter an excavation in compliance with these OSHA standards. The City's staff reserve Che aption to refuse entry into the Contractor's excavation if, in the opinion of the City's staff, the entry into the Contractor's excavation is unsafe or does not conform OSHA requirements. If this circumstance occurs, the contractor must either provide the necessary safety requirements or provide alternate means for the accomplishment of the City's work at the Contractor's expense. The restoration quantities, if any, contained in the bid proposal for this contract to not contain sufficient quantities to allow the contractor to perform excavation work using strictly the "open cut" method whereby no sharing systems are used and trench side slopes are cut to conform to OSHA safety requirerraents without a shoring system. ln addition to safety reasons, the Contractor is required to use excavation and trench-shoring safety requirements which allow the Contractor to control necessary to complete the project. 1 � ' ' ' 1 � ' 1 1 ' , � ' � methods in compliance with all the amount af restoration work ' Not more than one hundred (100) feet of trench shall be opened at one time in advance of the completed work unless written permission is received from the Engineer for the distance specified. For pipe installation projects, the trench shall be six (6) inches wider on each side than the greatest external horizontal width of the pipe or conduit, including hubs, intended to be laid 5ectionIV.doc Page 6 of 128 4/11/2011 , 1 ' 1 1 1 1 , 1 ' 1 ' , ' ' Section IV — Technical Specitications in them. The battom of the trench under each pipe joint shall be slightly hollowed, to allow the body of the pipe to rest throughout its length. In case a trench is excavated at any place, excepting at joints, below the grade of its battom as given, or directed by the Engineer, the filling and compaction to grade shall be done in such manner as the �ngineer shall direct, without compensation. 6 CONCRETE Unless otherwise directed, all concrete work shall be performed in accordance with the latest editions of the Design and Control of Concrete Mixtures by the Portland Cement Association, the American Concrete Institute, and FDOT's Standard Specifications. All appropriate testing shall be perfarmed according to the American Society of Testing Materials. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete shall have fiber mesh reinforcing and hav� a minimum compressive strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. The cement type shall be Type I and shall conform to AASHTO M-85. The aggregate shall conform to ASTM C-33. All ready mix concrete shall conform to ASTM C-9�. The slump for all concrete shall be in the range of 3" to 5", except wk�en admixtures or special placement considerations are required. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all concrete placement. All concrete shall be tested in the following manner: Placement of less than 5 cubic yards (cy) shall be tested at the Engineer's discretion. Otherwise, for each class, for each day, for every 50 cy or part thereof exceeding 5 cy, one set of 3 compressive strength cylinders will be required (1 at 7 days and 2 at 28 days). At the discretion of the Engineer, unacceptable test results may require the Contractor to provide further tests, as determined by the Engineer, to determine product acceptability, or need for removal, and compensation or denial thereof. 7 7.1 EXCAVATION AND FORMS FOR CONCRETE WORK EXCAVATION Excavating far concrete work shall be made to the required depth of the subgrade or base upon ' which the concrete is to be placed. The base or subgrade shall be thoroughly compacted to a point 6" outside said cancrete work before the forms are placed. Concrete shall be poured "irt the dry,� ' 1 ' ' 1 �� t��7�7:7►�iI•3 Forms for concrete work shall be either waod or metal (except curbs, metal only, unless by written permission from Engineer). They shall be free from warps or bends, shall have a depth equal to the dimensians required for the depth of the concrete depasited against them and shall be of sufficient strength when staked to resist the pressure of concrete without moving or springing. S REINFORCEMENT When required, reinforcement shall be placed in the concrete work. Bar reinforcement shall be deformed: ASTMA-A 61 S, steel shall be billet Intermediate or �Iard Grade: Rail Steel A.A.S.H.T.O. M42. Twisted Bars shall not be used, Fabric Reinfarcement shall canform ta the SectionIV.doc Page 7 of 128 4/11/2011 Seciion lV —Technical Speciiications requirements of AASHTO M55 (ASTM A185). Welded deformed steel wire fabric for Concrete reinforcement shall meet the requirements of AASHTO M 221 (ASTM A497). Epoxy coated reinforcing Steel Bars shall meet ASTM 775/A77 M-8G requirements. 8.1 BASIS OF PAYMENT Reinforcement shall not be paid for separately. The cost of such work shall be included in the contract unit price for the item of work specified. 9 OBSTRUCTI�NS Any pipes, conduits, wires, mains, footings, driveways, or other structures encountered shall be carefully protected from injury or displacement. Any damage thereto shall be fully, prornptly, and properly repaired by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer and the owner thereof. Should it become necessary to change the position of water or gas or other pipes, sewer drains, or poles, the Engineer shall be at once notified of the locality and circumstances, and no claims for datnages arising from the delay in adjusting the pipe, sewer drains or poles shall be made. Failure of the plans to show the location, nature or extenC of any existing structures or obstructions shall not be the basis of a claim for extra work. Any survey monument or benchmark which must be disturbed shall be carefully referenced before removal, and unless otherwise provided for, shall be replaced upon completion of the work by a registered land surveyor. Any concrete removed due to construction requirements shall be removed to the nearest expansion joint or by saw cut. Contractor shall consult Inspector for the approved means. 10 RESTORATION OR REPLACEMENT �F DRIVEWAYSs CURBS, SIDEWALKS AND STREET PAVEMENT Driveways, sidewalks, and curbs destroyed or damaged during construction shall be replaced and shall be the same type of material as destroyed or damaged, or to existing City Standards, whichever provides the stronger repair. All street pavement destroyed or damaged shall be replaced with the same type of material, to existing City Standards, unless the existittg base is unsuitable as determined by the Engineer, then the base shall be replaced with City approved material. All replaced base shall be a minimum S" compacted thickness, or same thickness as base destroyed plus 2", if over 6", and compacted to 98% of maximum density per AASHTO T- 1$0. Unless called for in the propasal as separate bid items, cost of the above work including labor, materials and equipment required shall be included in the bid price per lineal foot of main or square yard af base. The bid price for street pavement, restoration or replacement when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work, and shall be paid for on a square yard basis. When replacement is over a trench for utilities, the area of replacement shall be limited to twice the depth of the cut plus twice the inside diameter of the pipe. All over this will be at the Contractor's expense. The bid price for restoration or placement of driveways, curbs and sidewalks, when called for in the proposals, shall include all materials, labor and equipment required to complete the work and shall be paid for on the basis of the following uniCs: Driveways, plant mix - per syuare yard: concrete - per square foot; curbs - per lineal foot; sidewalk 4" or 6" thick - per square %ot. SectionIV.doc Page 8 of 128 4/11/2011 �J 1 1 , 1 Sectipn 1V —Technical Specifications Concrete walks at drives shall be a minimum of 6" thick and be reinfarced with 6/6 X lp/10 welded wire mesh (also see Articles S and 30). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all driveway, curb, sidewalk and street restoratian and replacement work. ` � � � � � c•� :� :i i � � �� ► � � � � � � ��•1:� J_� : � : � � � � r «� Restoration is an important phase of construction, particularly to residents affected by the construction progress. The Contractor will be expected to cornplete restoration Activities within a reasonable time ' following primary canstruction activity. Failure by the Contractor to accomplish restoration within a reasonable time shall be justification for a temporary stop on primary canstruction activity or a delay in approval of partial payment requests. ' Reasonable care shall be taken for existing shrubbery. Contractor shall replace all shrubbery removed or disturbed during construction. No separate payment shall be made for this work. The contractor shall make provision and be responsible for the supply of all water, if needed, on ' any and all phases of the contract work. The contractor shall not obtain water from local residents ar businesses except as the contractar shall obtain written permission. ' Reuse water is available for the Contractor's use without charge from the City's wastewater treatment plants, provided the water is used on City of Clearwater contractual work. Details for Contractor to obtain and reuse water frorn the treatment plants will be coordinated at the pre- , construction conference. The Contractor's use of reuse water must canform to all regulatory requirements. I U ' 1 ' 1 �'� �� 1%��i� ll� 12.1 GENERAL Unless specifically authorized by the Engineer, all pipe, except subdrains, shall be laid "in the dry". The contractor shall dewater trench excavation as required for the proper execution of the work, using one or more of the following appraved methods: well point system, trenched gravity underdrain system, or sumps with pumps. Well point systems must be efficient enough to Iower the water level in advance of the excavation and maintain it continuously in order that the trench bottom and sides shall remain firm and reasonably dry. The well points shall be designed especially for Chis type of service, and the pumping unit used shall be capable of maintaining a high vacuum, and at the same time, of handling large volumes of air as well as of water. , The Contractor shall be responsible for disposing of all water resulting from trench dewatering operations, and shall dispose of the water without damage or undue inconvenience to the work, the surrounding area, or the general public. He shall not dam, divert, or cause water ta flow in ' excess in existing gutters, pavements or other structures: and to do this he may be required to conduct the water to a suitable place of discharge may b� determined by the Engineer. 1 ' �� The cost of dewatering shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot of pipe, or, in the case af other undergraund structures, in the cost of such structures. SectionlV.doc Page 9 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 12.2 PERMIT REQUIREMENTS 12.2.1 DEWATERING CONTROL The City of Clearwater will hold the Cantractor responsible for obtaining a Generic Permit for the Discharge af Produced Groundwater from Any Non-Contaminated Site AcCivity prior to dewatering or discharging into the City's streets, storm sewers or waterways. Prior to discharging produced graundwater from any construction site, the contractor must collect samples and analyze the graundwater, which must meet acceptable discharge limits. The following document has been incorporated into this section for reference... 12.2.2 GENERIC PERMIT FOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROUND WATER FROM ANY NON-CONTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY City Notification Procedure - Contractor must pravide the City of Clearwater Environmental Department with the following information prior to beginning dewatering activities: 1) A capy of all groundwater laboratory results 2) A copy of the FDEP Noti .fication It is recommended that the Contractor call or meet with the City Environmental staff if you have any questions. You may contact the City at 562-4750 for direction or further assistance. ��_�1��7��1: � '1 DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION GENERIC PERMITOR THE DISCHARGE OF PRODUCED GROl1ND WATER FROM ANY NON-C�NTAMINATED SITE ACTIVITY The facility is authorized to dischar�e produced ground water from any non-contaminated site activity which discharges by a point source to surface waters of�the State, as defined in Chapter b2- 620, F.A.C., only if the reported values for the parameters listed in Table 1 do not exceed any of the listed screening values. Before discharge of produced ground water can occur from such sites, analytical tests on samples of the proposed untreated discharge water shall be performed to determine if contamination exists. Minimum reporting requirements for all produced ground water dischargers. The effluent shall be sampled before the commencement of discharge, again within thirty (30) days after commencement of discharge, and then once every six (6) months for the life of the project to maintain continued coverage under this generic permit. Samples taken in compliance with the provisions of this permit shall be taken prior to actual discharge or mixing with the receiving waters. The effluent shall be sarnpled far the parameters listed in Table l. TABLE 1 Screening Values for Discharges into: Parameter Fresh VVaters Coastal Waters SectionIV.doc Page 10 of 128 1 1 ' � 1 1 ' � 1 � 1 � 1 �I' C ' 1 an�izorr ' 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 1 1 , , 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' Section 1V—Technical Specifications Total Organic Carbon (TOC) ] 0.0 mg/I 10.0 mg/1 PH, standard units 6.�-8.5 6.5-$.5 Total Recoverable Mercury — by Method 1631 E p.012 µg/1 0.025 µg/1 Total Recoverable Cadmium 9.3 µg/I 9.3 µg/1 "I'otal Recoverable Copper 2.9 µg/1 2.9 µg/1 Total Recoverable Lead 0.03 mg/1 5.6 µg/1 Total Recoverable Zinc 8b.0 µg/I 86.0 µg/1 Total Recoverable Chromium (Hex.) 11.0 µg/1 50.0 µg/1 Senzene 1.0 µg/1 1.0 µg/1 Naphthalene 100_0 µg/1 100.0 µg/1 If any of the analytical test results exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, except TOC, the discharge is not authorized by this permit or by 1he Cit�af Clearwater. (a) For initial TOC values that exceed the screening values listed in Table 1, which may be caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight or�anic compounds, the permittee may request to be exempted from the TOC requirement. To request this exemption, the permittee shall submit additional information with a Notice of lntent (NOI), described below, which describes the method used to determine that these compounds are naturally occurring. The Department shall grant the exemption if the permittee ai�irmatively demonstrates that the TOC values are caused by naturally occurring, high molecular weight organic compounds. (b) The NOI shall be submitted to the appropriate Department district office thirty (30) days prior to discharge, and contain the following infarmation: l. the name and address of the person that the pertnit coverage will be issued to; 2. the name and address of the facility, including county location; 3. any applicable individual wastewater permit number(s); 4. a map showing the facility and discharge location (including latitude and longitude); 5. the name of the receiving water; and 6. the additional information required by paragraph (3)(a) of this permit. (c) Discharge shall not commence until notification of coverage is received from the Department. For fresh waters and coastal waters, the pH of the effluent shall not be lowered to less than 6.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units for coastal waters, or raised above 8.5 units, unless the permittee submits natural backgraund data confirming a natural background pH outside of seccionlv.dac Page 11 of 128 4/I 1/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specitic�ations this range. If natural background of the receiving water is determined to be less than C.0 units for fresh waters, or less than 6.5 units in coastal waters, the pH shall not vary below natural background or vary more than one (1) unit above natural background for fresh and coastal waters. lf natural .background of the receiving water is determined to be higher than $.5 units, the pH shal I not vary above natural background or vary more than one (1) unit below natural background of fresh and coastal waters. The permittec shall include the natural background pH of the receiving waters with the results of the analyses required under paragraph (2) of this permit. For purposes or this section on1y, fresh waters are those having a chloride concentration of less than 1500 mg/l, and coastal waters are those having a chloride concentration equal to or greater than l 500 mg/I. In accordance with Rule 62-302.500(1)(a-c), F.A.C., the discharge shall at all times be free from floating solids, visible foam, turbidity, or visible oil in such amounts as to form nuisances on surface waters. If contamination exists, as indicated by the results of the analytical tests required by paragraph (2), the discharge cannot be covered by this Generic Permit. The facility shall apply for an individual wastewater permit at least ninety (90J days prior to the date discharge to surface waters of the State is expected, or, if applicable, the facility may seek coverage under any other applicable Department generic permit. No discharge is permissible without an �ffective permit. If the analytical tests required by paragraph (2) reveal that no contamination exists from any source, the facility can begin discharge immediately and is covered by this permit without having to submit an NOT request for covera�e to the Department. A short summary of the proposed activity and copy of the analytical tests shall be sent to the applicable Department district office within one (1.) vveek after discharge begins. These analytical tests shall be kept on site during discharge and made available to the Department if requested. Additionally, no Discharge Monitoring Report forms are required to be submitted to the Departmerat. All of the general conditions listed in Rule b2-621.250, F.A.C., are applicable to this Generic Permit. There are no annual fees associated with the use of this Generic Yermit. 13 SANITARY MANHOLES 13.1 BUILT UP TYPE Manholes shall be constructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown an the drawings. Invert channels sha,ll be constructed smooth and semicircular in shape conforming to inside of adjacent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smaoth curve af as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. lnvert channels shall be formed by one af the following methods: fonn directly into concrete manhole base, build up with brick and mortar, lay half tile in concrete, or lay full section of sewer pipe through manhole and break out top half of pipe. The manhole floor autside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Free drop in manholes from inlet pipe invert to top of floor outside the channels shall not exceed twenty four inches. Standard Drop Manholes shall be constructed wherever free drop exceeds twenty faur inches. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of manholes. SectionIV.doc Page 12 of 128 4/11/2011 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 ' r�l L� C� ' C� 1 , , L .J ' 1 1 l. _J Section 1V — Technical Spccitications The entire ext�rior of brick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch of mortar. Brick used may be solid only. Brick shall be laid radially with evEry sixth course being a stretcher course. 13.2 PRECAST TYPE Precast Sanitary Manholes shall conform to this specification unless otherwise approved by the City Engineer. AASHTO M 85 Type I1 cement shall be used throughout with a minimum wall thickness of 5 inches. The precast sections shall canform to ASTM C 478 latest revision. Section joints shall be a tongue and groove with "ram neck" gasket or "O" ring to provide a watertight joint. Minimum cancrete strength shall be 4000 psi at 28 days. Three sets of shop drawirtgs and location inventory shall be submitted to the City Engineer for ' approval. �pproval of shop drawings does nat relieve contractor of responsibility for compliance to these specifications unless letter frorn contractar requesting specific variance is approved by the City Engineer. ' 1 , C� ' �� 1 ' , ' 1 1 Location inventory submitted with shop drawing shall detail parts of manhole per manhole as numbered on the construction plans. All manhole parts shall be numbered or lettered before being sent to the job site to permit praper constructian placement. A plan or list of the numbering system shall be present on the job site when manhole components are delivered. Precast manhole dimensions, drap entry, grout flow of channel, etc., shall be as shown on City of Clearwater Engineering Detail #3Q2 Sheet 2 of 3. Manhole sections shall be rejected if abused during shipping or placement and if pipe openings are not properly aligned. The "break in" ta precast manholes for pipe entry will not be allowed. The manhole base shall be set on a pad of A 1 or A 2 Classifcation soil approximately f ve (5) inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. 13.2.1 MANHOLE ADJUSTMENT RINGS (GRADE RINGS) Between the top of the manhale conE and the manhole cover frame, a manhole adjustment ring shall be installed. The intent of the manhole adjustment ring is to accomnnodate future grade changes without disturbing the manhole. See Section IV, Article 23.7 — Asphaltic Concrete — Adjustment of Manholes. 13.3 DROP MANHOLES Standard drop inlets to manhales shall be constructed of commercial pipe, fittings and specials as detailed on the drawings. 13.4 FRAMES AND C�VERS Manhole frames and covers shall be set in a full bed of mortar with the top af the cover flush with or higher than finished grade as directed. Refer to Detail 301. 13.5 MANHOLE COATINGS The exterior and interior of all built up manholes shall be coated with two (2) coats of Type II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as SectionlV.doc Page 13 of 128 4/I1/2Q11 Section 1 V— Technical Speci fi cations manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite or approved equal. lnterior of` built up manholes which have sewers entering with a free drop or which receive discharge from a force main shall have the inside plastered with 1/2-inch of grout and coat�d as precast manhales below. The exterior and interior of all precast manholes shall be coated with at least 15 mils dry thickness of Typ� II Asphalt emulsion, moisture and damp proof (Specification ASTM D 1227 Type II Class I) as manufactured by W.R. Meadows Sealtite. 13.6 CONNECTIQNS TO MANHOLES Connections to existing sanitary manholes usin� approved PVC sewer main shall be made with a manhole adapter coupling by Flo Control, Inc., or approved water stop coupling. `�� _«� Material for backfill shall be carefully selected from the excavated material or from other sources as may be required by the Engineer. Such material shall be granular, tree from organic matter ar debris, contain no racks or other hard fragments greater than 3" in the largest dimension and all fill shall be similar material. Backfill placed around pipes shall be carefully placed around the sides and top of pipe by hand shovels and thoroughly compacted to 12" above the pipe by tamping or other suitable means. Backfill under all types of paving shall be compacted in layers not to exceed 12" in thickness unless alternate method is apprav�d by the Engineer. Back�ll shall be a minimum of 98% compaction as detennined by the modif.red Proctor Density Test to the bottom of`pavement. Backfill outside of pavement areas shall be compacted the full depth to the ground surface to a rninimum of 95% compaction ofAASHTO T 180 Standard Density Test. The cost of backfill shall be included in the unit price bid per lineal foot oF the pipe, or, in the case of other underground structures, in the cost of such structure. 15 STREET CROSSINGS,_ETC. At sucla crossings, and other points as may be directed by the Engineer, the trenches shall be bridged in an open and secure manner, so as ta prevent any serious interruptian of travel upon the roadway or sidewalk, and also ta afford necessary access to public or private pretaaises. The material used, and the mode of constructing said bridges, and the approaches, thereto, must be satisfactory to the Engineer. The cost oFall such work must be included in the cost ofthe trench excavation. 16 RAISING OR LOWERING OF SANITARY SEWER, STORM DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Sanitary Sewer or Storm Draina�e Structures shall be raised or lowered as indicated on the plans or as indicated by the Engineer. 16.1 BASIS 4F PAYMENT Payment, unless covered by a bid item, shall be included in the cost of the work. SectionIV.doc Page 14 of 128 ' ' , 1 ' 1 ' ' ' ' � 1 1 ' 1 ' 4/11/2011 , ' , ' 1 LJ Section 1V —7"echnical Specifications 17 UNSUITABLE MATERIAL REMOVAL All unsuitable material, such as muck, clay, rock, etc., shall be excavated and removed From the site. All material remov�d is property of the Contractor, who shall dispose of said material ot� site at his expense. The limits of the excavation shall be determined in the field by the Engineer. 17.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ' T'he basis of ineasurement shall be the amount af cubic yards of unsuitable material excavated and replaced with suitable material as determined by either cross sections af the excavation, truck measure, or lump sum as specified in the Scope of Work and Contract Proposal. ' 17.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price far the removal of unsuitable material shall include: all materials, equipment, ' tools, labor, disposal, hauling, excavating, dredging, placing, campaction, dressing surface and incidentals necessary to complete the work. If no pay item is given, the removal of unsuitable mat�rial shall be included in the most appropriate bid item. 1 ' 1 , 1 18 UNDERDRAINS The Contractor shall construct sub-surface drainage pipe as directed in the Contract Scope of Work and detail drawings contained in the Project construction plans. In general, underdrain pipe shall be embedded in a bed of #6 FDOT crushed aggregate, located behind the back of curb and aggre�ate surface covered with a non-degradable fibrous type filter material. A#57 aggregate may be used in lieu of #6 if it is wasiaed and screened to remove fines. The aggregate may be stone, slag or crushed gravel. i7nless otherwise noted on the plans, underdrain pipe shall be $" diameter, polyvinyl chloride pipe, in conformance with ASTM F-758 "Standard Specificatron For Smooth Wall PVC Underdrain Systems for Highways" latest revision, minimum stif�ness of 46 in conformance with ASTM D2412, perforations in conformance with AASHTO .M-189 described in FDOT Section 948-4.5 or latest revisivn and in conformance with ASTM D3034 - SDR 35. Alternate acceptable underdrain pipe material is Contech A-2000 which is a rigid PVC pipe exceeds ASTM Specifications D1784, minimum cell classification of 12454B or 12454C, , manufactured per ASTM F949-93a, minimum pip splitting, cracking or breaking when pipe is tested flatting and with a double gasket joint. e stiffi�ess af 50 psi, with na evidence of in accordance with ASTM D2412 at 6p% ' Underdrain pipe placed beneath existing driveways and roadways shall be non-per%rated pipe with compacted backfill. All poly-chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. Where ductile iron pipe is specified, pipe material shall ' be the same as specified for patable water pipe in these technical specifications. All underdrain aggregate shall be fully encased in a polyester filter fabric "sock" (Mira� 140-N or approved eyual) per the construction detail drawings. 1 18.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT ' Measurement shall be the number of lineal feet of 8" Sub-drain in place and accepted. , Sectioniv.doc 1 0 Page 15 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 18.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be based upon the unit price per lineal Foot for underdrain as measured above, which shall be full campensation far all work described �n this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, and labor necessary to construct the underdrain (specitically underdrain pipe, aggregate and filter fabric). Underdrain clean-outs, sad, driveway, road and sidewalk restoration shall be paid by a separate bid item. 19 STORM SEWERS All storm drain pipe installed within the City of Clearwater shall be reinforced concrete unless otherwise specified or approved by the City En�ineer. Said pipe shall comply with Section 941 af the current FDOT Specifications. All reinforced concrete pipe joints shall be wrapped with Mirafi 140N filter fabric or eyuivalent (as approved by the City .Engineer). The cost for all pipe joint wraps shall be included in the unit price for the pipe. All pipe, just before being lowered into a trench, is to be inspected and cleaned. If any diffaculty is found in the �tting the pieces together, this fitting is to be done on the surface of the street before laying the pipe, and the tops plainly marked in the order in which they are to be laid. No pipe is to be trimnaed ar chipped to fit. Each piece of pipe is to be solidly and evenly bedded, and not simply wedged up. Before finishing each joint, some suitable device is to be used to find that the inverts coincide and pipe is clear throughout. 19.1 AS BUILT INFORMATION The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer the stations and left or right offsets of all manholes, inlet structures and terminals ends of subdrains, as measured from the nearest downstream manhole along the centerline of the sewer along with the elevations of the north edge of manhole cover, inverts of all pipe in structures, and the flow line of inlets. (Gutter) 19.2 TESTING The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly watertight sewer under all conditions. At the discretion of the City Engineer or his designee, the watertightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level may be tested by measuring the infiltration. The watertightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of two feet or more above the crown of the sewer at the upper end of the test section of the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltration. In no case shall the infiltration or exfrltration exceed 150 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furt�ish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of infiltratian or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive the Contractor at his own expense shall take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No trench made joints may be backfilled until after they have been tested and found to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flotation. The above tests shall be per�ormed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or all sections of the line. SectionIV.doc Page 16 of 128 1 ' �� J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � C� ' r , r, �� r 4/11/2011 � , , ' 5ection 1V —'Pechnical Specitications 19.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT ' Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot for storm sewer pipe in place and accepted, measured along the centerline of the starm sewer pipe to the inside face of exterior walls of storm manholes or drainage structures and to the outside face of endwalls. Said unit price ' includes all work required to install the pipe (i.e. all materials, equipment, filter fabric wrap, labor and incidentals, etc.). ' 20 SANITARY SEWERS AND FORCE MAINS , 20.1 MATERIALS 20.1.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE GRAVITY SEWER PIPE SHALL BE POLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. , Polyvinyl chloride pipe and fittings shall conform with ASTM speci�cation D 3034 for S.D.R. 3S. Sewer pipe with more thara 10 feet of cover shall be SDR 26. The pipe shal) be plainly marked with the above ASTM designation. The bell end of joints and fittings shall have a rubber ' sealing ring to provide a tight flexible seal in conformance with ASTM D 3212 76. The laying length of pipe joints shall be a maximum af 20-feet. ' ' ' Unless otherwise noted in these specifications or construction plans, Ductile Iron pipe artd fittings for gravity sewer shall conform to Section �l of these "Technical Specitications for D1P water main except pipe shall be interior "polylined" in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Where sartitary sewer main is to be placed between building lots in a sideline easement, the sewer main shall, insofar as possible, be constructed without manholes or lateral connections within the side easement. The pipe material in the side easement between streets shall be C 900, SDR 18 polyvinyl chloride water main pipe as described in �'echnical Section 41. A two-way cleanout shall be installed on each lateral at the property line. 20.1.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE ' FQRCE MAIN PIPE SHALL BE PQLYVINYL CHLORIDE OR DUCTILE IRON. Unless otherwise noted in the specificatians or construction plans, both polyvinyl chloride and ductile iron force main pipe and fittings shall conform to Section �1 of these ^fechnical Specitications � for water main pipe except that DIP shall be "polylined" in accordance with manufactures recommendations. r ' 1 All polyvinyl chloride pipe which has become deteriorated due to exposure to ultra violet radiation shall be rejected. 20.2 INSTALLATION 20.2.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE Installation of gravity sewer pipe shall be in conformance with recommended practices contained in ASTM D 2321 and Unibell LTNI B 5. The bottom trench width in an unsupported trench shall be limited to the minimum practicable ' width (typically pipe OD plus 8 to l2-inch on each side) allowing working space to place and compact the haunching material. The use of trench boxes and movable skaeeting shall be ' SectionIV.doc Page ] 7 of 128 4/11 /201 l 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications performed in such a manner that removal, backfill and compaction will not disturb compacted haunching matErial or pipe alignment. Dewatering of the trench bottom shall be accomplished using adequate rneans to allaw preparation of bedding, placement of the hauncFaing material and pipe in the trench without standing water. Dewatering shall continue until su�cient backfill is placed above the pipe to prevent t7otation or misalignment. Where pipe bedding is insuf�icient to adequately support pipe, the contractor will be required to remove unsuitable material and bed pipe in Class I material (1/2" Dia. aggregate) ta provide firm support of pipe. Connections to manholes with sanitary pipe shall use a joint 2 feet in length and shall use an approved water stop around pipe joint entry. The laterals shown on the plans do not necessarily ref]ect exact locat,ions. The cantractor is required to locate all existing laterals for reconnectior� and to coordinate with the construction inspector the location of all new laterals. 20.2.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE installation of force main pipe shall be in conformance with Section 41 of these Technical Specifrcations for water main pipe. 2U.3 AS BUILT DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit to the Engineer a marked set of "As Built" construction drawings describing both the stations and left or right offset of all lateral terminal ends as measured from the nearest downstream manhole alang Che center line of the sewer main. The as built drawings will also describe elevations of the north edge of the nnanhole cover rings and inverts of all main pipes in manholes. 20.4 TESTING 20.4.1 TESTING OF GRAVITY SEWERS The Contractor shall take all precautions to secure a perfectly water tight sewer under all conditions. The water tightness of a sewer which has a crown lying below groundwater level r�aay be tested by measuring infiltration. The water tightness of sewers having crowns lying above groundwater level may be tested by filling the pipe with water so as to produce a hydrostatic head of rivo feet or more above the crown of tk�e sewer at the upper end of the test section or the water table outside of the sewer, whichever is higher, and then measuring the exfiltra- tion. In no case shall the infiltration or exfiltration exceed 50 gallon per inch of diameter per mile per day. The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment to test the amount of in�ltration or exfiltration under the Engineer's direction. Where the infiltration or exfiltration is excessive, the Contractor at his own expense sha11 take the necessary steps to remedy such conditions by uncovering the sewer, remaking the joints or by replacing the entire length of sewer as required by the Engineer. No such repaired joints may be backfrlled until after they have been tested and faund to be acceptable. Care shall be taken to avoid flatation. The Contractor shal( TV inspect all mains ta verify the true and uniform grade and the absence of bellies or dropped joints prior to acceptance. Any infiltration, dips or sags of more than 1/4- inches shall be cause for rejection. SectionlV.doc Page 18 of 128 4/11/2011 ' ' 1 ' ' ' � 1 ' � �� '�l r r � �� 1 1 1 1 1 �J Section IV --Technical Specifications The above tests shall be performed at the discretion of the Engineer on any or al1 sections of the line. 20.4.2 TESTING OF FORCE MAINS �'orce mains shall be tested under a hydrostatic pressure of 150 P.S.I. for two (2) hours, as described in Section 41.p4 of these Technical Specificatians for the testing of water mains_ + � �=�_F-�E-�•7��_\'/►'�1�►�� 20.5.1 GRAVITY SEWER PIPE ' Payment for in place sanitary sewer gravity main pipe shall be the unit price per lineal faot per appropriate range of depth oi cut as contained in the contract proposal. Measurement for payment shal I be along the centerline af the sewer main from center to center of manholes. 1 C� 1 1 ' ' 1 r 1 ' 1 1 1 Payment for laterals shall be the unit price per lineal foot of pipe as measured from the centerline of the sewer tnain pipe to the terminal end of the lateral pipe including a two-way cleanout at the property line. Payment for sewer pipe shall include all labor, equipment and materials necessary to complete the installation. This shall include clearing and grubbing, excavation, sharing and dewatering, backfill and grading. 20.5.2 FORCE MAIN PIPE Payment and measurement of force main pipe shall be the same as described in Section 41 of these Technical Specifications for water main pipe. 21 DRAINAGE The Contractor shall provide proper outlet for all water courses ar�d drains interrupted during the progress ofthe work and replace them in as good conditian as he found them. 22 ROADWAY BASE AND SUBGRADE 22.1 BASE This specification describes the construction af roadway base and subgrade. The Contractor shall refer to Section IV, Article 1"Scope of Work" of the city's Contract Speciflcations for additianal roadway base and subgrade items. Roadway base shall be 8" compacted minimum thickness unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The subgrade shall be 12" compacted minimum thickness with a minimum Limerock Bearing Ratio (LBR) of 40 unless otherwise noted on the plans or directed by the Engineer. The Contractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory a Proctor and an LBR for each type material. The Contractor shall also have an independent testing labaratary perform all required density testing. Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the base, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. Once the roadway base is completed, it shall be primed that same day (unless otherwise directed by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs SectionlV.doc Page 19 of 128 4/11/2011 Section iV — Technical Specifications required to the base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City approves the repaired base. The cost for placement of prime material shall be included in the bid item for base. The Contractor shall notify the Project lnspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all base and subgrade placement or reworking. The following base materials are acceptable: 1. SHELL SASE: Shell base shall be constructed in accordance with SecCions 200 and 913 of FDOT's Standard 5pecifications (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The shell shall be FDOT approved. '.The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 2. LIMEROCK SASE: Limerock base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 200 and 911 of FDOT's Standard Speci.fications (latest edit.ion), and shall have a minimurn compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The limerock shall be from a FDOT approved certified pit. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. CRUSHED CONCRETE BASE: Crushed concrete base shall be constructed in accordance with Sections 204 and 901 ofFDOT's Standard Specifcations (latest edition), and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. r('he crushed concrete material shall be FDOT approved. The Contractor shall provide certified laboratory tests on gradation to confirm that the crushed concrete base material conforms to the above speci�cations. The LBR sha11 be a minimum of 185. LBR and gradation tests shall be provided to the city by the Contractor once a week for continuous operatians, or every 1000 tons of material, unless requested more frequently by the City Engineer or designee. The cost of the prime coat shall be included in the bid item price for base. 4. SOIL CEMENT BASE: Unless otherwise noted, soil cement base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 270 of .F.DOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minunum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. An Asphalt Rubber Membrane Interlayer (ARMI) shall be included in the pavement design per Section 34] of FDOT's Standard Specifcations (latest editian) to minimize reflective cracking unless otherwise noted in the project plans and specifications. The ARMI layer shall be overlaid with asphalt on the same day it is placed for the Contractor to receive full compensation for the work. The soil cement base design shall be by a certified lot under the direction of a Registered Florida Professional Engineer, and must be approved by the City Engineer. Said design shall pravide for a minimum of 3001? 5.1. in seven days. All plant mixed soil cement shall be certified by a registered laboratory that has been approved by ihe E,ngineer. The only approved method for spreading the cement is the use of a spreader box. The use of a spreader bar for spreading cement will not be allowed. The applyin� of the cement shall not be allawed when the wind velocity is sufficient to jeopardize material interests (i.e. vehicles, etc.) from airborne cement particles. The density testing frequency shall be at the discretion of the registered Florida Professianal Engineer responsible for the soil cement design. SectionIV.doc Page 20 of 128 �1� � � 1 1 1 1 1 ' C� C� Ll� 1 LJ 1 ' � 4/11/2011 ' 1 r � 1 , LJ ' 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 5. ASPHALT SASE: Full depth asphalt base shall be constructed in accordance with Section 2$0 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications, and shall have a minimum compacted thickness as shown on the plans. The cost for preparation, placement and compaction shall be included in the per tan unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. The cost of the tack coat shall be included in the bid itern price for asphalt or base. 6. REWORKED BASE: When the plans call for the working of the existing base, th� finished reworked base shall have a minimum compacted thickness of $" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, and be constructed in accordance with the applicable FDOT requirements for the type of material used. The density requirements (except far asphalt and soil cement base) shall be per Section 200 6 of F'DOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). For asphalt, the density requirements are per Section 330-1 l, and for soil cement per Section 270-5 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 22.1.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE , The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of bas� in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximurra allowable deficiency shall be a half-inch (1/2"). Areas deficient in thickness shall either be fixed hy the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if ' so approved in writing by the City Engineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place. ' 1 1 I� � � � 1 1 ' L.J iI�l 22.1.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT FOR BASE AND REWORKED BASE The unit price for base shall include: all materials, roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, prime, base, subgrade (unless the plans specify a separate pay item), stabilization, mixing, testing, equipment, tools, hauling, labor, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment for asphalt base shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 22.2 SUBGRADE All subgrade shall be stabilized and constructed in accordance with Sections 160 and 914 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition) unless otherwise noted herein. All subgrade shall have a minimum compacted thickness of 12" unless otherwise shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer. If limerock is used, it shall also meet the requirements of Section 911 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Where unsuitable material is found within the limits of the subgrade, Section IV, Article 17 (Unsuitable Material Removal) of the city's Contract Specifications will apply. The extent of said removal shall be determined by the Engineer in accordance with accepted construction practices. The Contractor is responsible for clearing, grading, frlling, and removing any trees or vegetation in the raadbed below the subgrade to prepare it per the plans. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price for base or subgrade_ The Cantractor shall obtain from an independent testing laboratory the bearing value after the mixing of materials for the stabilized subgrade. 22.2.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis af ineasurement shall be the number of square yards of stabilized subgrade in place and accepted as called for on the plans. The maximum allawable deficiency for mixing depth SectionIV.doc Page 21 of 128 4/11/2011 Section iV—Technical Speciticatipns shall be per Section l 61-6.4 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. Acceptable bearing values shall be per FDOT Section 160-7.2. Areas deficient in thickness or bearing values shall either be corrected by the Contractor to within acceptable tolerance, or if so approved in writing by the City En�ineer, may be left in place. No payment, however, will be made for such deficient areas that are left in place (latest edition). 22.2.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The unit price for subgrade shall include: roadbed preparation, placement, spreading, compaction, finishing, testing, stabilizing, mixing, materials, hauling, labor, equipment and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. lf no pay item is �iven, subgradc shall be included in the bid item for base. ��s��:Is1��C�ZrI�]►C�]:��1�11_ti��:�l,l�� This specification is for the preparation and application of all S-Type Marshall Mix Design asphaltic concrete materials on roadway surfaces unless otherwise noted. 23.1 ASPHALTIC CONCRETE 23.1.1 AGGREGATE All aggregates shall be obtained from an approved FDOT source and shall canform to Sections 901 through 919 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 23.1.2 BITUMINOUS MATERIALS All bituminous materials shall conform to 5ection 916 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specif7cations. 23.2 HOT BITUMINOUS MIXTURES - PLANT, METHODS, EQUIPMENT 8� QUALITY ASSURANCE The plant and methods of operation used to prepare all asphaltic concrete and bituminous riaaterials shall conform to the requirements of Section 320 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise noted, all acceptance procedures and quality control/assurance procedures shall conform to the requirements of Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The Contractor shall note that the City shall have the right to have an independent testing laboratory select, test, and analyze, at the expense of the City, test specimens of any or all materials to be used. Tests to be performed by the independent testing laboratory every 1000 tons include, but are not liroited to, Marshall stability and flow, extraction/gradation and cores to determine density and thickness. The results af such tests and analyses shall be considered, along with the tests or analyses made by the Contractor, to deCermine cornpliance with the applicable specifications for the materials so tested or analyzed. The Contractor hereby understands and accepts that wherever any portion of the work is discovered, as a result of such independent testing or investigation by the City, which fails to meet the reyuirements of the Contract documents, all costs of such independent inspectian and investigation as well as all costs af removal, correction, reconstruction, or repair of any such work shall be borne solely by the Contractor. Payment reductions for asphalt related items shall be determined bv the followin� SectionIV.doc Page 22 0#' I28 4/11/2011 1 �J 1 r ' L� LJ 1 1 LI �J L�I 1 1 LJ L.J �J � , fl J �J , 1 1 ' ' ' ' 1 �� ' 1 1 , � 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specificaticros I. Density per Sectian 330-11 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 2. Final surface or friction course tolerances per Section 330-13 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specitications. 3. Thickness will be determined from core borings. Deficiencies of'/4" or greater shall be corrected by the Contractor, without compensation, by either replacing the full t}aickness for a length extending at least 25' from each end of the deficient area, or when the Engineer allows for an overlay per Section 330-15.2.3 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (2000 edition). In addition, for excesses of'/a" or greater, the Engineer will determine if the excess area shall be removed and replaced at no compensation, or if the pavement in question can remain with payment to be made based on the thickness specified in the contract. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 2� hours in advance_ of_th_e placement of a11 as�halt. 23.3 ASPHALT MIX DESIGNS AND TYPES All asphalt mix designs shall conform to the requirements of Sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specificatians_ All asphalt mix designs shall be approved by the Engineer PRIOR to the commencement of the paving operation. Reclaimed asphalt pavement (RAP) material may be substituted for aggregate in the asphaltic concrete mixes up to 25% by weight. 23.4 ASPHALT PAVEMENT DESIGNS AND LAYER THICKNESS All asphalt pavement designs shall confarm to the Following requirements: Table 1: Layer Thickness for Asphalt (Layers Are Listed in Sequence of Construction) COURSE LAYER THICKNESS (Inches) THICKNESS (Inches) Type S—I Type S--I with Type S-11I FC-3 Type S—iIi Type S—I Type S—III with FC-3 with FC-3 Top Layer Top Layer Top Layer 1 st 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 si 2nd 1 st 2"d 1 st 2nd 1 st 2nd 1 l 1 l'/z 1'/z 2 1 ��4 3�9 * � 1 2'/z 1'/4 1'/4 1'/z 1 1%z 1 3 1'/z 1'/z 2 1 2 1 * At the Engineer's discretion, 2" af S-III is acceptable for use on residential streets Additional Notes: 1. Type S—III shall be limited to the final (top) structural layer (one layer only). ' SectionIV.doc ' Page 23 of 128 an 1i2o1 r Section 1V — 7'echnical SpeciGcations 2. All asphalt pavement desi�ns shall conform to the requirements of sections 331 and 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. 3. All pavement designs shall include a minimum af two inches of asphalC. 4. The Contractor shall be responsib]e to review the project plans for complete pavement design detail. 5. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, Type S—III per Section 331 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specificatians shall be used as fnal riding surface on streets with the speed Hmit of less than 35 mph, streets with an avera�e daily traf�ic (ADT) of less than 3000, and all residential streets. 6. An �'C-3 friction course per section 337 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifiications shall be used on streets with a speed limit of 35 mph or greater, and streets with an ADT of 3000 or greater. 23.5 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS The general construction requirements for all hot bituminous pavements (including limitations oF operations, preparation of mixture, preparation of surface, placement and compact,ion of mixture, surface requirements, carrection of unacceptable pavement, etc.) shall be in accordance with Section 330 ofFDOT's 2000 Standard Specifrcations. 23.fi CRACKS AND POTHOLE PREPARATION 23.6.1 CRACKS Cracks in roadway pavement shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris to be removed from cracks by compressed air or other suitable method. 2. Apply a multiple layered application of bituminous binder and fine aggregate, as appropriate to the depth of the crack until the vaid of the crack is cornpletely filled to the level of the surrounding roadway surface. 3. .Cf application of asphaltic concrete is not to begin immediately after crack repair, cracks are to be sanded to prevent vehicular tracking. 4. Payment for crack filling shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic concrete. f+��+� 1�� : C�] ��-9 Pothales shall be repaired prior to the application of asphaltic concrete by the following steps: 1. All debris is to be removed from potholes by hand, sweeping, or other suitable method. 2. A tack coat is to be applied to the interior surface of the pothale. 3. The pothole is to be cotnpletely filled with asphaltic concrete, and thoroughly compacted 4. Payment %r pothole preparation shall be included in the unit price for asphaltic conerete. SectionlV.doc Page 24 of 128 4/] l/2011 1 �� 1 u C� , , �� , LJ , ' ' , 1 ' , 1 ' �.J �I ' 1 , C_� �I 1 Section IV —'Cechnical Specifications 23.7 ADJUSTMENT OF MANHOLES T'he necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and storm drain manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor. The Contractor shal] be paid on a per unit basis for �ach item. The use of'manhole adjustment risers is acceptable under the following conditions: The riser shall meet or exceed all FDOT material, weld, and construction requirements. The riser shall con5ist of an A-36 hot rolled steel meeting or exceeding the minimum requirements af A.S.T.M. A-36. The riser shall be a single piece with a stainless steel adjustment stud and shall have a rust resistant finish. The use of cast iron, plastic, or fiberglass risers is not per-mitted. ln addition, the installation of each riser shall be per manufacturer's specifications. Each manhole shall be individually rneasured, and each riser shall be physically marked to ensure that the proper riser is used. Also, the ring section shall be cleaned, and a bead of chemically resistant epoxy applied to the original casting, prior to installation of the riser. It is the Contractors responsibility to ensure that the manholes are measured, the risers are physically marked, the ring sections are thoroughly cleaned, and that the epoxy is properly applied prior to installation of each riser. If risers are not used, the adjustment of manholes shall be accomplished by the removal af ' pavement around manhole, grade adjustment of ring and cover, and acceptable replacement and compaction of roadway materials prior to paving. A full depth backfill using asphalt is acceptable. The use ofPortland cement for backfill is not acceptable. 1 ' 1 1 All manhole and valve adjustments shall be accomplished prior to the application of final asphaltic concrete surface. Unless otherwise noted in the specs or on the plans, the paving operation shall occur within seven (7) calendar days from the completion of the adjustment. On arterial roadways, the rims manholes are to be ramped with asphalt during the time period between initial adjustment and final resurfacing. Water and gas valves, sewer cleanouts, valve boxes, tree aeration vents, etc. will be adjusted by the Contractor with the cost for this work to be included in the unit cost of the asphalt. Care must be taken around said appurtenances to ensure that they are not paved over. .It is the Contractor's responsibility to inform the owners of all utilities af impending work and coordinate their adjustments so they are completed prior to the scheduled paving. 23.8 ADDITIONAL ASPHALT REQIJIREMENTS ' 1. All impacted radius returns within project limits shall be paved unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or Project Inspector, with payment to be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt. ' 1 2. All pavement markings impacted by placement of asphalt shall be replaced prior to the road being open to traffic unless otherwise noted in the contract scape and plans. 3. All project related debris shall be hauled off the job site by the Contractor in a timely manner and at their own expense in conformance with all regulatory requirements. 4_ The Contractor shall pay particular attention to sweeping when paving. The Braam ' Tractor way of sweeping will not be permitted. Prior to paving, all constructian areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper (either vacuum ar mechanical type) that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt. The sweeper must be equipped with its own water ' SectionIV.doc 1 Page 25 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specitications supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris otf of sidewalks, driveways, curbs and roadways each day before leaving the job site. 5. The application of tack and prime coats (either required or placed at the Engineer's discretion) shall be placed per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard 5pecifications (latest edition). Tack shall also be applied to the face of all curbs and driveways. The cast (including heating, hauling and applying) shall be included in the per ton bid item for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 6. Leveling course and spot patching shall be applied to sections ofthe road as noted on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Specifications. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans. 7. If an asphalt rubber binder is required, it shall conform ta the requirements of Section 336 of FDOT's 2000 Standard Speciiications. S. On all streets with curb and gutter, the final compacted asphalt shall be '/a" above the lip or face of said curb per City Index 101. ��=��1»:7�_VI�=F--��C/_1��[��%]�C�7:7�� l, Unless otherwise noted in this section, all of the asphaltic concrete specifications in Sections A through H above shall apply to superpave asphaltic concrete. All asphaltic concrete pavement shall be designed and placed in accordance with ihe FDOT Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (latest edition). 2. All aggre�ate shall be obtained from an approved F.DOT source and shall coraform to Sections 901 and 902 of FDOT's Standard Specif cations (latest edition). 3. All bituminous materials shall conform to Section 916 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Asphaltic binder shall be Grade PG 67-22 unless atherwise specified in the Scope of Work. 4. All superpave mix designs shall conform to Sections 320 and 334 of FDpT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 5. All general construction requirements shall conform to Section 330 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). 23.1U BASIS OF MEASUREMENT Sasis of ineasurement will be the number of tans of asphaltic concrete completed, in place and accepted. Truck scale weights will be required for all asphaltic concrete used. 23.11 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for asphaltic concrete surface as speci�ed and measured above. This price shall include all materials, preparation, hauling, placement, tack and/or prime coat either required or placed at Engineer's discretion, leveling, spot patching, filling of cracks, pothole repair, sweeping, debris removal, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the asphalt work in accordance with the plans and specifications. SectionIV.doc Page 2b of 128 1 r ' � ' 1 1 ' � ' , 1 1 � 1 1 ai�iizoia , LJ ' ' C� ' �J � 1 ' ' ' , ' 1 r 1 1 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications �+Z!_l�al��i�il�►�i%��:1=1�]►1��=31�1,:�L�l�%]:�_��:/_1�� When this flrticle applies to the contract, the unit bid price for asphalt will be adjusted in accordance with the following provisions: l. Price adjustment for asphalt shall only be made when the current �'DOT Asphalt Price ]ndex varies more than I 0% from the bid price at the time of the bid opening. 2. The Bituminous Material Payment Adjustment lndex published monthly by the FDOT shall be used for the adjustment ofunit prices. This report is available on FDOT's internet site. The address is: http://www I 1.myflorida.com. It is under the section "Doing Business with FDO'1'" in the "Contracts Administration" section under "Asphalt Index". For additional information, call FDOT @ 850-414-4000. 3. The FDOT Payment Adjustment �ndex in effect at the time of the bid opening will be used for the initial determination of the asphalt price. 4. The FDOT Payment Adjustm�nt Index in effect at the time of placement of the asphalt will be used for payment calculation. 5. The monthly billing period for contract payment will be the same as the monthly period for the FDOT Payment Adjustment Index. 6. No adjustment in bid prices will be made for either tack coat or prime coat. 7. No price adjustment reflecting any further increases in the cost of asphalt will be made for any month afi�er the expiration of the allowable contract time. 8. The City reserves the right to make adjustments for decreases in the cast of asphalt. ��r]��1=1:Ts1�1�_1�j�1►C��11�L�1��C�7��'? 25.1 IRRIGATION 25.1.1 DESCRIPTION A. The work specified in this Section consists of the installation of an automatic underground irrigation system as shown or noted in the plans. Provide all labor, materials, equipment, services and facilities required to perfonn all work in connection with the underground sprinkler irrigation system, camplete, as indicated on the drawings and/or specified. Work noted as "NIC", "existing", or "by athers" is not included in this pay item. B. "i'he irrigation plans are schematic in nature. Valves and pipes shall be located in the turf/landscape areas except at road/paving crossings. All piping under paving shall be sleeved. Changes in the irri�atian system layout shall be modified with the approval of the Engineer. 25.1.1.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The irrigation work shall be installed by yualifed personnel or a qualified irrigation subcontracting company that has experience in irrigation systems of similar size, scope, mainline, system pressure, controls, etc. , SectionIV.doc �-� � Page 27 oF 128 4/11/2011 Section IV—Technical Specifications B. All applicable ANSI, ASTM, FED.SPEC. Standards and Speci�cations, and all applicable building codes and ather public agencies having jurisdiction upon the work shall apply. C_ Workmanship: All work shall be installed in a neat, orderly and respansible manner with the recognized standards of workmanship. The Engineer reserves the right to reject material or work which do�s not conform to the contract documents. Rejected work shall be removed or corrected at the earliest possible time at the contractor's expense. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: The contractor shall prepare and deliver to the Engineer within ten (10) calendar days prior to completion of construction a rninimurn of three (3) hard cover binders with three rings containing the fallowing information: l, index sheet stating the contractor's address and business telephone number, 24 hour emergency phone number, person to contact, list of equipment with name(s) and address(es) of local manufacturer's representative(s) and local supplier where replacement equipment can be purchased. 2. Catalog and part sheet on every material and equipment installed under this contract. 3. Complete operating and maintenance instructions on all major equipment. 4. Provide the Engineer and the City of Clearwater ma.iratenance staf� with written and "hands on" instructions for majar equipment and show evidence in writ,ing to the Engineer at the conclusion of the project that this service has been rendered. a. Four-hour instruction (minimum) for the Drip Emitter equipment operation and maintenance. b. Two-hour instruction (minimum) for automatic control valve operation and maintenance. 25.1.7.2 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. The Irrigation Contractor shall coordinate the work with all other trades, all underground improvements, the location and planting of trees and all other planting. Verify planting requiring excavation 24 in. diarrxeter and larger with the Engineer prior to installation of main lines. B. Provide temporary irrigation at all times ta maintain plant materials. C. The Irrigation Contractar is responsible to maintain the work area and equipment until final acceptance by the Engineer. Repairs and replacement of equipment broken, stolen, or missing as well as regular maintenance operations shall be the obligation of the contractor. D. The Irrigation Cantractor shall submit a trafi�ic control plan (per FDOT specifications) to the Engineer prior to initiating constructian on the site. The Contractor shall be responsible for the maintenance o�traffic signs, barriers, and any additional equipment to comply with the FDOT standards and to ensure the safety of its employees and the public. 25.1.1.3 WARRANTY A. The Manufacturer(s) shall warrant the irri�ation system cornponents to give satis�actory service for one (1) year period from the date of acceptance by the Engineer and the City SectionIV.doc Page 28 of 128 ' ' 1 � 1 � � ' ��:� ' 1 ' r � � LJ , an iizoi � ' ' 0 1 � ll � �J � ' 1 1 , Section IV—Technical Specifications of Clearwater. Should any problems develop within the warranty period due to inferior or faulty materials, they shall be corrected at no expense to the City of Clearwater or FDOT. 25.1.Z PRODUCTS 25.1.2.1 GENERAL A. All materials throughout the system shall be new and in perfect condition. No deviations from the specifcations shall be allowed except as noted. 25.1.2.2 PIPING A. The irrigation system pipe shall be as stated herein and shall be furnished, installed and tested in accordance with these specifications. $. All pipe is herein specified to be Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, 1120, Schedule 40, conforming to ASTM D2665 and D] 785. C. All nipples, pipe conneetions, bushings, swing joints, connecting equipment to the mainline is required to be threaded t'alyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe, Schedule S0. 25.1.2.3 PIPE FITTINGS A. All pipe fittings for Schedule 40 PVC pipe shall be as follows: �'ittings shall can%rm to the requirem�nts of ASTM D2466, Standard Specification for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Flastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. All fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name or trademark, material designation, size, applicable iPS schedule and NSF seal of approval. The connection of mainline pipe to the autottaatic control valve shall be assembled with threaded Schedule 80 �ttings and threaded Schedule $0 nipples. ' 25.1.2.4 PVC PIPE CEMENT AND PRIMER A. Provide solvent cement and primer for PVC salvent weld pipe and fttings as � recommended by the manufacturer. Pipe joints for solvent weld pipe to be belled end_ S. Aurple primer shall be applied after the pipe and fittings has been cut and cleaned. The Primer shall be of contrasting color and be easily recognizable against PVC pipe. � ' 25.1.2.5 THREADED CONNECTIONS A. Threaded PVC connections shall be made using Teflon tape or Teflon pipe sealant. 25.1.2.6 GATE VALVES ' 25.1.2.6.1 MANUAL GATE VALVES 2 IN. AND SMAL.I�ER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: , l. 20p-250 psi Ball Valve 2. PVC body - with Teflon Sall Seals 3. Threaded-Dual end Union Connectors ' 1 � .J 4. Non-Shock Safe-T Shear Stem SecponlV.doc Page 29 of l28 4/1 ]/2011 Section iV — Tcchnical Spccifications 5. Safe-T-Shear True Union Ball Valve as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company , Syh�er, California, or approved equal. 25.1.2.6.2 GATE VALVES 2'/2" IN. AND LARGER A. Provide the following, unless otherwise noted on Drawings: 1. AW WA-C-509 2. 200 Ib. O. W.G. 3. Cast Iron body - ASTM A 126 Class B 4. Deep socket joints 5. Rising stem 6. Bolted bonnet fl��i'il7�iYRT� 8. Equipped with 2" square operating key with tee handle B. Provide two (2) operating keys for gate valve 3" and larger. The "street key" shall be 5' long with a 2" square operating nut. 25.1.2.7 SLEEVES A. Sleeves: (Existing by City of Clearwater) 25.1.2.8 REM�TE CONTROL VALVES A. The remote control valve shall be a solenoid actuated, balance-pressure across-the diaphragm type capable of having a f�o�v rate of 25-30 gallons per minute (GPM) with a pressure loss not to exceed 6.1 pounds per square inch (ASI). The valve pressure rating shall not be less than 150 psi. B. The valve body and bonnent shall be constructed of high impact weather resistant plastic, stainless steel and other chemical/UV resistant materials. The valve's one-piece diaphragm shall be of durable santoprene material with a clog resistant rnetering orifice. C. The valve body shall have a 1" inch (FNPT) inlet and outlet ar a one inch slip by slip inlet and outlet for solvent weld pipe connections. D. The valve construction shall be as such to provide for all ittternal parts to be removable from the top of the valve without disturbing the valve installation. E. The valve shall be as manufactured by .Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California, or approved equal. F. Identify all control valves usin� metal I.D. tags numbered to match drawings. 25.1.2.9 VALVE BOXES A. For remote cantral drip valve assembly and UNIK control timer use a Brooks #36 concrete value box with #3G-T cast iron traf�c bearing cover, or approved equal. B. For flush valve assembly use an Ametek #181014 (10") circular valve box with #181015 cover comparable to Brooks, or approved equal. SectionIV.doc Page 30 of 128 ' 1 � � � �J �..J L� L.J 1 ' � 1 � i � 1 � 4/i l/2011 , 1 ' , , 1 L..J 1 1 J 1 ' ' �� , ' �, li I�� ' LJ ' 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications C. �'ar air relief assembly use an Ametek # I 820� 1(6") economy turf box cover comparable to Broaks, or approved equal. 25.1.2.10 DRIP IRRIGATION 25.1.2.10.1 CONSTRUCTION with #1$2002 A. Techline shall consist of norninal sized one-half inch (1/2") low-density linear polyethylene tubing with internal pressure compensating, continuously self-cleaning, integral drippers at a specified spacing, (12", 18", or 24" centers). The tubing shall be brown in color and conform to an outside diameter (O.D.) of �.67 inches and an inside diameter (I.D.) af 0.57 inches. Individual pressure compensating drippers shall be welded to the inside wall of the tubing as an integral part of the tubing assembly. These drippers shall be constructed of plastic with a hard plastic diaphragm retainer and a self- flushing/cleaning elastomer diaphragrn extending the full length of the dripper. 25.1.2.10.2 OPERATION A. The drippers shall have the ability to independently regulate discharge rates, with an inlet pressure of seven to seventy (7-70) pounds per square inch (PSI), at a constant flow and with a mar�ufacturer's coe�icient of variability (Cv) of 0.03. Recommended operating pressure shall be between 15-45 FSI. The dripper discharge rate sha11 be 0.4, 0.6, or 0.9 gallons per hour (GPH) utilizing a combination turbulent flow/reduced pressure compensation cell mechanism and a diaphragm to maintain uniform discharge rates. "I'he drippers shall continuously clean themselves while in operation. The dripperline shall be available in 12", l8" and 24" spacing between drippers unless otherwise specified. Techline pipe depth sha11 be under mulch unless otherwise specitied on Plans. Maximum system pressure shall be 45 PSC. Filtration shall be 120 mesh or fner. Bending radius shall be 7". B. For on-surface or under mulch installations, 6" metal wire staples (TLS6) shall be installed 3'-5' on center, and two staples installed at every change of direction. 25.1.2.10.3 LINE FLUSHING VALVES A. The sub-surface system shall utilize Automatic Line Flush Valves at the end of each independent zone area. This valve shall be capable of flushing one gallon at the beginning of each irrigation cycle. The valves shall match the dripline manufacturer and connect directly ta the dripline. 25.1.2.10.4 AIRNACUUM RELIEF VALVE A. Each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an AirNacuum Relief Valve at its high point(s). The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 1 l0 psi. 25.1.2.10.5 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. The pressure regulator shall be designed to handle steady inlet pressures over l50 pounds per square inch (psi) and maintain a constant outlet pressures of 25 psi. Regulating accuracy shall be within =/-6%. The pressure regulator shall be manufactured fram high- impact engineering grade thermoplastics. Regulation shall be accomplished by a fixed stainless steel campression spring which shall be enclased in a chamber separate from the water passage. SectionlV.doc Page 31 of 128 4/11/2011 Scctipn iV — Technical SpeciFcations 25.1.2.10.6 FILTERS A. The flter shall be a multiple disc type filter with notation indicating the minimum partial size ta trave] thraugh or the mesh size af the element being used. The discs shall be constructed of chemical resistant thermoplastic for corrosion resistance. 25.1.2.10.7 FITTINGS A. All connections shal) be made with barb or campression type fitting connections. Fittings and dripline shall be as manufactured by the manufacturer of the dripline to ensure the integrity of the subsurface irrigation system. 25.1.2.11 AUTOMATIC CONTROL TIMER A. The irrigation controller (control module) shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device only. The program shall be communicated to the Control Module from the Field Transmitter via an infrared connectian. The controller shall be of a module type which may be installed in a valve box underground. The controller shall function normally if submerged in water and the communication from the transmitter shall funetion if submerged in water. B. The control module shall be housed in an ABS plastic cabinet and shall be potted to insure waterprooF operation. "T'he coratrol module shall have two rr►ounting slots far screws allowing the module to be securely mount�d inside a valve box. C. The controller shall operate on one nine volt alkaline battery for one full year regardless of the number of stations utilized. The controller shall aperate ]., 2, or 4 stations either sequentially or independently. D. The cantroller shall have three independent programs with aight start times each, station run time capability from one minute to twelve hours in one minute increments, and a seven day calendar. The controller shall turn on stations via latching solenoids installed on the valves. Manual operations sha11 be initiated by attaching the Field Transmitter ta the Control Module and programming a manual start. The controller shall be capable of manual single station or manual program operation. E. The controller shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendara, California USA. 25.1.2.12 FIELD TRANSMITTER A. The irrigation controller shall be programmable by a separate transmitter device (Field Transmitter) only. The Field Transmitter shall communicate ta the Control Module via an infrared connection. The Field Transmitter shall be water resistant and housed in ABS plastic and have a removable, reversible protective sheath. The Field Transmitter shall operate on one 9V alkaline battery. B. The Field Transmitter shall have a large LCD screen and a seven-key programming pad. A beep sound shall confirm every key stroke. The screen shall automatically turn off after one minute when not in use. C. The Field Transmitter shall be capable of pragramrning an unlirnited number of IJNJK Control Modules. SectionIV.doc Page 32 of 128 ' L. J ' ' ' ' � ' ' ' ' 1 LJ , � � � 4/11/201] , r �' L� ' 1 1 � � ' , � ' ' LJ ' ' 1 ' ' Section 1V — Technical Specifications D. The �ield Transmitter shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.2.13 LATCHING SOLENOID A. The Latching Solenoid sha11 be supplied with an installed, filtered adapter allowing installation of the solenoid onto any Rain Bird DV, PGA, PEB, PES-B, GB, of EFB series valve. S. The Latching Solenoid shall be as manufactured by Rain Bird Sprinkler Mfg. Corp., Glendora, California USA. 25.1.3 EXECUTION 25.1.3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Befare work is commenced, hold a conference with the Engineer to discuss general details of the work. B. Verify dimensions and grades at job site before work is commenced. C. During the progress of the work, a competent superintendent and any assistants necessary shall be on site, all satisfactory to the Engineer. This superintendent shall nat be changed, except with the consent of the Engineer. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. D. Obtain and pay for all irrigativn and plumbing permits and all inspections required by outside authorities. E. All work indicated or notes an the Drawings shall be provided whether or not specifically mentioned in these Technical Special Provisions. F. If there are ambiguities between the Drawings and Specifcations, and specific interpretation or clarification is nat issued prior to bidding, the interpretation or clarification will be made only by the Engineer, and the Contractor shall comply with the decisions. In event the installation contradicts the directions given, the installation shall be corrected by the Contractor at no additional cost. G. Layout of sprinkler lines shown an the Drawing is diagrammatic only. Location of sprinkler equipment is contitagent upon and subject to integration with all other underground utilities. Contractor shall employ all data contained in the contract Documents and shall verify this information at the construction site to confirm the manner by which it relates to the installation. H. Do not proceed with the installation af the sprinkler system when it is apparent that obstructions or grade differences exist or if conflicts in construction details, legend, or specific notes are discovered. All such obstructions, conflicts, ar discrepancies shall be brought ta the attentian of the Engineer. I. The disturbance of existing paving will not be permitted. Install all required sleeving prior to roadway base. 1 sectionIV.ao� 1 .� Page 33 of 128 4/11/2011 Section lV — Technical Spccifications 25.1.3.2 EXCAVATING AND BACKFILLING 25.1.3.2.1 TRENCHING - GENERAL A. Dig sides of trenches straight. Provide continuous support for pipe on bottam of trenches. Lay pipe to uniform grade. Trenching excavation shall follow layout indicated on Drawings. B. Maintain 6 in. horizontal and miniroum clearance between sprinkler ]ines and between all lines of other trades. C. Do not install sprinkler lines directly above another line of any kind. D. Maintain 6 in. vertical minimum between sprinkler lines which cross at angles of 45 degrees ta 90 degrees. E. Exercise care when excavating, trenching and working near existing utilities. 25.1.3.2.2 BACKFILLING A_ All pressure supply lines (mainline) shall have 18" of fill placed over the pipe. B. Initial backfill on all lines shall be of a tine �ranular material with no foreign matter larger than '/Z in. C. Compact backfill accarding ta Section 125 ofFDOT 5pecification Book, 199( Edition. U. Do not, under any circumstances, use equipment or vehicle wheels for compacting soil. E. Restore grades and repair damages where settling occurs. F � Compact each layer of fill with approved equipment to achieve a maximum d�nsity per AASHTO T 180 - latest edition. Under landscaped area, compaction shall not exceed 95% of maximum density. Compaction shall be obtained by the use of inechanical tampers or approved hand tampers. When hand tampers are used, the materials shall be deposited in layers not more than six (b") inches thick. The hand tamp�rs shal1 be suitable for this purpose and shall have a face area ofnot rnore than ] 00 square inches. Special precautions shall be taken to prevent damage to the irrigation system piping and adjacent utilities. 25.1.3.2.3 ROUTING OF PIPING: A. Routing of pressure and non-pressure piping lines are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. B. Coordinate specimen trees and shrubs with routing of lines. 1. Planting locations shall take precedence over sprinkler and piping locations. 2. Report to Owner any major deviation from routing indicated. C. Conform to Drawings layout without offsetting the various assemblies from the pressure supply line. D. Layout drip tube and make any minor adjustments required due ta differences between site and Drawings. Any such deviations in layout shall be within the intent of the original Drawings, and without additional cost, SectionIV.doc Page 34 of 128 4/11/2011 � ' ' ' , 1 � , � ' � � , �� 1 C� , ' ' C� 1 1 1 �� LJ 1 � ' 1 1 1 1 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications E. Layout all systems using an approved staking method, and maintain the staking of approved layout. 25.1.3.3 I N STALLATI O N 25.1.3.3.1 WATER SUPPLY A. Connections to the water sources shall be at the approximate locations indicated on the Drawings. Make minor changes caused by actual site conditions without additional cost to the Owner. 25.1.3.3.2 ASSEMBLIES A. Routing or pressure supply lines as indicated on Drawings is diagrammatic only. Install lines and required assemblies in accordance with details on Drawings. B. Do not install multiple assemblies on plastic lines. Arovide each assembly with its own outlet. When used, the pressure relief valve shall be the last assembly. C_ Install all assemblies in accord with the respective detail Drawings and these Technical Special Provisions. D. Plastic pipe and threaded fittings shall be assembled using Teflon tape, applied to the male threads only. 25.1.3.3.3 SLEEVES: (EXISTING BY CITY OF CLEARWATER) A. The cantractor shall verify the location of all existing sleeves as shown on the roadway, utility and/or irrigation plans and notify the �ngineer of any discrepancies. 25.1.3.3.4 PLASTIC PIPE A. Install plastic pipe in accord with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Prepare all welded jaints with manufacturer's cleaner prior to applying solvent. 1. Allow welded joints as least 15 minutes setup/curing time before moving or handling. 2. Partially center load pipe in trenches to prevent arching and shitting when water pressure is on. 3. Do not permit water in pipe until a period of at least four hours has elapsed for solvent weld setting and curing, unless recommended otherwise by solvent manufacturer. C. Curing ' 1. When the temperature is above $0 degrees F., allow soluble weld joints at least 24 hours curing time before water is introduced under pressure. � D. Flushing the system: 1. After all sprinkler pipe lines and risers are in place and connected, open the control valves and flush out the system with a full head of water. ' E. lnstalling piping under existing pavem�nt: 1. Piping under existing pavement may be installed by jacking & boring. ' SectionIV.doc 1 Page 35 of 128 an vzoi i 5ection 1V — 7"echnical Specifications 2. Secure permission from the Engineer before cutting or breaking any existing pavement. All repairs and replacements shall �e approved by Engineer and shall be accomplished at no additional cost. 25.1.3.3.5 CONTROLLERS A. Install all automatic controllers as shown in the plans. 1. The location of all controllers shall be approved by the Engineers representative prior to installaCion. 25.1.3.3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES A. lnstall at suf�cient depth to provide not more than 6 in., nor less than 4 in. cover from the top of the valve to finish grade. B. �nstall valves in a plumb position with 24 in. minimum maintenance clearance from other equiprnent, 3 feet minimum from edges of sidewalks, buildings, and walls, and na closer than 7 feet frorn the back of curb or edge of pavement along roadways. C. Contractor shall adjust the valve ta provide the proper flow rate or operating pressure for each sprinkler zone. 25.1.3.3.7 GATE VALVES A. lnstall where indicated and with sufficient clearance from other materials for proper maintenance. B. Check and tighten valve bannet packing before backfill. 25.2 LANDSCAPE 25.2.1 GENERAL 25.2.1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents shall include the .Plans, Details, Specifications, Bid 1'roposal, ContracC Agreernent, includin� Installation Schedule, all Addenda, and Contractual and Special Conditions when required. 25.2.1.2 REQUIREMENTS O� REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Comply with Federal, State, Local, and other duly constituted authorities and regulatory agencies, without additional cost to the Owner in matters pertaining to codes, safety, and environmental matters. B. Any permits for the installation or construction of any of the work included under the contract, which are required by any of the legally constituted authorities having jurisdiction, shall be arranged for by the Contractor and paid for directly by the Contractor, unless otherwise agreed upon in writing. 25.2.1.3 SCOPE QF WORK A. All provisions of Contract, including General and Special Provisions and Plans, apply to the work specified in this Section. The Scope of Work includes everything for and SectionIV.doc Page 36 of 128 4/11/2011 ' 1 1 , 1 ' ' � 1 1 � ' 1 1 1 � ' ' t 1 1 1 1 ' , 1 � , 5ection IV — Technical Specificatinns incidental to executing and completing all landscape work shown on the Plans, Schedules, Notes and as specified herein. B. Furnish and provide all labor, plants and materials toals and equipment necessary to prepare the soil for plantings, to install and care for all plant materials (including finish grading if necessary); to remove and/or transplant existing plants if indicated; to furnish, plant, fertilize, guy and brace, water, mulch and prune all new plant materials; and to execute all other Work as described herein or indicated on the Plans. C. Work under this Sectian shall include labor and materials for final grading and raking to prepare the site for sadding, sprigging, or seeding, so finished lawn or playing field will appear even and uniform, will drain adequately, and will comply with the intent of the landscape drawings. D. lnitial maintenance of landscape materials as specified in this document. 25.2.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Landscape work shall be contracted ta a single firm specializing in landscape work, who shall in turn subcontract no more than 40% af the work specified. All subcontractors under the control of the Contractor involved in the completion of the landscape work, shall be made known to the Owner and the Landscape Architect prior to their commencement of work on the project. B. All wark af this Section shall conform to the highest standard of landscape practices. C. The Plant Material Schedule included with these Plans is provided only for the ' Contractor's convenience; it shall not be construed as to conflict or predominate over the Plans. If conflict between the Plans and Specifications exists, the Plan shall predominate and be considerad the controlling document. 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 D. During this work, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining safety among persons in his employ in accordance with the standards set by The Occupational Safety and Health Act of 19'70 (and all subsequent amendments). Owner and Landscape Architect shall be held harmless from any accident, injury or any other incident resulting fro�n compliance or non-compliance with these standards. E. The Contractor shall cooperate with and coordinate with all other trades whose work is built into or affects the work in this Section. F. All appropriate utility companies and agencies shall be contacted 72 hours prior to excavation. Call "One Call" at 1-800-432-4770. G. The Contractor shall carefully examine the site and all existing conditions afFecting the work, such as: soil, obstructions, existing trees, utilities, etc. Report any conditions in conflict with the work to the Landscape Architect. 25.2.1.5 SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor is required to submit priar to the expiration of the required maintenance period, two copies of typewritten instructions recommending procedures to be established by the Owner for maintenance of landscape wark for a period of one year. B. Furnish unit prices for all plant materials and inert materials, including labor for all specified work. , SectionlV.doc 1 Page 37 of 128 4/ 11l2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 25.2.1.6 ALTERNATES, ADDITIONS, DELETIONS, SUBSTITUTIQNS A. �f there are additions/alternates included in these Plans and Specifications, the Contractor must propose prices to accomplish the work stated as additions/alternates at the time of bidding. B. The Owner, thraugh his Project Representative, reserves the ri�ht to add or deduct any of the work stated herein without rendering the Contract void. C. The Contractor must have written approval by the Project Represeratative for any substitutions not previously agresd to in the purchase agreement: installation without approval is entirely at the Contractor's risk. D. All material acquired through addiCions or substitutions shall be subject to all conditions and warranties stated herein. 25.2.1.7 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS O.A. or HT.: The over-all height of the plant measured from the ground to the natural, untied state of the majority of the faliage, not includin� extreme leaves, branches or fronds. C. T.: C. W.: ': Clear trunk is measured from the ground to the bottom of the first leaf or frond stem with no foliage from ground to specified height. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear trunk measurement includes the "nut" at the base of the fronds. Clear wood is measured from the ground to the bottom nf the base of the lowest leaf sheath or boot, trimmed in a natural manner. For example, on Canary Island Date Palms or similar, the clear wood measurement does not include the "nuC" at the base of the fronds. Spread, branches measured in natural untied position to the average crown diameter, not including extreme leaves, branches or fronds. ST. TR.: Straight trunk. MIN.: Minimum. GAL.: O. C.: DIA.: LVS.: Gallon container size, i.e., 1 gallon, 3 gallon, 7 gallon, etc. On center, distance between plant centers. Diameter. Leaves. SectionlV.doc Page 38 of 128 1 ' ' 1 ' � 1 � ' 1 ' ' 1 1 ' ' ' aii i/2oi i ' �J ' 1 , Section IV — Technical Specifications D.B.H.: Diameter or caliper of main trunk of tree as measured at breast height at 4-1/2 feet above grade. CAL.: ' B&B: 1 ' PPP: FG: Caliper, the outside diameter of up to a four inch tree is measured six inches above grade, larger trees are measured at ] 2 inches above grade. Balled and burlapp�d in accordance with horticultural standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Plants per pot. ' Field grawn. STD.: ' ' ' 1 1 ' , ' ' 1 , 1 Standard, single, straight trunk. Owner: To be known as that entity which holds title or control to the premises an which the work is performed. Owner s Representative: Owner's on-site representative shall be resp�nsible for approval af quantity and quality of materials specified and execution of installation. Contraclor: Shall refer to that person or enterprise commonly known as the Landscape Contractor_ Landscape Architect: This person or firm is the responsible representative of the Owner who produces thc landscape Plans and Specifications. 25.2.1.8 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 25.2.1.8.1 PLANT MATERIALS A. Provide container grown or, if appropriate, freshly dug trees and shrubs. Do not prune prior to delivery. Do not bend or bind trees or shrubs in such a manner as to damage bark, break branches or destroy natural shape. Provide protective covering during delivery. If plant delivery is made in open vehicles, the entire load shall be suitably covered. B. All plants are to be handled at all times so that roats ar raot balls are adequately pratected from sun, cold, ar drying winds. No root balls for trees and container plants that have been cracked or broken shall be planted except upon special approval. Plants shall nat be pulled by the tops or stems, nor handled in a raugh or careless manner at any time. C. Balled and burlapped plants shall be moved with firm, natural, balis of soil, not less than 1 faot diameter af ball to every 1 inch caliper of trunk; raot ball depth shall nat be less than 2/3 of root ball diameter. B& B plants which cannat be planted upon delivery shall have their root balls covered with moist soil ar mulch. SectionlV.doc Page 39 of 128 4/11/2011 Section TV — Technical Specif cations D. Trees shall be dug with adequate balls, burlapped, and wire baund if needed. Root pruning to be done a minimum o� 4 weeks before rernaval from the field and planting at the site. Root balls may not be encased in "grow bags" or other synthetic material, except plastic shrink wrap for transport only. E. Remove all fronds fornn sabal palrns prior to planting, but leave a minimum af 12 inches of new frond growth above the bud. Do not damage bud. On all other palms, only a minimum of palm fronds shall be removed from crown to facilitate moving and handling. Clear trunk shall be determined after minimum fronds have been removed. Boots shall be removed �ror� trunk unless otherwise specitied. Palms shall be planted within 24 hours of delivery. F. Deliver trees and shrubs after preparations for planting have been completed and plant immediately. If planting is delayed more than 6 hours after delivery, set trees and shrubs in shade, protect from weather and mechaz�ical damage, and cover to keep the roots moist. G. Label at least one tree and one shrub of each variety with a securely attached waterproof tag bearing legible designation of botanica,l and common name. H. Sod: Time delivery so that sod will be placed within twenty-four (24) hours after stripping. Protect sod against drying and breaking by covering palettes of sod or placing in a shaded area. 25.2.1.9 JOB CQNDITIONS 25.2.1.9.1 ACCEPTANCE OF JOB CONDITIONS. A. The Contractor shall examine the sub-grade, verify elevations, observe the conditions under which work is to be performed and notiiy the Landscape Architect or Project Representative in writing of unsatisfactory conditions prior to beginning work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Landscape Architect. Start of work shall indicate acceptance of conditions and full responsibility for the completed work. B. Proceed with and complete the landscape work as rapidly as portions of the site become available, working within the seasonal limitations for each kind of landscape work and following the approved schedule. If seasonal limitations apply, notify the Landscape Architect for adjustments to the Schedule. C. Determine locations of all underground utilities and review for conflicts with planting procedures_ D. When adverse conditions to plant growth are encountered, such as rubble fill, drainage conditions or obstruction, the Contractor shall notify the Landscape �lrchitect in writing prior to planting. E. Plant trees and shrubs after final grades are established and prior to the planting of lawns, protecting 1awn trees and promptly repairing damages from planting operations. L+k�i �' �' ��9 : I � � 1 � 1 � I ► C rI � 7 �' �' L • ] :7 :1 A. The work shall be carried out to completion with the utmost speed. �mmediaCely upon award of contract, the Contractor shall prepare a construction schedule and furnish a copy SectionIV.doc Page 40 of 128 1 1 ' l' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' 1 ' , 1 ' ' � 4/ll/2011 ' 1 1 1 � 1 ' , ' 1 ' 1 1 1 ' ' ' Section 1V—Tcchnical Spccifications ta the Owner's Representative and/ar the Landscape Architect for approval. T}�e Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with the approved schedule. B. If the Contractor incurs unforeseen costs, such as overtime hours, holidays, ete. in order to complete the work within the time stated in the Cantract, and/or to maintain the progress schedule, all said costs shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. C. The Owner's I2epresentative's may request in writing work stoppage. Upan written request from the Owner's Representative, th� �andscape Contractor shall suspend delivery of material and stop all work for such a period as deemed necessary by the Owner, the Owner's Representative, or the General Contractor with respect to any additional costs which rnay result from work stoppage. 25.2.1.9.3 UTILITIES A. The Contractor shall perform work in a manner which will avoid conflicts with utilities. Hand excavate, as required, to minimize possibility of damage to underground utilities. Maintain grade stakes set by others untii removal is mutually agreed upon by all parties concerned. Z5.2.2 PRODUCTS 25.2.2.1 MATERIALS 25.2.2.1.1 PLANT MATERIALS: NOMENCLATURE A. Plant species, sizes, etc. shall be per Pians and Specifcations on Plant Material Scheduled. Nomenclature is per Manual of Cultivated P1ant, Standard Encyclopedia of Horticulture, L.H. Bailey, or Standardized Plant Names Dictionary, American Joint Committee on Horticultural Nomenclature (latest editions), or conforms with names accepted in the nursery trade. 25.2.2.1.2 PLANT MATERIALS: QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide healthy, vigorous stock grown under climatic conditions similar to conditions in the lacality of the project. Plants shall have a habit of growth that is normal for the species and be sound, healthy, vigorous and free from insect pests ar their eggs, plant diseases, defects and injuries. Plants sha11 be well branched and densely foliated when in leaf and shall have healthy, well-developed roat systems. B. Trees shall be heavily branched or, in the case of palms, be heavily leafed. Some plant materials may be collected stock with the approval of the Landscape Architect. Provided tree species that have a single main trunk (central leader), unless otherwise stated. Trees that have the main trunk forming a"Y" shape or parallel branching are nat acceptable. ' C. Plant materials shall be specified and shall be Florida #1 or better as to shape and quality for the species as outlined in Grades and Standards for Nursery Plants Part I and II, Florida Department afAgriculture and Consumer Services (latest edition). ' D. The Owner or Landscape Architect reserves the right to inspect plant materials either at the place of growth or at the project site prior to planting for compliance with requirements for name variety, size quality, or designated area. ' SectionIV.doc Page 41 of 128 4/11/2011 1 Section 1V — Technical Specifications E. Landscape materials shall be shipped with certificates of inspection as required by governmental authorities. The Contractor shall comply with all governing regulations that are applicable to landscape materials. P. Do not make substitutions. If specified landscape material is not available, submit Landscape Architect proof of it being non-available. �n such event, if the Landscape Architect designates an available source, such shall be acquired from designated source. When authorized, a written change arder for substitute material will be made by adjustment to Contract amount. G. Height and/or width of trees shall be measured from ground up; width measurement shall be normal crown spread of branches with plants in the nonnal position. This measurement shall not include immediate tenninal growth. All measurements shall be taken after pruning for specified sizes. All trees and shrubs shall conform ta measurements speci�ed in the plant material schedule, except that plant material larger than specified may be used with the approval of the Owner or Landscape Architect; with no increase to the Contract price. Plant materials shall not be pruned prior to delivery. H. Plant Material shall b� symmetrical, typical for variety and species. Plants used where symmetry is required shall be matched as nearly as possible. T. Balled and burlapped plants shall have firm, natural balls of earth of suf�cient diameter and depth to encompass the feeding ro�t system necessary far full development of the plant and to conform with the standards of the American Association of Nurserymen. Roat balls and tree trunks shall not be damaged by improper binding and B& B procedures_ J. Container-grown plants may be substituted for balled and burlapped plants or vice-versa provided the quality is eyual or better than specified and the Landscape Architect approves the substitution. K. Container grown stock shall have been grown in containers for at least four months, but not over two years. If requested, samples rnust be shown to prove no root bound condition exists. 25.Z.2.1.3 GRASSES: SOD OR SEED A. Sod or seed (as/if specified) shall be a species as stated on the Plan. Solid sod shall be of even thickness and with a good root structure, 9S% free af noxious week, freshly mowed before cutting, and in healthy cc�ndition when laid. It must not be stacked more than 24 hours before laying and it must be grown in soil compatible to that in which it will be installed. Sod must be kept moist prior to and after installation. B. Seed shall be delivered ta the site in unopened bags with certification tags in place. Purity, germination and weed content shall be as certification requirements. 25.2.2.1.4 MULCH A. Mulch shall be l00% Grade "B" shredded cypress bark mulch, thoraughly mixed with a pre-emergence weed killer according to the label directions as specified on the plan. B. Install mulch to an even depth of 3" before compaction. SectioniV.doc Page 42 of 12S ' 1 � 1 , ' ' LJ 1 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 1 ailri2oii , ' , ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV —`I'echnical Specifications 25.2.2.1.5 FERTILIZER A. Granular fertilizer shall be uniform in composition; free flowin� and suitable for application with approved equipment; received at the site in full, labeled, unapened bags bearing the name, trade name or trademark and warranty of the producer; fully conforming to State of Florida fertilizer laws. B. All fertilizer shall bear the manufacturer's statement of analysis and shall contain the appropriate minimum amounts o�elements for the type oFuse specified herein. C. Agriform 20-10-5 fertilizer tablets or approved ec�ual, shall be placed in planting pit for all plant materials at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. D. Graund cover and annual areas shall receive fertilization with Osmocote Time .Release Fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. E. For sod and seeded areas, fertilize with a complete �ranular fertilizer on Bahia and St. Augustine grass at the rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per one thousand (1,000) square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 50% of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. The ratio of nitrogen to potash will be 1:1 or 2:1 for cornplete fertiliz,er formulations. Phosphorus shall be no more than '/4 the nitrogen level. They shall also contain magnesium and micronutrients (i.e. manganese, iron, zinc, copper, etc.). 25.2.2.1.6 STAKES AND GUYS A. For trees, approved plastic or rubber guys shall be used between the stakes and the tree trunk. Galvanized steel guy wire shall not be used_ B. Stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for trees over 2" caliper. 5takes shall be 2" x 2" pressure treated (p.t.) stock for Crees Z" caliper and under. A minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree shall be used. C. For single trunk palms, stakes shall be cut from 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock, with ' a minimum of 3 stakes per palm. Batten consisting oF 5 layers oF burlap and 5- 2" x 4" by 16" woad connected with two - 3/a" steel bands shall be used around the palm trunk. D. Other tree staking systems may be acceptable if approved. 1 1 �� 1 1 25.2.2.1.7 PLANTING SOIL A. Unless stated on the plans or in the specif.tcations, install plant material in tilled and loosened native soil backfill. Mt is the responsibility of the Landscape Contractar to test, prior to planting and at no additional cost to the Cantract, any soils which may be unsuitable for the vigorous growth of plants. Unsuitable conditions shall be reported to the Landscape Architect immediately in writing. B. When required, planting soil media shall be provided by the Contractor and shall consist of 1/3 peat and 2/3 sandy loam, with no lumps over I". C. Sackfill and clean fill dirt provided by the Contractor shall be in a loose, friable soil. There must be slight acid reaction to the soil (about 6.0 -- 6.5 pH) with no excess of calcium or carbonate, and it shall be free fram excess weeds, clay lurnps, stones, stumps, roots and toxic substances or any other materials that might be harmful to plant growth or ' SectionIV.doc ' Pa�e 43 of 128 air �izo� � Section iV — Technical Specifications a hindrance to grading, planting, and maintenance pracedures and op�rations. No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used �YS fill dirt. D. Bed preparation for annual beds under l gallon container size shall consist of 3" of Florida peat or other approved organic soil amendment spread over full length and width of planting area. Rotoiil organic layer 6 inches to 8 inches into native soil. 25.2.2.1.$ SOIL AMENDMENTS A. Terra-Sorb AG or approved equal, soil amendment shall be mixed with native or planting soil for all trees, shrubs, ground cover, and annuals according to mataufacturer's recommended application rates and methods, if specified on the Plans. 25.2.2.1.9 TREE PROTECTION A_ Wood fencing shall be 2" x 4" pressure treated (p.t.) stock with filagging on horizontal members. Space vertical members 6 feet to 8 feet on center. The barricade shall be placed so as to protect the critical protection zone area, which is the area surrounding a tree within a circle described by a radius of one foot for each inch of the tree's diameter at breast height DBH at �4 -'/z feet above grade. 25.2.2.1.1Q ROOT BARRIER SYSTEM A. Root barrier fabric shall be installed when specifed in the plans and/or specifications far protection of adjacent paved surfiaces according to specific product name or equal. Install as directed by the manufacturer. 25.2.2.1.11 PACKAGED MATERIALS A. Deliver packaged xnaterials in containers showing weight, analysis and name of manufacturer. Protect materials �rom deterioratian during delivery and while stored at the site. 25.2.2.1.12 PESTICIDES A. Pesticides shall be only approved, safe brands applied according to manufacturer's directions. 25.2.3 EXECUTION 25.2.3.1 PREPARATION 25.2.3.1.1 OBSTRUCTIONS BELOW GRQUND A. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to locate and mark all underground utilities, irrigation lines and wiring prior to commencement of the work. S. If under�round construction, utilities or other abstructions are encountered in excavation of planting areas or pits, the Landscape Architect shall be immediately notified to select a relocated position for any materials necessary. 25.2.3.1.2 GRADING AND PREPARATION FOR PLANT MATERIALS A. All proposed landscape areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed landscape areas SectionIV.doc Page 44 of 128 ai1 vzoi i 1 ' t C� ' ' ' , ' 1 � ' ' ll r ' 1 � r 1 ' 1 1 1 1 ' , 1 1 1 1 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the manufacturer's specifications. B. New plant materials will not be installed until a 98% weed/turf eradication has been achieved. More than one application may be required to produce an acceptable planting bed. C. Pre-emergent herbicides are not a substitute far spray treatment of "Round-Up" or "Rodeo", and may be used only with the written appraval of the Landscape Architect. D. Should any plant material in the same, or adjacent beds be damaged by these chemicals, the same size, quantity and quality of plants shall be immediately replaced by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. E. Any necessary corrections or repairs to the finish grades shall be accomplished by the Contractar. All planting areas shall be carefully graded and raked to smoath, even finish grade, free from depressions, lumps, stanes, sticks or other debris and such that they will conform to the required finish grades and provide uniform and satisfactory surface drainage without puddling. F. The Contractor shall remove debris (sticks, stanes, rubbish) over 1-'/z inches in any dimension form individual tree, shrub and hedge pits and dispose of the excavated material off the site. 25.2.3.1.3 PREPARATION FOR ANNUAL BED PLANTING A. Prepare native subgrade by rototilling or loosening by hand methods. Spread 3 inches of Florida peat (I/3), sandy loam (1/3), or other approved organic soil amendment over the full length and width of planting area for annuals. Rototill organic layer 6 inches to $ inches inCo the native soil. Grade the planting bed by "crowning' to insure that surface drainage, percolation, and aeration accur at rapid rates. Add Osmocote time release fertilizer according to product instructions and rate. 25.2.3.1.4 PREPARATION FOR SEEDING AND SOD AREAS A. All praposed sod areas containing existing turf grass or weeds shall be treated with Monsanto's "Round-Up" per manufacturer's specifications. All proposed sod areas adjacent to water bodies shall be treated with "Rodeo" per the Manufacturer's Specifications. B. Limit preparation to areas which will be planted promptly after preparation. Loasen sub- grade of seed and sod areas to a minimum depth of 4 inches. C. lmmediately prior to any turf work, the Contractor shall finish grade the soil to a smooth, , even surface assuring positive drainage away from buildings and the subsequent turf flush ta th� tops of adjacent curbs and sidewalks. The surface shall be sloped to existing yard drains. 1 1 D. A complete fertilizer shall be applied to St. Augustine or Sahia grass at a rate of one (1) pound of nitrogen per l U00 square feet. Fertilizer shall be commercial grade, mixed granules, with 30% - 505 of the nitrogen being in slow or controlled release form. Thoroughly work fertilizer into the top 4 inches of soil. , SectionIV.doc ' Page 45 of 128 4/11/2011 5ectinn 1V — Technical Specificaiions E. Moisten prepared seed and sad areas before planting it` soil is dry. Water thoroughly and allow surface moisture to dry before planting lawns. Do not creaCe a muddy soil condition. 25.2.3.2 iNSTAI�LATION 25.2.3.2.1 BERM CQNSTRUCTION (IF SPECIFIED) A. lnstall berms at location and design shown on Plans and at the height and slope indicated. Height stated is for finished berm with soil at natural compaction. B. Exact location and configuration of berms may require modification to allow proper drainage; such changes will be coardinated with the Landscape Architect. C. If shown on the Plan, construct berms using clean sandy loa►n fill dirt which is well- drained, free of rocks, roots, or other debris, with a soil pH of an acid Nature (about 6.0 - 6.5). No heavily organic soil, such as muck or peat shall be used in berm construction. 25.2.3.2.2 LAYOUT OF PLANT MATERIALS A. Unless otherwise stipulated, plant materials shall be approximately located per the plans by scale measurements using established building, columns, curbs, screen walls, etc. as the measuring reference point. Slight shifting may be required to clear wires, prevent blockage of signage, etc. B. Shrubs and ground covers shall be locaced and spaced as noted on the plant material schedule (if provided), otherwise plants will be placed in the planting beds at the normally accepted spacing for each species. C. Leave an 1$ inch (450 millimeters) border of mulched space beCween outer leaves of installed plant material and the bed line, curb, or building foundation wall �or all plant sizes_ D. Any necessary "minor" adjustments in the layout of planting shall be made by the Contractor with the approval af the Landscape Architect in order to conform as nearly as possible to the intent of the plans. 25.2.3.2.3 P�.ANTING PROCEDURES A. All shrubs, trees and ground covers or vines shall be planted in pits having vertical sides and being circular in outline. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. B. Plants shall be set straight or plumb, in the locations shown, at such level that after settlement normal or natural relationship of the top of the root ball with the ground surface will be established. With regards to proper nursery practices, plants under certain conditions (i.e. law and wet areas) will benefit from being planted "high" with the root ball about 1 inch higher than the surrounding grade. C. All plant materials shall be fertilized with Agriform 20-10-5 planting tablets, or approved equal, at time of installation and prior to completion of pit backfilling. Agriform planting tablets shall be placed uniforrnly around the root mass at a depth that is between the middle and the bottom of the root mass. Applicatian rate: SectionlV.doc Page 46 of 128 1 ' LJ 1 1 � C� ' ' 1 1 ' �� ' 4/11/2011 ' �_1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 � , 1 1 gallon 3 gallon 5 gallon 7 gallon Trees Palms Section 1V — Technical Spccifications ] - 2l gram tablet 2 - 21 gram tablet 3 - 21 gram tablet 4 - 21 gram tablet 3 tablets each'/z" (12 millimeters) caliper 7- 21 gram tablets D. Native soil shall be used in back-filling plant pits or as specified. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing additional soil for building tree saucers. E. When balled and burlapped plants are set, undisturbed native soil shall be left under the base of the root ball to prevenC voids. Backfill tilled and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Remove the top 4 inches (100 millimeters) of burlap wire, and all tie-down material from the root ball. Do not remove these materials from the bottom of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the back-fill up to the proper grade Roots of bare plants shall be properly spread out, and planting soil carefully worked in among them. Failure to comply is cause for rejection. F. Containerized plants shall be installed with undisturbed native soil left under the base of the root ball to prevent voids. Planting pit shall be 3 to 5 times the width of the root ball. Backfill till�d and loosened native soil around the sides of the root ball. Thoroughly water-in before bringing the backfill up to the proper grade. G. Plant spacing shall be "on center" and varies with the different p1anC species. Space each variety of plant equally in the planting areas. Shrubs and ground covers adjacent to straight or curved edges shall be triangular - spaced in raws parallel to those edges. Plant a minimum of ] S inches from the back of the curb to the outside edge af the plant. H. All azaleas shall be placed into a prepared bed of amended soil containing SO% weed-free ' Florida peat or approved equivalent. Root balls sha11 be scarified vertica1ly at 120 degree angles in a triangular pattern. ' 1 1 1. Sabal palms may be planted deeper than normal if conditions warrant and if approved. 25.2.3.2.a SODDING A. During periods of drought, sod shall be watered sufficiently at its origin to moisten the soil adequately to the depth to which it is to be cut. S. An application of 6-6-6, 40% organic, slow or controlled release fertilizer shall be made to all lawn areas just prior to the laying af the sad at a rate of one (I) pound of nitrogen per 1,000 square feet. The ground shall be wet down before the sod is laid in place. C. Solid sod shall be laid tightly with closely abutting staggered joints with an even surface ' edge and sod edge, in a neat and clean manner to the edge of all the paving and shrub areas. Cut down soil level to 1 inch to 1-1/2 inches below top of walks prior to laying sod. , 1 D. Within 2 hours after installing sod and prior to rolling, irrigate the sod. Sufficient water shall be applied to wet the sod thoroughly and to wet the sad to a depth of 2 inches (50 millimeters). Watering shall be dane in a manner that will avoid erosion due to the application of excessive quantities, and the watering equipment shall be a type that will prevent damage to the finished sad surface. Watering shall be repeated as necessary to keep sod moist until rooted to subgrade. , $eCGOnlV.dpC 1 Page 47 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV —Technical Specifications E. The sod shall be pressed frmly into contact with the sod bed using a turf roller or other approved equipnnent sa as to eliminate air pock�ts, provide a true and even surface and insure knitting without any displacement of the sod or deformation of the surfaces of sodded areas. After the sodding op�ration has been completed, the edges of the area shall be smooth and shall conform to the grades indicated. F. If, in the opinion of the Landscape Architect, top dressing is necessary after rolling, clean silica sand shall be used to F11 voids. Evenly apply sand over the entire surface to be leveled, filling-in dips and vaids and thoroughly washing inta the sod areas. G. On slopes steeper than 2:1 and as required, the sod shall be fastened in place with suitable wooden pins or by other approved method. 25.2.3.2.5 SEEDING A. Seed shall be installed per the specifications of the State of Flarida Departrnent of Transportation. See plan %r type of seed. 25.2.3.2.6 TREE GUYING, BRACING AND STAKING A. 'l'ree guying, staking and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor per sound nursery practices, and shall be done per details shown on the Plans. For trees, a minimum of 2 stakes per tree or an optional 3 stakes per tree at 120 degree spacing shall be used. Stakes shall be driven in at an angle, then tightened to vertical supported by approved plastic or rubber guys. Trees shall be staked with a minimum of 4 feet height of stake above grade and a minimum of 30 inches af stake below grade. S. For single trunk palms, a minimum of 3 stakes per palm at l20 degree spacing shall be used. Toenail the stakes to batten consisting of 5 layers of burlap and 5- 2 inch x 4 inch x 16 inch wo�d connected with two '/4 inch steel bands. Palms shall be staked with a minirnum of 5 feet of stake above grade. G Contractor shall remove all tree guying, staking, and bracing from trees six (6) months after the date of final acceptance of the landscape work. D. Stake only trees that require support to maintain a plumb position or are in pot�ntially hazardous areas. 25.2.3.2.7 MULCHING A. All planting beds shall be weed-free prior to mulching. B. All curb, roadway, and bed line edges will be "trenched" to help contain the applied mulch. C. All plant beds and tree rings shall be rz�ulched evenly with a 3 inch layer (before compactian) af 100% Grade S recycled cypress bark mulch, or other mulch as specified on the Plans or General Notes. D. Mulch shall not be placed against the trunks of plant materials or foundations of buildings. 1Vlaintain a minimum 3 inch clearance for trees and shrub trunks and a rninirnum 6 inch clearance for the walls of buildings. E. For beds of annual flowers, a 12 inch wide x 3 inch deep band of mulch shall be installed in front of the first row of annuals. Maintain a minimum b inches of non-rnulched clearance from the outside edge of annuals. SectionIV.doc Page 48 of ] 28 air ii2o� i 1 1 ' ' ' 1 , � 1 ' ' � 1 � � � � 1 1 ' ' 1 , ' Section IV — Technical Specitications 25.2.3.2.8 PRUNING A. Pruning shall be done by an experienced certifiied Arborist to maintain the natural shape and form of the plant. �3. Upon acceptance by the Owner, prune any broken branches, remove crossed branches, and branches hanging below the clear trunk of the tree. 25.2.3.2.9 CLEAN-UP A. During landscape work, store materials and equipment where directed by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall promptly remove any materials and equipment used on the job, , keeping the area neat at all times. Upon campletian of all planting, dispose af all excess soil and debris leaving pavements and work areas in safe and orderly condition. 1 ' ' 1 , LJ C. Th� clean-up of the site shall include the removal and proper disposal of the tree guying, staking, and bracing materials as described in specifications. 25.2.3.2.10 PROTECTION A. The Contractor shall provide safeguards far the protection of workmen and athers on, about, or adjacent ta the work, as required under the parameters of the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (O.S.H.A.) standards. B. The Contractor shall protect the Owner's and adjacent property From damage. C. the Contractor shall protect the landscape work and materials from damage due to landscape operations. Maintain protection during installation and maintenance periods. D. The Cantractor shall provide protection (tree barricades) far all existing trees and palms as specified. 25.2.3.2.11 REPAIR OF DAMAGES E. The Contractor shall repair all damage caused by his operations to other materials, property, or trades ta a level equal in quality to the existing condition prior to damage. F. The Contractor shall be held responsible for all damage dane by his work or employees , ta other materials or trades' work. Patching and replacement of damaged work may be done by others, at the Owner's direction, but the cost of sarne shall be paid by the Contractor who is responsible for the damage. ' �. 1 1 1 25.2.3.3 MAINTENANCE A. The Contractor shall maintain all plant materials in a first class condition from the beginning of landscape construction until Final Acceptance. B. Operations: 1. Maintenance shall include, but nat be limited to, watering of turf and planting beds, mowing, fertilizing, cultivatian, weeding, pruning, disease and pest control, replacement of dead materials, straightening, turf or planter settlement corrections, replacement of rejected materials, staking and guying repair and tightening, wash-out repairs and regrading, and any other procedures consistent with the good horticultural practice necessary to insure normal, vigorous and healthy growth of all work under ' Sectionlv.doc 1 Page 49 of 128 4/11/2011 Scction iV — Tcchnical Specitications the Contract. Mowing shall be consistent with the recammended height per the University of Florida Cooperative Extension Service. 2. Within the warranty period, the Contractor shall notif'y the Owner of any maintenance practices being followed or omitted which would be detrimental to the healthy, vigorous grawth of the landscape. 3. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final waterin� of not less than one inch of water for all planted materials before leaving the site. 25.2.3.4 INSPECTION, REJECTION, AND ACCEPTANCE 25.2.3.4.1 INSPECTION A. Upon completion of the installation, the Contractor will notify the Owner or the Uwner's Representative that the job is ready for inspection. W,ithin 1S days of noCifcations, the installation wi11 be inspected by the Landscape Architect. A written and/or graphic inspection report will be sent to the Owner and/or Landscape Contractor. Z5.2.3.4.2 REJECTION AND REPLACEMENT A. The Landscape Architect shall be final judge as to the suitabiliCy and acceptability of any part of the work. Plant material will be rejECted if it does not meet the rcquirements set forth in Plans and Specifcations. B. Replace any rejected materials immediately or within 15 days and notify the Landscape Architect that the correction has been made. 25.2.3.4.3 ACCEPTANCE A. After replacement of rejected plant material (if any) have been made, and completion of all other correction items, the Owner or Project Representative will accept the project in writing. S. Upon Final Acceptance, the Owner assumes responsibility for maintenance within the terms of the Contract. Acceptarace will in no way invalidate the Contractor's warranty period. C. The Contractor's warranty period will begin after final acceptance of the project by the Owner. 1. If evidence exists of any lien or claim arisin� out of or in connection with default in performance of this Contract, the Owner shall have the right to retain any payment sufficient to discharge such claim and all costs in connectian with discharging such claim. 2. Where the Speci�cations call for any stipulated iteraa or an "approved equivalent", or in words to that effect, the Contractor shall indicate the price of the type and species specified in the proposal, giving the price to be added or deducCed from his Contract price. The ftnal selection rests with the Owner or his representative. 3. Where plants installed do not meet specifications, the Owner reserves the right to request plant replacement or an appropriate deductian from the Contract amount to compensate for the value not received from the under-specified plant materials. No SectionTV.doc Page 50 of 128 � C � ' 1 ' 1 1 1 � , � 1 � � 1 � 4,� �,zo� � r � , ' 1 , 1 1 ' Section IV —Technical SpeciGca�ions additional compensation will b� made to the Contractor for plants installed that exceed specifications. 25.2.3.5 WARRANTY A. The Contractor shall warranty all palms and trees furnished under this contract far a periad of one (1) year and all shrubs for a period of six (6) months. Material which is either dead or in poor health during this period or at completion will be replaced at no charge to the Owner_ Should any of the plant materials show 50% or more defoliation during the warranty period, due to the Contractar's use of poar quality or improper materials or workmanship, the Contractor upon notice, shall replac� without delay same with no additional cost to the Owner. Should any plant require replacing, the new plant shall be given the equal amount of warranty. 26 HDPE DEFORMED - REFORMED PIPE LINING i►��1►��:�� ' lt is the intention of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of 8" to 12" sanitary sewers by the installation of a high density polyethylene, jaintless, continuous, fold and form pipe liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand exposure to domestic ' sewage including all labor, materials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 1 �r�� ' 1 26.2 PRODUCT AND CONTRACT�R/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequali�ed. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. In addition, the City requires a praven extensive tract record for the fold and form liner system to be used in this project. All contractors submitting for prequalification approval far this praject must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system and satisfactary evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfutly installed in the Unites States and the State of Florida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer for installation of the liner system. T}ie City reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. 26.3 MATERIALS ' Pipe shall be made from P. E. 3408 polyethylene resins complying with ASTM D 3350, cell classification: P.�. 345434 D for High Density. It shall be Type 3, Grade 4, Class D, according to ASTM D 1248. The Contractor shall provide certified test results for review by the Engineer, , from the manufacturer, that the material conforms with the applicable requirements. Material shall have a minimum thickness of SDR 32.5. Pipe specimens shall comply with the minimum property values shown below with the applicable ASTM requirements: 1 C�� Material PrTouertv ASTM Method Value HDPE Tensile Strength D 63$ 3,300 psi Elasticity Modulus E=113,000 psi , SectionIV.doc Page 51 of 128 4/11/2011 � / Section 1V — T'echnical Specifications HDPE lmpact Strength D 2S6 A 3.0 it-lb/in Flexure Modulus E=136,000 psi Expansion Coeff. c=0.009 in/in/deg F At the time of manufacture, each lot of liner shall be reviewed for defects and tested in accordan.ce with ASTM D 2837 and D 1693. At the time of delivery, the liner shall be homogeneous throughout, uniform in color, free of cracks, holes, foreign materials, blisters, ar deleterious faults. The Contractor shall provide, as requested, certified test results for review by the Engineer, from the manufacturer, that the rnaterial confortns wit1� the applicable requirements. The Engineer may at any time request the Contractor provide test results from fleld samples to the above requirements. Liner shall be marked at S-foot intervals or less with a coded number, which identifies the manufacturer, SDR, size, material, date, and s}aift on which the liner was extruded. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained frorn the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Pipe Liners, Inc. 3421 N. Causeway, Suite 321, New Orleans, LA 70002, 1-800-344-37�4 or approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engiraeer as an equal system prior to receivin� bids. Request for contractor prequali�cation and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than l4 days prior to the dat� for receiving bids. + . -��7��c1�II�Ir76�11:7y�,[*3��:7�1�_1:L�1�[�7►1 lt shall be the respansibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Contractor will thoroughly clean the interior of the sewers ta produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious rnaterials prior to liner insertion. Bypass pumping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoration. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions to lacal traffic, residents and particularly to cortamercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer frorn damage. All material rennoved from the sewers shall be the Cantractor's responsibility for prompt disposal in accordance with all regulatory agency reyuirements. The Contractor may be required to control the rate of sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avoid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. 26.5 TELEVISION INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by tneans o� closed-circuit color television, and recorded on VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. SectionIV.doc Page 52 ot' 128 a/11/2011 1 1 � � , 1 ' 1 , � ' � � 1 � 1 1 r � � � Section IV—Technical $pecifications 2fi.fi LINER INSTALLATION ' Liner shall be sized to feld measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide a tight �t Co the full interior circumference of the existing sanitary sewer and shall be a continuous, jointless liner product from inside af manhole to inside of manhole. Contractor shall use installation methods , approved by the liner manufacturer including liner placement, reforming to fit existing pipe, pressure and heat requirements and reconnection of laterals. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. ' Contractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system far bypass pumping shauld delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manholes shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, tears, cracks, thin spots, or other defects in the liner , shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. OSHA reyuirements for installation procedures, in particular, confined spaces are to be met. L_� 1 26.7 LATERAL RECONNECTION Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as soon as possible to renew service. LaCerals are to be reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out the liner to ] �0% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. ' Any reconnections to laterals and connections to manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a later date. Contractor shall notify all lacal ' system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction project. 1 1 C_J 1 II � `�:�:��i►��i�•»•�•��.-��:i�l��r•�►i ConsCruction schedules will be subtnitted by the Contractar and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than a eight hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Cantractor shall be responsible for cleanup, repair and property damage costs and claims. 26.9 PAYMENT Payment for sanitary sewer restoration shall be made per lineal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end of pipe for sto�►n systems. 27 PLANT MIX DRIVEWAYS ' New driveways or existing black top driveways that must be broken back in widening the pavement (remave only enough to allow adequate grade for access to the street) shall be constructed or replaced in accordance with the specifications for paving the street with the , exception that the base shall be six (6) inches. Use Section 23 G Asphaltic Concrete as specified for the street paving. , SectionlV.doc Page 53 of 12$ 4/I1/2011 1 Section 1V —'1'echnical Specificalions When finished surface of existing drive is gravel, replace ment shall be of like material. Payment shall be the same as Plant Mix Driveways. �i� �_��1�►�il�_��1:T�► T��1 Measurement shall be the number of square yard of Plant Mix Driveways in place and accepted. 27.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square yard for Plant Mix Driveways as measured above, which price shall be full compensation far all work described in this section of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary ta complete the work. 28 REPQRTING OF TONNAGE OF RECYCLED MATERIALS "T'his Article deleted. 29 CONCRETE CURBS Concrete Curbs shall be constructed to the line, grade and dimensions as shown on the plans. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete curbs shall have fiber mesh reinforcement and have a minimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. �xpansion joints shall be placed at intervals �aot to exceed 100 feet, and scored joints shall be placed at intervals not to exceed 10 feet. Tn addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete curbs. 29.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be lineal feet of cucb in place and accepted. 29.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per lineal foot of curb, which price shall be full compensation for all work described in this and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals necessary to connplete the work. 30 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS AND DRIVEWAYS 30.1 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Concrete sidewalks shall be constructed to the line, grade and dinnensions as shown on t�e plans or herein specified. Unless otherwise noted, all concrete sidewalks shall have �ber mesh reinforcement and have a rninimum strength of 3000 p.s.i. at 28 days. Unless otherwise specified, all concrete sidewalks shall have a minimurn width of four feet (4'). Concrete sidewalks shall have a minimum thickness of four inches (4"), except at driveway crossings where a minimum thickness of six inches (6") is required. Also, 6/6 X 10/10 welded wire mesh reinforeement is required for all sidewalk that crosses driveways. The welded wire mesh shall be positioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Expansion joints shall be placed at intervals of not SectionlV.doc Page 54 of 128 4/1'1/2011 �� 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 ' � 1 ,I ' � ' ' 1 �_� L.� , ' 1 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications more than 100 hundred feet, and scoring marks shall be made every 5 feet. Concrete shall be poured only on campacted subgrade. In addition, all the requirements of City Articles 6, 7, and 8 shall also apply. 30.2 CONCRETE DRIVEWAYS Concrete driveways, whether new construction or replacement, shall be a minimum of six (6) inches in thickness with 6/6 x 10/l0 welded wire mesh reinforcement and a minimum horizontal distance between expansion joints of no less than four (�1) feet measured in any direction. The welded wire mesh shall be pasitioned in the middle to upper third of the placement. No t, �. compensation shall be given if the welded wire mesh is not properly placed. Concrete shall be poured only an compacted subgrade. In additiQn, all the requirements of City Articles b, 7, and 8 shall also apply. The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the placement of all concrete sidewalks and driveways. 30.3 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement shall be the number of square feet of 4" concrete sidewalk, 6" concrete sidewalk, and 6" concrete driveways in place and accepted. 3U.4 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment shall be the unit price per square foot for each item as measured above, which price � shall be full compensation for all work described in this section and other applicable parts of the specifications and shall include all materials, equipment, tools, welded wire mesh where required, labor and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 1 ' �, 1 1 1 1 1 ' 31 SODDING Unless otherwise noted herein, the contractor shall place al! sod, either shown on the plans or at the directian of the Engineer, in conformance with Sections 575, 9$ l, 9$2 and 983 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The area for sod application shall be loosened and excavated to a suitable depth and finished to a grade campatible with existing grass and structures. Sod shall be placed with edges in close contact and shall be compacted ta uniform finished grade with a sod roller immediately after placement. In sloped areas, the sod shall be graded and placed so as to prohibit erosion and undermining of the adjacent sidewalk. No sod that has been cut for more than 72 hours can be used unless authorized by the Engineer in advance. The sod shall be thoroughly watered immediately after placement. The Contractor shall continue to water sod as needed and/or directed by the Engineer as indicated by sun exposure, soil, heat and rain conditions, to establish and assure growth, until termination of the contract. Dead sod, or sod not acceptable to the Engineer, shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional compensation. Any questions concerning the type of existing sod shall be determined by the Engineer. Unless vtherwise noted on the plans, payment for sod (including labor, equipment, materials, placement, rolling, watering, etc.) shall be included in other bid items. Payment for these associated bid items may be withheld until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. When this work is given as a separate bid item, it shall cover all labor, equipment and materials, (including water) required for this work and shall be paid for on the SectionIV.doc Page 55 of 128 4/I 1/2011 Section IV —Technical Specitications basis of each square foot in place and accepted. No payment for sod shall be made until the Contractor provides the City a healthy, properly placed stand of grass. .�� Il`L�7 Seed, or seed and mulch, shall only be used when specified for certain demolition projects. The seed and/or mulch shall be placed as called For on the plans in the following manner. The area to be seeded shall be brought to the required line and grade, fertilized and seeded in basic conformance with the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Speci�cations Sections 570, 981, 982 and 983. However, no wildflower seed shall be used, and Argentine Bahia Seed shall be used instead of Pensacola Sahia. No sprigging will be required. Also, the addition of 20 lb. of Rye Seed (to total 6� ]b. of seed per acre) will be required during the stated periods. It is also required that the Contractor maintain said seed until growth is assured. When this work is given as a bid item, the item shall cover all labor, material, equipment (including water), required for this work, and shall be paid for on the basis of each square yard in place and accepted. If called for on the plans, but not shown as a bid item, then the cost of such work as stated above shall be included in the cost of other work. 33 STORM MANHOLES, INLETS, CATCH_BASIN_S_OR OTHER STORM STRUCTURES For details on specific design of a type of storm structure refer to Part B lndex Numbers 200 to 235. When required, inlets, catch basins or other structures shall be constructed according to the plans and applicable parts of the specifications, Section Numbers 7, S, & 9, and as approved by the Engineer. Said structures shall be protected and saved from damage by the elements or other causes until acceptance of the work. 33.1 BUILT UP TYPE STRUCTURES Manholes shall be canstructed of brick with cast iron frames and covers as shown on the Index Numbers 201 and 202_ Invert channels shall be constructed smooth and semi circular in shape conforming to inside of adjaeent sewer section. Changes in direction of flow shall be made in a smooth curve of as large a radius as possible. Changes in size and grade of channels shall be made gradually and evenly. Invert channels shall be built up with brick and mortar on tap of concrete base. The storm structure floor outside of channels shall be made smooth and sloped toward channels. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Joints shall be completely filled and the mortar shall be smoothed from inside of the manholes. The entire exterior oibrick manholes shall be plastered with one half inch af mortar. Brick shall be laid radially with every sixth course being a stretcher course. In cases where a storm pipe extends inside a structure, the excess pipe will be cut off with a concrete saw and shall not be removed with a sledge hammer. SectivnIV.doc Page 56 of 128 4/11/2011 [� i � 1 ' 1 1 �_� ' 1 1 ' 1 �1� �� C, � 1 �_� ' ' ' 1 LJ 1 i� �J Scction N—Technical Specifications !��, �, ��"� �, /, � The manhole base shall be set on a pad of dry native sand approximately five inches thick to secure proper seating and bearing. Precast Manholes and Junction Boxes: The Contractor may substitute precast manholes and junction boxes in lieu of cast in place units unless otherwise shown on the plans. Precast Inlets will not be acceptable. When precast units are substituted, the construction of such units must be in accordance with ASTM C 478, or the standard specifications at the manufacturers option. Precast structures must also meet the requirement that on the lateral faces, either inside or outside, the distance between precast openings for pipe or precast apening and top edge of precast structure be no less than wall thickness. A minimum of four courses of brick will be provided under manhole ring so that future adjustment of manhole lid can be accommadated. Manhole steps shall not be provided. Manhole using O ring between precast sections will not be acceptable for storm structures. 33.3 BASIS OF PAYMENT Payment for Junction Boxes, Manholes or other structures shall be on a unit basis. 34 MATERIAL USED ' This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTTCLE 19 — MATERIAL USED. 1 ' ' � 35 CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 20 — CONFLICT BETWEEN PLANS AND SP�CIFICATIONS. 36 STREET SIGNS The removal, covering or relocation of street signs by the Contractor is PROHIBITED. All street signs shall be removed, covered or relocated by the City's Traffic Engineering Division in accordance with Sections 700, 994, 995, and 996 of FDOT's Standard Specifrcations (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the City's Traf�ic Engineering Division a minimum of 24 hours in advance of the proposed sign relocation, covering or removal. ' 37 AUDIONIDEO RECORDING OF WORK AREAS � � 1 ' ' ' 37.1 CONTRACTOR TO PREPARE AUDIONIDEO RECORDING Prior to commencing work, the Contractor shall have a continuous color audio/video recording taken along the entire length of the Project including all affected project areas. Streets, easements, rights-af-way, lots or construction sites within the Project must b� recorded to serve as a record of a pre-construction conditions. 37.2 SCHEDULING OF AUDIONIDEO RECORDING The video recordings shall not be made more than twenty-one (21) days priar to construction in any area. SectionlV_doc Page 57 of 12$ 4/11/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 37.3 PROFESSIONAL VIDEOGRAPHERS The Contractor shall engage the services of a professional videographer. The color audio videotapes shall be prepared by a responsible commercial firm known to be skilled and regularly engaged in the business of pre-construction color audio-video recording documentation. 37.4 EQUIPMENT All equipment, accessories, materials and labor to perform this service shall be furnished by the Contractor. The total audio video system shall reproduce bright, sharp, clear pictures with accurate colors and shall be free from distortion, tearing, rolls or any other form of imperfection. The audio portion of the recording shall reproduce the commentary of the camera operator with proper volume, clarity and be free from distortion and interruptions. In some instances, audio video coverage may be reyuired in areas not accessible by conventio,nal wheeled vehicles. Such coverage shall be obtained by walking. 37.5 RECORDED INFORMATION, AUDI� Each recording shall begin with the current date, project name and be followed by the general location, i.e., viewing side and direction of progress. Accompanying the video recording of each video shall be a corresponding and simultan�ously recorded audio recording. This audia recording, exclusively containing the commentary of the camera operator or aide, shall assist in viewer orientation and in any needed idEntification, differentiation, clari�cation, or objective description of the features bein� shown in the video portion of the recording. The audio recording shall also be free from any canversations. 37.6 RECORDED INFORMATION VIDEQ All video recordings must continuously display transparent digital information to include the date and time of recording. The date information shall contain the month, day and year. The time information shall contain the hour, minutes and secands. Additional information shall be displayed periodically. Such information shall include, but not be lirnited to, project name, contract number, direction of travel and the viewing side. Tlais transparent information shall appear on the extreme upper left hand third of the screen. Camera pan, tilt, zoom-in artd zoom out rates shall be suff ciently controlled such that recorded objects will be clearly viewed during videotape playback. In addition, all other camera and recording system controls, such as lens focus atad aperture, video level, pedestal, chrome, white balance, and electrical focus shall be properly controlled or adjusted to maximize picture quality. The construction documentation shall be recorded in SP mode. 37.7 VIEWER ORIENTATION The audio and video portions of the recording shall maintain viewer orientation. To this end, overall establishing views of all visible house and business addresses shall be utilized. In areas where the proposed construction location will not be readily apparent to the videotape viewer, highly visible yellow flags shall be placed, by the Contractor, in such a fashion as to clearly indicate the proposed centerline of construction. When conventional wheeled vehicles are used as conveyances for the recording system, the vertical distance between the camera lens and the ground shall not exceed 10 feet. The camera shall be firmly maunted such that transport of the camera during the recording process will not cause an unsteady picture. SectionIV.doc Page 58 of 128 4/I'1/2011 1 , ' � � 1 1 ' ' ' 1 �J � � -� � �� ..J �� 1 , L..J , , 1 I i �� ' �r� ' 1 , 1 1 ' Section IV — 7'echnical Specifiications 37.8 LIGHTING All recarding shall be done during time of good visibility. No taping shal] be done during precipitation, mist or fog. "1"he recording shall only be done when sufficient sunlight is present to properly illuminate the subjects of recording and ta produce bright, sharp video recordings of those subjects. K��:��» � �Z�7� �:7_\�1�� The average rate of travel during a particular segment of coverage shall be directly proportional to the number, size and value of the surface features within that construction areas zone of influence. The rate of speed in the general direction of travel of the vehicle used during taping shall not exceed forty-four (44) feet per minute. 37.10 VIDEO LOG/INDEX All videotapes shall be permanently labeled and shall be properly identified by videotape number and project title. �.ach videatape shall have a log of that videotape's contents. The log shall describe the various segments of coverage contained on the video tape in terms of the names of the streets or Iocation of easements, coverage beginning and end, directions of coverage, video unit counter numbers, engineering survey or coordinate values (if reasonably available) and the date_ 37.11 AREA OF COVERAGE Tape coverage shall include all surface features located within the rone of influence of construction supported by appropriate audio coverage. Such coverage shall include, but not be limited to, existing driveways, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, drainage system features, mailboxes, landscaping, culverts, fences, signs, Contractor staging areas, adjacent structures, etc. within the area covered by the project. Of particular cancern shall be the existence of any faults, fractures, or defects. Taped coverage shall be limited to one side of Ch� Site, street, easement or right of way at any one time. 37.12 COSTS OF VIDEO SERVICES The cost to complete the requirements under this section shall be iracluded in the contract items provided in the proposal sheet. There is no separate pay item for this work. 38 EROSION AND SILTATION C�NTR�L 38.1 STABILIZATION OF DENUDED AREAS ' No disturbed area may be denuded far more than thirty (30) calendar days unless otherwise authorized by the City Engineer. During construction, denuded areas shall be covered by mulches such as straw, hay, filter fabric, seed and mulch, sod, or some other permanent ' vegetation. Within sixty (60) calendar days after fnal grade is established on any portion of a project site, that portion of the site shall be provided with established permanent soil stabilization measures per the original site plan, whether by impervious surface or landscaping. � ' SectiorilV.doc Page 59 of 128 4/1 I/201 I , Section IV — Technical Specifications 38.2 PROTECTION AND STABILIZATION OF SOIL STQCKPILES Fill rnaterial stockpiles shall be protected at a11 tianes by on-site drainage controls which prevent erosion of the stockpiled material. Control of dust from such stockpiles may be required, depending upon their location and the expected length of time the stockpiles will be present. ln na case shall an unstabilized stockpile remain aftEr thirty (30) calendar days. 38.3 PROTECTI�N OF EXISTING STORM SEWER SYSTEMS During construction, all storm sewer inlets in the vicinity of the project shall be protected by sediment traps such as secured hay bales, sod, stone, etc., which shall be maintained and moditied as required by construction progress, and which must be appraved by the City Engineer before installation. 38.4 SEDIMENT TRAPPING MEASURES Sedirnent basins and traps, perimeter berms, filter fences, berms, sediment barriers, vegetative buffers and other measures intended to trap sediment and/or prevent the transport of sediment onto adjacent properties, or into existing water bodies; must be installed, constructed, or, in the case of vegetative buffers, protected from disturbance, as a first step ira the land alteration process. Such systems shall be fully operative and inspected by the City before any other disturbance of the site begins. Earthen structures including but not limited to berms, earth filters, dams or dikes shall be stabilized and protected from drainage damage or erosion within one week of installation. 38.5 SEDIMENTATION BASINS Areas of 3 acres or more shall be required to have temporary sedimentation basins as a positive remedy against downstream siltation and will be shown and detailed on construction plans_ During development, permanent detention areas may be used in place o� silt basins, provided they are maintained to the satisfaction of the City. The Contractar will be required to prohibit discharge of silt throu�h the outfall structure during construction of any detentian area and wi�l be required to clean out the detention area before installing any permanent subdrain pipe. In addition, permanent detention areas ztaust be tatally cleaned out and operating properly at final inspection and at the end of the one year warranty period. When temporary sedimentation basins are used, they shall be capable at all times of contain-ing at least one (1) cubic foot of sediment for each one hundred (100) square feet of area tributary to the basin. Such capacity shall be maintained throughout the project by regular removal of sediment frorn the basin_ 38.6 W�RKING IN OR CROSSING WATERWAYS OR WATERBODIES Land alteration and construction shall be minimi2ed in both permanent and intermittent waterways and the immediately adjacent buffer of 2S feet from top of bank of the waterways and the buffer area whenever possible, and barriers shall be used to prevent access. Where in channel work cannot be avoided, precautions must be taken to stabilize the work area during land alteration, development and/or construction to minimize erasion. If the channel and buffer area are disturbed during land alteration, they must be stabilized within three (3) calendar days aRer the in channel work is completed. SectionIV.doc Page 60 of 128 4/11/2�11 , � ' � ' , , �� ' ' ' ' 1 � � , ' � � [� i 1 ' Section IV —Technical Specifications Silt curtains or other filter/siltation reductian devices must be installed on the downstream side of the in channel alteration activity to eliminate impacts due to increased turbidity. Wherever stream crossings are required, properly sized temporary culverts shall be provided by the contractor and removed when construction is completed. The area of the crossing shall be restored to a condition as nearly as possible equal to that which existed prior to any construction activity. 38.7 SWALES, DITCHES AND CHANNELS , All swales, ditches and channels leading from the site shall be sadded within three (3) days of excavation. All other interior swales, etc., including detention areas will be sodded prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy. � [_� 38.8 UNDERGR�UND UTILITY CONSTRUCTION The construction af underground utility lines and other structures shall be done in accardance with the following standards: a. No more than 400 lineal feet of trench shall be open at any one time; ' b. Wherever consistent with safety and space consideration, excavated material shall be cast to the uphill side af trenches. Trench material shall not be cast into or onto the slope of any stream, channel, road ditch or waterway. �-� 1 ' 1 ' � CJ � C� 1 I I � 38.9 MAINTENANCE All erosion and siltatian contral devices shall be checked regularly, especially after each rainfall and will be cleaned out and/or repaired as required. 38.10 C�MPLIANCE Failure to comply with the aforementioned requirements may r�sult in a fine and/or more stringent enforcement procedures such as (but not limited to) issuance of a"Stop Work Order". City of Clearwater Standard Detail Drawings No. 601 and 607 are examples of accepted methods that may be used or required to control erosion and siltation. SectionlV.doc Page 61 of 128 4/11/2011 Section N — Technical Specifications City of Clearwater - Erosion Control This notice is to inform the prime contractor that the City of Clearwater holds them responsible for soil erosion control on their site. The City of Clearwater Engineering Departrnent has the responsibility to minimize the amount of soil erosian into the City's streets, storm sewers and waterways. The constructian of a new residence or commercial site and major rerraodeling of an existing site creates a potential for soil erasion. These instances are usually the result of contractors and subcontractors accessing the property with equipment or canstruction rnaterials. T'hen rain storms redistribute the eroded soil into the adjacent streets, storm systems and waterways. When erosion takes place, a City lnspector will place a carrection notice at the site. The procedure will be as follows: 1 st accurrence - Warning 2nd accurrence - $32 Re-inspection Fee 3rd accurrence - $80 Re-inspection Fee 4th occurrence - Stop Work Order Dependent on the sEVerity of the erosion, the City's Engineering Departrnerat may elect to ,rectify the erosion problern and charge the contractor accordingly. The attached drawings and details are recommendations for the contractor to use as means to support the site from eroding. The contractor may elect to shovel and sweep the street daily or on an as needed basis. However, erosion must be held in check. If the contractor would like to rneet with a City inspector on any particular site, please contact Construction Services at 562-4750 or Alanning & Development Services at 562-4741. Erosion Control Required - City of Clearwater's Code of Ordinances requires erosion control on all land development projects. Erosion control must be in place and maintained throug�aout the job. Failur� to do so may result in additional costs and time delays to the permit holder. Contact Engineering Department with specific questions at 562-4750. SectionIV.doc Page 62 of 128 C_� 1 � 1 1 LJ � 1 1 1 � , L .J � , , ' 4/11/2011 ' � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � � Section IV —Technical Specifications CITY OF CLEARWATER NOTICE OF EROSION VIQLATIDN UNDER SECTION 3-701 (DIVISION 7— EROSION AND SILT'ATION CONTROL) OF THE CITY OF CLEARWATER CODE OF ORDINANCE5, THIS SITE HAS BEEN FOUND IN VIOLATION. THIS SITE MUST BE RESTORED T� AN EROSION CONTROLLED SITE PRIOR TO ANY FURTHER DEVELOPMENT T4 CONTINUE. Warning �32.44 Re-�nspect�on Fee $80.4a Re-inspectian Fee Stap Work Order DATE POSTED: Inspector's Name: Inspector's Signature: CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING & DEVELOPMENT 5ERVICES 727 562-4741 & ENGINEERINGICONSTRUCT�ON 727 5G2-4750 Received by: (Signature indicates only a copy of this notice �as been recei�ed and does not in any way indicate admission of guilt or concurrence with findings of the inspector.} IT IS A VIOLATION TO REMOVE THIS NOTICE ANY UNAUTHORIZED PERSON REMOVING THIS SIGN WILL BE PROSECUTED SectionIV,doc Page 63 oF 128 411 112f}11 Section IV — Technical Specifications 39 UTILITY TIE IN LOCATI�N MARKING The tie in locations for utility laterals of water, sanitary sewer, and gas shall be plainly marked on the back of the curb. Marking placed on the curb shall be perpendicular with respect to th� curb of the tie in location on the utility lateral. Marks shall not be placed on the curb where laterals cross diagonally under the curb. The tie in location shall be the end of the utility lateral prior to service connection. Markings shall be uniform in size and shape and colors in conformance with the code adopted by the American Public Warks Association as follows: SAFETY RED Electric power, distribution & transmission Municipal Electric Systems HIGH VISISILTTY SAFETYYELLOW Gas Distribution and Transmission Oil Distribution and Transmission Dangerous Materials, Produce Lines, Steam Lines SAFETY ALERT ORANGE Telephone and Telegraph Systems Falice and Fire Communications Cable Television SAFETY PRECAUTION BLUE Water Systems Slurry Pipe Lines SAFETY GREEN Sewer Systems LAVENDER RECLAIMED WATER WHITE PROPOSED EXCAVATION Marks placed on curbs shall be rectangular in shape and placed with the long dirnension perpendicular to the flow line of the curb. Marks placed an valley gutter and modified curb shall be 6-inch x 3-inch and placed at the back of the curb. Marks placed on State Road and vertical curb shall be 4-inch X 2-inch and be placed on the curb face. 40 AWARD OF CONTRACT WORK SCHEDULE AND GUARANTEE This article not used. See SECTION I.IT, ARTICLE 24 — AWARD OF CONTRACT, WORK SCHEDULE AND GUAR.A.NTEE. 41 POTABLE WATERMAINS, RECLAIMED WATERMAINS AND APPURTENANCES C�i�i�-�MI�],� The Contractor shall furnish all plant, labor, materials and equipment to perform all operations in connection with the construction of potable water mains, reclaimed water mains and appurtenances including clearing, excavation, trenching, backfilling and clean up. SectionIV.doc Page 64 of 128 4/] 1/2011 ' 1 , , , �� ' 1 1 ' 1 �-� �� 1 �' � ' ' 1 [_J � ' 1 1 ' � Section IV — Technical Specitications 41.2 MATERIALS 41.2.1 GENERAL Materials, equipment and supplies furnished and permanently incorporated into the project shall be of first quality in every respect and shall be constructed and tinished to high standards of workmanship. Materials shall be suitable for service intended, shall reflect modern design and engineering and shall be fabricated in a first class workmanlike manner. All materials, equipment and supplies shall be new and shall have not been in service at any time previous to installation, except as required in tests or incident to installation. Machined metal surfaces, exposed bearings and glands shall be protected against grit, dirt, chemical corrosion and other darnaging ef�'ects during shipment and canstruction. 41.2.2 PIPE MATERIALS AND FITfINGS 41.2.2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE Ductile Iron Pipe shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C151/A21.51 81 or latest revisian. Pipe thickness class, wall thickness and working pressure shall conform to the following table: Size Class Thickness Rated Water Working Pressure (In.) (PSI) 4" 51 0.26 350 6" 50 0.25 350 8" 50 0.27 3S0 12" 50 U.31 350 The trench laying condition shall be Type 2, Flat bottom trench backfll lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe. Pipe shall be manufactur�d in accordance with ANSI/AW WA C 1 S 1/A21.5 ] 81 or lat�st revision. Pipe shall be asphalt coated on the o�tside and standard cement lined and sealed coated with approved bituminous seal coat in accardance with ANSUAW WA C 1 �4/A21.4 $0 or latest revision. 41.2.2.2 POLYVINYL CHLORIDE (PVC) PIPE , Polyvinyl Chlaride (PVC) Pipe 4-inch through 8-inch shall be in accordance with ANSUAWWA C900 or latest revision and the American Society for Testing Materials (�STM) Standard D 22�1 and PVC Resin Compound canforming to ASTM Specification D 1784. 1 1 ' � � Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe shall have the same O.D, as Cast and Uuctile Iron Pipe and be campatible for use without special adapters with Cast Iron Fittings. Pipe dimension ratio, working pressure and laying length shall conform to the following table: SectionIV.doc Page 65 of 128 4/11/2011 Scctiqn iV — Teclinica] Specifications S�ze Dimension Ratio Rated Water Working Yressure Laying Length (OD/Thick.) (PSi) (Ft) 4 18 150 20 6 18 150 2Q 8 18 150 20 Pipe larger than $-inch shall be ductile iron. The City Engineer reserves the right to require the use of ductile iron in sizes 4-inch through 8-inch when needed due to laying conditions or usage. The bell of 4-inch and larger PVC pipe shall consist of an integral wall section with a solid cross section elastomeric ring which meets the requirements ofASTM D 1869. Each length of pipe shall bear identifcation that will remain legible during normal handling, stora�e and installation and so designate the testing agency that verified the suitability of the pipe material for potable water service. All polyvinyl chloride pipe shall be laid with two (2) strands of insulated 12 gauge A.W.G. solid strand capper wire taped to the top of each joint of pipe with about 18-inches between each piece of tape. It is to be installed at every valve box through a 2-inch PVC pipe to 12-inches minimum above the top of the concrete slab. The 2-irach PVC pipe shall be the same length as the adjustable valve box, and the 2-inch PVC pipe shall be plugged with a 2-inch removable brass plug with recessed nut. This wire is to be continuous with splices made only by direct bury 3M brand splice kit approved by the Engineer. This wire is to be secured to all valves, tees and elbows. 41.2.2.3 FITTINGS AND JOINTS Fitting frorra 4-inch thraugh 16-inch in size will be compact ductile iron cast in accordance with ANSUAW WA C 153/A 21.53 with mechanical joint bells. Bolts, nuts and gaskets shall be in accordance with requirements of ANSUAW WA C 153/A 21.53. The working pressure rating shall be 350 P.S.1. Ductile iron fittings shall be coated and lined in accordance with require requirements of ANSi/AWWA C104/A21.4. Mechanical joint glands shall be ductile iron in accordance with ANSi/AWWA Clll/A 21.11. When reference is made to ANSI/AWWA Standards, the latest revisions apply_ Only those fittings and accessories that are of domestic (USA) manufacture will be acceptable. 41.2.2.4 RESTRAINT Restraint of plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., shall be accomplished by the use of approved mechanical restraining rings or glands installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be restrained by the use of swivel connecting joints. Restraining mechanical jaint glands on hydrants shall be used only where hydrant runout length precludes the use of swivel joint connectors. 41.2.2.5 PIPE WITHIN CASING All pipe placed within casings shall be slip joint ductile iron restrained by the use of restraining gaskets designed for use with the particular joint being installed and have properly sized casing spacers (Cascade Series) installed on the pipe so that the pipe will be centered within the casing. SectionIV.doc Page 66 of 128 4/11/2011 � 1 ' 1 1 , 1 � ' ' ' 1 ' 1 � 1 1 ' � 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' i� ' 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications Fach end of the casing shall be properly sealed to prevent the intrusion of sail, water, or debris within the casing itself. It shall be sealed by brick and mortar, cement or any approved method by the Engineer. 41.2.3 GATE VALVES Discs of valves shall be operated by methods which will allow operation in any position with respect to the vertical. Gate valves for interior piping or exposed above grade outside structures, shall be handwheel operated with rising stems. Valves 4-inches and larger, buried in earth shall be equipped with 2-inch syuare operating nuts, valve boxes and covers. Valves shall be fitted with joints suitable for the pipe with which they are to be used. The direction of opening far all valves shall be to the left (counter clockwise). Fressure Rating: Unless otherwise shown or specified, valves for high pressure service shall be rated at not less than 150 psi cold water, nonshock. The manufacturer's name and pressure rating shall be cast in raised letters on the valve body. installation: Installation shall be in accordance with good standard practice. Exposed pipelines shall be so supported that their weight is not carried through valves. Two Inch Diameter and smaller: Not allowed. These should be approved ball valves. Three Inch Diameter: Not allowed. Four Inch to Sixteen Inch Diameter: Gate Valves, 4 to 16-inch diameter, inclusive, shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM Rubber in conformance with ANSUA.W.W.A. Standard Specifcation C509-515 latest revision. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-515, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 ps.i. differential pressure, all internal parts removable from bonnet without removing body from pressure main, corrosion resistent bronae or stainless steel nonrising stem with O ring bonnet seal with epoxy coated inside and outside cast iron or ductile iron valve body.. Larger than Sixteen Tnch Diameter: Gate valves larger than ] 6-inch shall be suitable for the ' service intended and shall be resilient seated gate valves encapsulated with EPDM rubber in conformance with ANSI/AWWA. These valves shall include the following features consistent with C509-80, full opening unobstructed waterway, zero leakage at 200 psi differential pressure. ' All valves shall be eyuipped with steel cut bevel gears, extended type gear case and rollers, bronze or babbitt tracks and scrapers and valved by-pass. 1 � 1 1 1 1 41.2.4 VALVE BOXES Valve boxes shall be of standard extension design and manufacture and shall be made of cast iron. No PVC Risers or Derisers are allowed as part of a valve box assembly. They are to be 3- piece valve box assembles. The lower part of the assembly can be ordered in various heights to accommodate different depths. Suitable sizes of valve boxes and extension pieces shall be provided where shown. The valve box cover shall be of cast iron. Valve boxes and their installation shall be included in the bid price for valves. Refer ta City Index No. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve boxes and pad detail. SectionIV.doc Page 67 of 128 air v2oi r Section IV—Technical Specifications 41.2.5 HYDRANTS No other hydrants, ather than those ]isted below, may be used in extension to or replac�ment of the City of Clearwater potable water system: • Kennedy Guardian #K S1D Fire Hydrant, • Mueller Super Centurion 25 Fire Hydrant • AVK Nostalgic 278�. • American Darling 8-84-B. No substitutions shall be allowed without the approval of the City of Clearwater. Above hydrants shall be in accordance with the latest revision of the AW Wf1 Specification C 502 and include the following modifications: 1. All shipments to be palletized and tailgate delivery. 2. Hydrants shall conform to A.W.W.A. Standard C-502 latest revision and must be UL/FM listed. 3. Hydrants shall be of the compression type, closing with line pressure. 4. The operating threads will be contained in an aperating chamber sealed at the top and bottom with an O-ring seal. The chamber will contain a lubricating grease or oil. 5. Hydrants shall be of the traffic model breakaway type, with the barrel made in two sections with the break flange located approximately 2-inch above the ground line. Breakaway bolts not allowed. 6. Operating nut shall be of one-piece bronze or ductile iron construction. 7. A dirt shield shall be provided to protect the operating mechanism from grit buildup and corrosion due to maisture. S. A thrust washer shall be supplied between the operating nut and stem lock nut to facilitate operation. 9. Operating nut shall be a#7 (1-1/2-inch) pentagon nut. 10. Nozzles shall be of the tamper resistant, 1/4 turn type with 0-ring seals or threaded into upper barrel. Nozzles shall be retained with a stainless steel locking device. 11. The main valve shall be of EPDM salid rubber. 12. The seat shall be of a bronze ring threaded to a bronze insert in the hydrant shoe, with O- rings to seal the barrel from leakage of water in the shae. 13. The main valve stem will be 304 or higher grade stainless steel and made in two sections with a breakable coupling. 14. Hydrant shall have a 6-inch Mechanical Joint epaxy lined elbow, less accessories. 15. Hydrant sha11 have a 5-1/4-inch valve opening, and shall be a left hand operation to open. 16. Hydrant shall be without drains. 17. Hydrant shall have two (2) 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles and one (1) 4-1/2-inch pumper nozzle. Threads shall be in accordance with the National Standard Hose Coupling Thread Specifications. 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 � � � � 1 ' ' ' � ' SectionIV.doc Page 68 of 128 4/11/2011 , ' d 1 1 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 18. Hydrant body shall have a factory finish of yellow paint. All paints shall comply with AW WA standard C-502-85 or latest revision. All hydrants will be shop tested in accordance with the latest AWWA Specification C 502. ' Constrained joint assemblies shall be used which have bolted mechanical and swivel joints from the hydrant tee through to the hydrant. Constrained joints shall absorb all thrust and prevent movement of the hydrant. , 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' ' � 1 1 , , 1 All hydrants shall be provided with an auxiliary gate valve so that the water to the hydrant may be shut off without the necessity of closing any other valve in the distribution system. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. 41.2.6 SERVICE SADDLES Service saddles shall be used on all service taps ta 4-inch P.V.C. water main. The largest service connection allowable an 4-inch main shall be 1-1/2-inch. Service saddles shall be used on all 2- inch service connections ta 6-inch and larger mains. Service saddles (JCM �406 series or Ford FC 202 series) shall be wide bodied ductile iron with epoxy or nylon coating and shall have stainless steel straps. 41.2.7 TESTS, INSPECTION AND REPAIRS 1. All materials shall be tested in accordance with the applicable Federal, ASTM ar AWWA Specification and basis of rejection shall be as specified therein. Certified copies of the tests shall be submitted with each shipment of materials. 2. All materials will be subject to inspection and approved by the Engineer after delivery; and no broken, cracked, misshapen, imperfectly coated ar otherwise damaged ar unsatisfactory material shall be used. 3. All material found during the progress of the work to have cracks, flaws, or other defects shall be rejected and promptly rernoved from the site. 4. If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or water main accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately braught to the Engineer's attentioan. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged itetns. 41.2.8 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS The City of Clearwater owns and maintains all backflow prevention devices that are installed within their system. Therefore, any and all devices must be purchased from the City and installed by City work forces. Backflow prevention devices installed on customer's service lines at the point of delivery (service connection) shall be of a type in accardance with AWWA specification CSOb or latest revision. Two (2) different types of backflow prevention devices are allowed. Type af device, when required, is determined by the degree of hazard presented to the municipal water system from possible backflow af water within the customers private system. The types af devices allowed are: SecGonlV.doc Page 69 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV �- Technacal Specitications 1. Double Check Valve Assembly a device composed of two single, independently acting, approved check valves, including tightly closing shutoff valves located at cach end of the assembly and suitable connections for testing the watertightness of each check valve. 2. Reduced pressure principle backflow prevention device a device cantaining a minimum of two independently acting, approved check valves, tagether with an automarically operated pressure dif�erential relief valve located between the two check valves. The unit must include ti�htly closing shutoff valves located at each end of the device, and each device shall be fitted with properly located test cocks. 41.2.9 TAPPING SLEEVES Steel body tapping sleeves shall be JCM �ndustries Inc., JCM 412 or Smith-Blair 622. All steel body tapping sleeves shall have heavy welded ASTM A 285, Grade C steel body, stainless steel bolts, manufacturer's epoxy coated body, and 3/4-inch bronze test plug. 41.2.10 BLOW �FF HYDRANTS Blow offs are not allowed. 41.3 CONSTRUCTION 41.3.1 MATERIAL HANDLING Pipe, fttings, valves, hydrants and accessories shall be loaded and unloaded by lifting with hoists or skidding so as ta avoid shock or damage. Under no circumstances shall ' �1 1 � i 1 1 ' ' such materials be dropped. Pipe handled on skidways shall not be skidded rolled against ' pipe already on the ground. 2. Pipe shall be so handled that the coating and lining will not be damaged. If, however, any part of the coating or lining is damaged, the repair shall be made by the Contractor at his expense in a manner satis�actory to the Engineer. 3. In distributing the material at the site of the work, each piece shall be unloaded opposite or near the place where it is to be laid in the trench. 41.3.2 PIPE LAYING 41.3.2.1 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE The pipe shall be laid and maintained to the required lines and grades with fittings, valves and hydrants at the required locations, spigots centered in bells; and all valves and hydrant stems plumb. All pipe i.nstalled shall be pigged and properly blown off before any pressure testing and sterilization of the pipe can be campleted. The depth of cover over the water main shall be a minimum of 30-inches and a maximum of 42- inches beIow finished grade, except where approved by the Engineer to avoid con�licts and obstructions. Whenever obstructions not shown on the plans are encountered during the progress of the wark and interfere to such an extent that an alteration of the plans is required, the Engineer shall have the authority to change the plans and order a deviation from the line and grade or arrange with the Owners of the structures for the removal, relocation, or reconstruction of the obstructions. SectionlV.dvc Page 70 of 128 4/1I/2011 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' 1 t 1 L.� 41.3.2.2 INSTALLATION Section 1V — Technical Specificauons ' Aroper implements, tools, and facilities satisfactary to the Engineer shall be pr�vided and used by the Contractor for the safe and convenient performance of the work. All pipe, fttings, valves and hydrants shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece by means of a derrick, ' ropes, or ather suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to materials and protective coatings and linings. tJnder no circumstances shall materials be dropped or dumped in the trench. ' ' ' 1 �� ' ' 1 ' If damage occurs to any pipe, fittings, valves, hydrants or accessories in handling, the damage shall be immediately brought to the Engineer's attention. The Engineer shall prescribe corrective repairs or rejection of the damaged items. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined for cracks and other defects while suspended above the trench immediately before installation in final position. Spigot ends shall be examined with particular care as this area is the most vulnerable to damage from handling. Defective pipe or fittings shall be laid aside for inspectian by the Engineer who will prescribe corrective repairs or rejection. All lumps, blisters, and excess coating shall be removed from the bell and spigot end of each pipe, and the outside of the spigot and the inside of the bell shall be wire brushed and wiped clean and dry and free from oil and grease before the pipe is laid. Pipe joints shall be made up in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 1�'very precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from enterin� the pipe while it is being placed in the line. lf the pipe laying crew cannot put the pipe into the trench and in place witlaout getting ea.rth into it, the Engineer may require that, before lowering the pipe into the trench, a heavy, woven canvas bag of suitable size shall be placed over each end and left there until the connection is to be made ta the adjacent pipe. During laying operation, no debris, tools, clothin� or other materials shall be placed in the pipe_ As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the spigot end shall be centered in the bell and the pipe forced horrae and brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill rnaterial tamped under it except at the bells. Precautions shall be taken to prevent dirt from entering the joint space. At times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed by a watertight plug or other means approved by the Engineer. The cutting af pipe for inserting valves, fittings, or closure pieces shall be done in a neat and ' workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or cement lining and so as to leave a smooth end at right an�les to the axis of the pipe. Pipe shall be laid with bell ends facing in the direction af laying unless directed otherwise by the , Engineer. Where pipe is laid on the grade of ] 0 per cent or greater, the laying shall start at bottom and shall proceed upward with the bell ends of the pipe upgrade. ' Wherever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line, either in the vertical or horizontal plane to avoid obstructions or to plumb stems; or where long radius curves are permitted, the amount of deflection allowed shall not exceed that allowed under the latest edition of ANSUAWWA C600-82 and C900 81 or latest revisions. ' ' 1 No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinian of the Engineer, trench conditions are unsuitable. SectionIV.doc Page 71 of 128 4/11/2011 Section lV — Technical Specifications 41.3.3 SETTING OF VALVES, HYDRANTS AND FITTINGS 41.3.3.1 GENERAL Valves, hydrants, f7ttings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to pipe in the manner specified above for installation of pipe. 41.3.3.2 VALVES Valves in water mains shall, where possible, be located on the street property lines extended unless shown otherwise on the plans. All valves shall be installed at the tee in all cases, not to exceed 18-inches from the main line. The valve box shall not transmit any shock or stress to the valve and shall be centered and plumb over the wrench nut of the valve, with the bax cover �lush with the surface of the finished pavement or such other level as may be directed. Re%r to City Index Na. 402; Sheet 1 of 5& Sheet 2 of 5 for potable water valve pad detail, and City Index No. 502; Sheet 1 of 2& Sheet 2 of 2 for reclaimed water valve box and pad detail. 41.3.3.3 HYDRANTS Hydrants shall be located as shown or as directed so as to provide complete accessibility and minimize the possibility of damage from vehicles or injury to pedestrians. All hydrants located 10-feet of more from the main shall have a gate valve at Yhe main and another gate valve at the hydrant location. No valve can be located anywhere in the hydrant run to circumvent the use of two valves. .Refer to City Index No. 402; Sheet 5 of 5 for potable water hydrants. No hydrants shall be installed on the reclaimed water system unless approved by the City of Clearwater's Engineering Department. All hydrants shall stand plumb and shall have their nozzles parallel with, or at right angles to, the curb, with the pumper nozzle facing the curb. Hydrants shall be set to the established grade, with nozzles as shown or as dir�cted by the Engineer. Each hydrant shall be connected to the main with a 6-inch ductile iron branch controlled by an independ�nt 6 inch gate valve. 41.3.3.�4 ANCHORAGE Movement of all plugs, caps, tees, bends, etc., unless otherwise specified shall be prevettted by attaching approved .mechanical restraining rings or glands and installed per manufacturers recommendations. Hydrants shall be held in place with restrained swivel joints. Restraining mechanical joint glands on hydrants may be used where hydrant runout length precludes the use of hydrant connecting swivel joints. Where special anchorage is required, such anchorage shall be in accordance with details shown on the plans. 41.3.4 CONNECTIONS TO EXISTING LINES Where shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer, the water lines constructed under this contract shall be connected to the existing lines now in place. No such connection shall be made until all requirements of the specifications as to tests, flushing, and sterilization have been met and the plan of the cut in to the existing line has been approved by the Engineer. SectionIV.doc Page 72 of 128 4/11/2011 1 ' � 1 � 1 � � ' ' 1 1 ' 1 ' , ' ' 1 , ' ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 � 1 1 ' Section IV — Technical Specificatinns Where connections are made between new work and �xisting work, the connections shall be made in a thorough and workmanlike manner using praper materials and fittings to suit the actual conditions. All fittings shall be properly sterilized and pipe will be properly swabbed befare connections ta existing facilities. All connections to existing facilities will be completed under the supervision of the City of Clearwater Water Division. 41.4 TESTS 41.4.1 HYDROSTATIC TESTS After installation af water mains, complete with all associated appurtenances including service taps, all sections of newly laid main shall be subject to a hydrostatic pressure test of 150 pounds per square inch for a periad of two (2) hours and shall conform to AW WA C600 latest revision. All mains shall be pigged and flushed to remove all sand and other foreign matter before any hydrostatic test can or will be performed. The pressure test shall be applied by means of a pump connected to the pipe in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. The pump, pipe connection and all necessary apparatus, together with operating personnel, shall be furnished by the Contractor at his expense. The Cantractor shall make all necessary taps into the pipe line. The Owner will furnish the water for the test. Before applying the test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe line. 41.4.2 NpTICE OF TEST The Contractor shall give the City of Clearwater's Owner Representative 48-hours advance notice of the time when the installation is ready for hydrostatic testing. ��.��l�:�i�r.�s��L•i►� Before the system is put into operation, all water nnains and appurtenances and any item of new construction with which the water comes in contact, shall be thoroughly sterilized in accordance with AW WA C651. 41.5.1 STERILIZING AGENT The sterilizing agent shall be liquid chlorine, sodium hypochlorite salution conforming to �'ederal Specification 0 S b02B, Grade D, or dry hypochlorite, commonly known as "HT�i" or "Perchloron". 41.5.2 FLUSHING SYSTEM Prior to the application of the sterili�ation agent, all mains shall be thoroughly flushed. Flushing ' shall continue until a clean, clear stream of water flows from the hydrants. Where hydrants are not available for flushing, such flushing shall be accomplished at the installed blow ofi devices generally at the ends of the lines. ' ' 1 1 41.5.3 STERILIZATION PROCEDURE All piping, valves, fttings and all other appurtenances shall be sterilized with water containing a minimum chlorine concentration of 75 ppm at any point in the system. This solution shall then remain in the distribution system far a minimum contact period af eight (8) hours and never more than 24 hours before it is flushed out. All valves in the lines being sterilized shall be opened and closed several times during the contact period. SectionlV.doc Page 73 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.5.4 RESIDUAL CHLORINE TESTS After the sterilization outlined above has been accornplished, flushing shall continue unti] free residual chlorine tests nat less than 0.2 ppm nor more than 3.0 ppm. Residual chlorine test shall be in accordance with standard methods using a standard DPD test set. 41.5.5 BACTERIAL TESTS After the water system has been sterilized and thoroughly flushed as specified herein, City of Clearwater Water Division or the Owner's Representative personne} shall take samples of water from remote points of the distribution system in suitable sterilized containers. The City shall forward the samples to a laboratory certified by the Florida State Board of Health for bacterial examination in accordance with AWWA C651. If tests of such samples indicate the presence of coliform organisms, the sterilization as outlined above shall be repeated until tests indicate the absence of such pollution. The bacterial tests shall be satisfactorily cornpleted before the system is placed in operation and it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to perform the sterilization as outlined above. If inethods of sterilization dif�er materially frorr► those outlined above, such methods shall be in accordance with directives of the Florida State Board of Health and all methods employed shall have the approval of that a�ency. Definite instructions as to the collection and shipment of samples shall be secured from the laboratory prior to sterilization and shall be followed in all respects. The City of Clearwater shall secure clearance of the water main from the Florida Department of Environmental Protectian before the water distribution system is put into operation. 41.6 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 41.6.1 GENERAL Bids must include all sections and items as specifed herein and as listed on the Bid �'orm. Payment for the work of consCructing the project will be made at the unit price or lump sum payment for the items of work as set forth in the Bid, which payment will constitute furr compensation for all labor, equipment, and materials required to complete the work. No separate payment will be made for the following items and the cost of such work shall be included in the applicable pay items of work: • Clearing and grubbing • Excavation, including necessary pavement rer»oval • Shoring and/or dewatering • Structural fill • Backfll • Grading • Tracer wire • Refill materials • Joints materials • Tests and sterilization • Appurtenant work as required for a complete and operable system. SectionlV.doc Page 74 of 128 ' ' , , � ' ' ' 1 LJ 1 ' 1 ' � 1 ' 4/]l/2a11 ' ' ' 1 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 41.6.2 FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER MAINS 41.6.2.1 MEASUREMENT 'I'he quantity for payment shall be the actual number of feet of pipe of each size and type , satisfactorily furnished and laid, as measured along the centerline of the completed pipe line, including the length of valves and fittings. 1 ' �J 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 41.6.2.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials and equipment, and constructing the water mains complete and ready for operation. 41.6,3 FURNISH AND INSTALL FITTINGS 41.6.3.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment will be the number of tons, or decimal part thereof, of ductile iron fittings satisfactorily furnished and installed. Fitting weights shall be based on weights stamped on the bady of the fitting, pravided such weights do not exceed the theoretical weights by more than the tolerances permitted in ANSUAWWA C110/A 21.10 82, latest revision, in which case, the weight will be based upon the theoretical weight plus the maximum tolerance. 41.6.3.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labor, materials, and equipment required to furnish and install ductile iron fittings. 41.6.4 FURNISH AND INSTALL GATE VALVES COMPLETE WITH BOXES AND COVERS 41.6.4.1 MEASUREMENT The quantity for payment shall be the number of gate valves of each size satisfactorily furnished and installed. 41.6.4.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price for each size shall be full compensation for furnishing all plant, labar, material and equipment and installing the valve complete with box and cover. 41.6.5 FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE HYDRANTS 41.6.5.1 MEASUREMENT The yuantity for payment shall be the number of fire hydrants satisfactorily furnished and installed. The only hydrants allowed to be installed in the City of Clearwater utilities system are listed in Section 41.2.5. No exceptions. 41.6.5.2 PAYMENT Payment of the applicable unit price shall be full campensation for furnishing all plant, labor, material and equipment and installing the fire hydrant complete including necessary thrust SectionIV.doc Page 75 of 128 4/11lZ01 I Section 1V — Technical Specifications anchorage, 6-inch pipe between the main and the hydrant and gate valve and valve box on the hydrant lead. 42 GAS SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS This article not applicable. 43 TENNIS COURTS 43.1 PAVED TENNIS C�URTS 43.1.1 SOIL TREATMENTS All soil under courts shall be treated with DSMA 184 at the rate of 2 pounds active ingredient per I,000 square foot. Materials shall be brought to the job site in tagged containers. Tags shall be retained and turned into the Engineer's Office. 43.1.2 BASE COURSE Base Course shall be Limerock 6" thick afiter compaction. Specifications for the base shall be the same as those for Limerock i.n Section IV - Article 22 of the City of Clearwater Technical Specifications. Subgrade stabilizing will not be required. Surface shall be cut to within 1/2" of true grade in preparation of 1" leveling course. Prior to applying prime coat, surface shall be approved by the Engineer. 43.1.3 PRIME COAT The material used for prime coat shall be cut-back Asphalt Grade RC-70 or RC-250 and shall conform to Section 300 of the Flarida State Department af Transportation's "Standard Speci�cations for Road and Bridge Construction"_ 43.1.4 LEVELING COURSE A.Leveling Course shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 331 of FDOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Leveling Course shall be constructed running East and West. Finish surface of leveling course shall not vary more than 1/4" when checked with a 10 foot straight edge. If a deficiency of more tlaan '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.5 SURFACE COURSE Surface caurse shall be a minimum of 1" of Type S-III Asphaltic Concrete as specified in Section 33l of �'DOT's Standard Specification (latest edition). The Surface Course shall be constructed running North and Sauth. Finish surfaces shall not vary more than 1/4" in 10 feet. Prior to application of color coat, surface shall be checked for low areas by flooding the surface with water. Low areas shall be patched as approved by the Engineer prior to application of the color coat. No areas which retain water will 5ectionIV.doc Page 76 of 128 4/11/2011 1 1 1 ' ' ' � 1 1 1 ' ' ' 1 � , 1 1 �i 1 1 , 1 ' ��L� , ' 1 Section 1V — Technical Specitications be approved. lf a deficiency of more than '/a" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or removed and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. 43.1.G COLOR CDAT C�i��`J_��.�I1�� Materials used in the patching and color coating of Tennis Courts shall be manufactured specifically for Tennis Caurt Application. All materials must be approved by the Engineer prior to the start of construction. Request for approval of coating materials may be submitted prior to the opening of bids. In requests for approval, the Contractor shall present manufacturer's literature along with the name, address, and date of three previous Tennis Court applications of the proposed material. 43.1.6.2 CONSTRUCTION 43.1.6.2.7 SURFACE PREPARATION The surface to be coated must be sound, smooth, and free from loose dirt or oily materials. Prior to the application of surfacing materials, the entire surface should be checked for minor depressions or irregularities. If it is determined that minor correctians are necessary, the Contractor shall make repairs using approved tack coat and/or patching mix in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for use. After patching the surface shall not vary more than 1/8" in ten feet in any direction. If a , deficiency of more thara 1/8" exists, the Engineer will determine if the surface should be leveled or rernoved and replaced. Such remedial work shall be without compensation. ' In order to provide a smooth, dense underlayment af the finish course, one or more applications of resurfacer ar patch rnix shall be applied to the underlaying surface as deemed necessary by the Engineer. Asphaltic concrete Surface Course with a smooth tight mix and no ponding, will not ' require the resuriacing or patching mix. Asphaltic Cancrete Surface Course which is course and rough or is ponding water will require the use of the resurfacer or patch mix. 1 1 , ' ' 1 1 No applications shall be covered by a succeeding application until thoroughly cured. 43.1.6.2.2 FINISH COLOR COURSE The finish course shall be applied to a clean, dry surface in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. A minimum of two applications of calor coat will be required_ Texture of cured color coat is to be regulated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to provid� a medium speed surface for tennis play. The color of application shall be dark green for the regulation double's playing area and red for all other others. The finished surface shall have a uniform appearance and be free from ridges and tool marks. 43.7.6.3 PLAYING LINES Forty-eight (48) hours minimurn after completion of the resurfacing, 2 inch wide playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with approved marking paint. SectionIV.doc Page 77 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 43.1.6.4 WEATHER LIMITATIONS No parts of the construction involving 'S'ennis Court surfacing or patchin� products shall be conducted during rainfall, or when rainfalJ is imrninent or unless the air temperature is at least 50 Degree's F and rising. NOTE_ The Cantractor shall notify the Froject lnspector a minimum or 24 hours in advance of all base and asphalt related work. 43.2 CLAY TENNIS COURTS 43.2.1 GENERAL 43.2.1.1 SCOPE The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials and equipment necessary for the installation of clay tennis court(s) as set forth in these specifications and /or the construction drawings. The scope of work is indicated on drawings and specified herein. Basis of design for clay courts with sub-surface irrigation system is Hydrogrid Tennis, Inc. or prior approved equal. 43.2.1.2 CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS The Owner t�aay make such investigation as he deems necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perforna the work and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Uwner may request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigations of such Bidders fail to satisfy the owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the work contemplated herein within the time limit agreed upon. I'actors to be considered in awarding the Bid shall include the successful completion of similar sub-surface irrigation clay Cennis court installations of like value, scope, size and quality as this project, with in the last five (5) years. The Owner desires to award this contract to firms that have been in business for a minimum of five (5) years. The yualifications and experience of the personnel assigned to the project will be a determining factor in the award of the Bid. 43.2.1.3 STANDARDS The Contractor shall perform all work in a thorough, workmanlike manner and conform to standards for tennis court construction as prescribed or approved by the United States (Lawn) Tennis Association and the United States Tennis Court and Tract Suilders Association. The Contractor shall construct the tennis courts with laser �uided eyuipment. 43.2.1.4 BUILDING PERMITS AND TAXES The Contractor shall secure all construction permits required by law, the City of Clearwater will waive all permit fees. 43.2.1.5 C�URT LAYOUT The Owner shall establish twa hor,izontal contral points and a construction bench mark. The Contractor shall locate the four corners of each battery and shall layout the caurts in confarmance with the specifications and drawin�s. SectionIV.doc Page 78 of 128 4/11/2011 1 1 LJ 1 ' ' ' , 1 ' 1 �1 �1 r-�, u � 1 , 1 1 1 , Section IV — Technical Specifications 43.2.1.6 BUILDING REQUIREMENTS ' The Owner shall provide and maintain reasonable access to the construction site, as well as an area adjacent to the site for storage and preparation of materials. Adequate water outlets within fifty (50) feet of the site shall be provided. 1 1 1 43.2.1.7 SCHEDULE The Owner desires ta award the contract to firms who will c�mplete this proj�ct in a reasonable time schedule. Consideration in awarding this bid will be given to firms who may commence and complete the praject within a reasonable period of time after award of the bid. The Owner, in its sole discretion, will determine the reasonable schedule standard as it relates to the "Notice to Proceed." 43.2.2 51TE PREPARATION ' 43.2.2.1 SUITABILITY "The Contractor shall examine the sit� to determine its suitability for installation of the courts. ' 43.2.2.2 DEMOLITION The contractor shall demo the existing tennis courts, remove the existing ten (1 p) foot high fence ' surrounding the tennis courts and all underground utilities within the limits of the construction area. Utilities extending outside the construction limits shall be cappcd and terminated. "rhe existing tennis courts shall be ground into millings suitable to be mixed into the sub-grade at the , proposed location of the new clay tennis courts. Any sub-grade material beneath the existing tennis courts not suitable for planting beds shall be renraoved and also utilized as sub-grade material beneath the new courts. All demalition materials not utilized in construction of the new ' courts shall be removed and disposed from the project site. The Contractor shall provide documentatian of any recycled materials. , 1 ' LJ � ' �1 �J 43.2.2.3 SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the final sub-grade elevation. The sub-grade shall be graded leveL A compaction to a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-180 is required. The Contractor shall provide documentation af testing to the Owner. 43.2.2.4 FINAL GRADE The final grades outside the tennis court areas and within the construction limits shall be graded to a tolerance of plus or minus one (1) inch of the fnal grade elevations with positive drainage away from tennis courts and towards drainage swales or outfall structures. A compaction ta a density not less than 95% of the maximum standard density as determined by AASHTO T-1$0 is required. The contractor shall provide documentation of testing to the Owner_ 43.2.3 SLOPE 43.2.3.1 SLOPE REQUIREMENTS Rate and direction af slope of the finished surfaces shall be one (1) inch in forty (40) feet, all in one plane, as indicated on the drawings. SectionIV.doc Page 79 of 128 4/11/201I Section IV —Technical Specitications 43.2.4 BASE CONSTRUCTION 43.2.4.1 LINER Two Jayers of 6 mil construction plastic shall be installed over the sub-grade surface with a minimum ovcrlap of .five (5) feet where pieces are joined. Use only materials that are resistant to deterioration when tested in accordance with ASTM E l 54, as follows: a. PolyethylEne sheet, Construction Grade. 43.2.4.2 BASE COURSE The base course shall consist of six (6) inches of porous base material as supplied by Quality Aggregate of Sarasota Florida. Th� surface of the base course shall be smooth and even, and it shall be within one-quarter (1/4) inch of the established grade. 43.2.4.3 IRRIGATION SYSTEM Perforated pipe shall be installed in trenches in the base course. These trenches shall be in on four (4) foat centers and shall be run perpendicular to the slope af the court. The pipe shall be two and one-quarter (2-l/4) inch diameter with a nylon needle punched sock surrounding the pipe. Six (6) water control canisters shall be installed per court with each canister controlling five (5) grid pipe trenches. Provide all required controls systems time clocks; float switches, control wiring and solenoids, etc. for a complete sub-surface irrigation system. 43.2.5 PERIMETER CURBING 43.2.5.1 CURB Brick curb shall be installed around the entire perimEt�r of the court area with an elevation of one-quarter (1/4) to one-half (1/2) inch above the finished scree�ing course elevation. 43.2.6 SURFACE COURSE 43.2.6.1 COURT SURFACE A surface course af ISP Type II Aquablend or Lee Hyroblend tennis court material shall be installed over the screening course to a compacted depth of one (1) inch. The Ayua/Hydroblend material shall be watered to its full depth immediately after l�v�ling and then campacted by rolling with a tandem roller weighing 600 to 1000 pounds. The finished surface shall not vary frorn specified grade by more than one-eighth (] /S) ir�ch. 43.2.7 RQOT BARRIER Root barrier (geo-tech fabric) eighteen (18) inches height shall be placed in a trench on the outside edge of the perimeter curbing eighteen (] 8) inches in depth with herbicide coating buttons to prevent plant root systems in enterirag the sub-surface base course of the clay tennis courts. SectionlV.doc Page SO of 128 4/I1/2011 1 ' 1 � 1 L� 1 '�1 1 1 1 � � r � , 1 � , 1 � 1 43.2.8 FENCING 43.2.8.1 DESIGN Section 1V —'I'echnical Specifications The contractor shall provide a total color coated fencing system as indicated on drawings and ' described herein. All components: frames, fabric and fittings shall be black. Basis of Design Ameristar HT-25 or prior approved equal subject to strict compliance with Ameristar published specification. ' ' 1 1 1 ' [� 1 r r 43.2.8.2 POSTS All posts shall be a minimum 2-1 /2" Ameristar HT 25 pipe; top rails l-S/8" Ameristar HT 25 pipe with manufacturers standard "Permacoat" color system. 43.2.8.3 FENCE �ABRIC Fence Fabric shall be 1-3/4" #6 gauge mesh throughout, manufactures standard galvanized wire with PVC coating. All fabric ta be knuckled on both selvages. 43.2.8.4 GATES Provide gates at locations indicated. At ser-vice gates, provide a keeper that automatically engages gate life and holds it in the open position until manually released. Frovide gate stops for double gates consisting of a mushroom-type flush plate with anchors, set in concrete, and designed to engage a center drop rod or plungEr-bar. Include a locking device and padlock eyes as an integral part of the latch, permitting both gate leaves to be locked with a single padlock. Provide latch, fork type or plunger-bar type to permit operation from either side of gate, with padlock eye as an integral part of the latch. Gate Hinges — Size and material to suit gate size, non-lift-offtype, and offset to permit 1$0-degree gate opening. Provide one and one-half(1-1/2) pair of hinges for each leaf over six (6) foot nominal height. 43.2.9 WINDSCREENS The contractar shall provide nine (9) foot high windscreens at all ten (10) foot high fencing. Basis of design is Durashade plus by Ball Products, Inc. ar equal by Putterman. Black high- density polyethylene, eight (8) oz. per syuare yard edges hemmed with grammets at twelv� (12) inch on center. Attach ta chain link fencing at the tap and bottom with 50 LBS plastic ties. 43.2.10 COURT EQUIPMENT 43.2.10.1 POST FOUNDATIONS Post foundations shall be not less than thirty-six (36) inches in length, eighteen (18) inches in ' width and thirty (30) inches in depth. Foundations shall be placed to provide an exact distance between posts of farty-two (42) feet an a doubles court and thirty-three (33) feet on a singles court. , 43.2.10.2 NET POSTS � SLEEVES Net posts shall be galvanized steel having an outside diameter of not less than two and seven- ' eighths (2 7/8) inches with electrostatically applied enamel finish and shall be equipped with a reel type net tightening device. Post sleeves and pasts shall be set plumb and true so as to support ' SectionlV.doc Page 81 of 128 4/11/2011 1 Section N—Technical 5peci�cations the net a height of forty-two (42) inches above the court surface at the poscs. I'ost slecves shall be Schedule 40 PVC to be set in concrete per net post manufactures recammendation. 43.2.1Q.3 CENTER STRAP ANCHOR A center strap anchor shall be firmly set in accordance with the rules oFthe USTA. 43.2.10.4 N ET A tennis net confonning to the USTA regulations shall be installed on each court. The net shall have black synthetic netting, a headband oFwhite synthctic material in double thickness with the exterior treated for resistance to mildew and sunlight, and bottam and end tapes of back synthetic material treated to prevent deterioration from the sunlight_ A vinyl caated, impregnated steel cable, having a diameter of one yuarter (1/4) inch and a length five (5) feet greater than length between the net post shall hold the net in suspension. The net shall have tie strings of a synthetic material at each corner. Basis of Design — Duranet DTS by Ball Praducts, Inc. 43.2.10.5 CENTER STRAP Provide a center strap of white heavy duty polyester webbing with black oxide coated brass slide buckles and nickel plated double end snap. Center strap shall be placed on the net and attached to the center strap anchor. 43.2.10.6 LINE TAPES Line tapes shall be 100% nylon and shall be two (2) inches in width. The tapes shall be firmly secured by aluminum nails with aluminum length of two and one-half (2 — 1/2) inches. Positioning shall be in accordance with regulations af the USTA. 43.2.10.7 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT Deliver the following equipment to the owner: 1. Ride-on Tandem Roller - Brutus AR-I Roller, automatic forward-neutral-reverse transmission; 24 inch wide drum; 3-horse power Briggs and Stratton engine. 2. Hand drag brooms (4 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame with 4-1/2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 3. Tow drag brooms (1 each) - 7' wide aluminum frame 4-] /2" synthetic bristles; Proline. 4. Deluxe Proline Line Sweeper (4 each) - friction-driven rubber sleeves; synthetic bristle brush; with fence haok cast aluminum. 5. Scarifier/Lutes (2 each) - 30" wide all aluminum; .Proline. 6. Tennis Shoe Cleaners (2 each) - steel frame construction "Scrusher" exact installation location by Owner. 7. Tennis Two Step (2 each) - polyethylene constructian with two rubber panels. 8. Court Rake (1 each) — six-foot length alurr�inurn. SectionIV.doc Page 82 of 128 1 1 � r 1 L-� C� 1 1 � � ' �� 1 � � � aillizoll , , r. ' u , 1 Section IV —T'echnical SpeciCcations 43.2.11 SHA�E STRUCTURE Provide shade structures as indicted on drawings. Basis of design: 5untrends, Inc. "Cabana Bench 8" — 8'long x 6' wide gable design with standard canvas canopy, direct buria] installation. Provide concrete footing, size and reinforcement as required by shade structure manufacture. 43.2.12 WATER SOURCE (Potable) The owner shall supply water line to within fifty (50) feet af the courts with 50 pounds per ' square inch running pressure at its terminus. This line sha11 have the capacity to supply 30 gallons of water per minute for each court. L _.J ' , 1 ,r � [-� 1 � �J ll 1 1 ' ' 43.2.13 CONCRETE Provide concrete consisting of portland cement per ASTM C 150, aggregates per ASTM C 33, and potable water. M.ix materials ta obtain cancrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,500 psi. Use at least faur sacks af cement per cu. yd., 1-inch maximum size aggregate, 3-inch maximum slump. 43.2.14 EXISTING SPORT TENNIS COURT LIGHTING 43.2.14.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractar shall provide signed and sealed electrical shop drawings by a professional electrical engineer for appraval of the relocation and re-aiming of the existing tennis court sport lighting fixtures and electrical service to water coolers. The shop drawings shall include all necessary information according to local electrical codes in providing a complete aperating system from the existing electrical panel. The shop drawings shall provide data showing the maximum foot candles the existing fixtures will provide at its new locations for tournament play. Shop drawings shall be submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.14.2 RE-LAMP "I'he Contractor shall re-lamp and clean lens of all existin� lightin� fixtures after relacating the light pole and fixtures to its new location. The City will provide the new lamps. 43.2.1�.3 ELECTRICAL PERMIT The Contractor shall submit electrical drawings to City of Clearwater Planning and Development Services to obtain permits for installation afthe electrical works_ 43.2.14.� POLES � FIXTURES The Contractor shall install three (3) new sixty foot (60') poles and fourteen (14) new fixtures_ The City will purchase and provide the new poles and fixtures for the Contractor to install, any other miscellaneous items required to provide a complete operable system shall be provided by the Contractor. Attached with this specificatian are the photometric lumination charts for the eight-(8) tennis courts. This information is provided by Musco Sport Lighting, 1838 East Chester Drive, Suite #104, High Point, NC 27265, phone (336) $87-0770 fax (33b) 887-0771. Contact Douglas A. Stewart. Contractor shall install the poles and fixtures based on the following information: SectionIV.doc Page 83 of 128 4/I1/2011 Section 1V —Technical 5pecifications Pole T1 existing 5�xture pole, remove one fixture and place on pole TS Pole T2 existing l2 �xture pale, remove six fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T3 existing 5 fixture pole, remove one fxture and place on pole TS Pale T4 new pole with new seven fixtures and two circuits Pole TS new pole w/existing sixteen fixtures (8 on one side and S on the other) and 2 circuits Pole T6 new pole with new seven .fixtures and two circuits Pole T7 existing 5 fxture pole, rernove Cwo fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T8 existing 12 fixture pole, remove four fixtures and place on pole TS Pole T9 existing S fixture pole, remove two fxtures and place on pale TS Light levels ended up at 58+ footcandles. Existing poles have concrete footing approximately one foot wide on all sides Contractor shall plan relocation light poles accordingly. a3.2.1�4.5 ELECTRICAL CONDUITS Existing electrical conduits are installed individually to the existing light pole, it is suggested the Contractor place electrical junctian boxes at existing pole locations and utilize existing conduits. New conduits will be required for the three (3) new light poles and thE Contractor shall include the cost �or these electrical conduits in the relocating of the new light poles. 43.2.15 WATER COOLER 43.2.15.1 SHOP DRAWINGS The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the installation of water cooler in the cabana area of the tennis courts, electrical, water and drainage submitted to the Parks and Recreation Department for approval. 43.2.15.2 WATER FOUNTAIN Basis for design: Halsey Taylor HOF Series — water coaler with sealed back panels, or equal. 43.2.16 DEMONSTRATION Instruct the Owner's personnel on proper operation and maintenance of court and equipment. 43.2.17 WARRANTY 43.2.17.1 EQUIPMENT The Contractor shall supply warranty cards and operation and maintenance manuals far all equipment to the Owner upon completion of construction of the project_ 43.2.17.2 WARRANTY The Contractor shall warranty the courts, fencing, sidewalks and court accessories against defective materials and /or workmanship for a perivd of one (1) year from the date of cornpletion. Sectianl�i.doc Page 84 of 128 4/11/2011 � CJ � i ' ' � �1 1 1 � LJ l .l L^� 1 �fJ �J � C� 1 ' r � J , ' ' l� 1 1 1 �� Section 1V — Technical Specifications CI{��i t��i'/_j:�:7_1 � � r'��1 ��1.� �_L�3 � I��;�LrI�iL•1►�� ul The Contractor shall warranty the sub-surface irri�ation of the clay tennis courts for a period of two years trom the day of completion. . . ! `l' L � 1 � � : t� C � 1 � 1. � l � �_1 � � L�� Z �] ► � i :Z*L 44.1 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL The Contractor shall b� responsible to furnish, operate, maintain and remove all work zone traffic control associated with the Project, including detours, advance warnings, channelization, hazard warnings and any other necessary features, both at the immediate work site and as may be necessary at outlying paints. 44.2 WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall prepare a detailed traf�ic control plan designed to accomplish the level of performance outlined in the Scope of the Work and/or as may be required by construction permits issued by Pinellas County and/or the Florida Department of Transportation for the Project, incorparating the methods and criteria contained in Part VI, Standards and Guides for Tra�c Controls for Street and Highway Construction, Maintenance, Utility and Incident Management �perations in the Manual on Uniform Traf�ic Control Devices published by the U.S. Department of Transportation and adopted as amended by the � Iorida Department of Transportation, or most recent addition. 44.2.1 WORK ZONE SAFETY , The general objectives of a program of work zone safety is to protect workers, pedestrians, bicyclists and motorists during construction and maintenance operations. This general objective may be achieved by rneeting the following specifrc objectives: �� , LJ 1 LJ 1 • Provide adequate advance warning and information regarding upcoming work zones. • provide the driver clear directions to understanding the situation he will be facing as he proceeds thraugh or around the work zone. � Reduce the consequences of an aut of control vehicle. • Provide safe access and storage for equipment and material. • Promote speedy completion of projects (including thorough cleanup of the site). • Aromate use of the appropriate traffic control and protection devices. � Provide safe passageways for pedestrians through, in, and/or around constructian or maintenance work zones. The 2004 Design Standards (DS), Index 600 "When an existing pedestrian way or bicycle way is located within a traffic control work zone, accommodation must be maintained and provision for the disabled must be provided. Only approved temporary traffic contral devices may be us�d to delineate a temporary traffic contral zone pedestrian walkway. Advanced notification of sidewalk closures and detours marked shall be provided by appropriate signs". 2004 Standard Specifications far Road and Sridge Construction ' Sectionl V.doc , Page 85 of 128 4/ I 1 /2011 Section IV — Technical SpeciFcations 102-5 Traffic Control: 102-5.1 Standards: FDOT Design Standards (.DS) are the minimum standards for the use in the development of all traffic control plans 44.3 ROADWAY CLOSURE GUIDELINES Roadway types: Major Arterials, Minor Arterials, Local Collectars, and Local Following are typical requirements to be accomplished prior to closure. The number of requirements increase with traffic volume and the importance of access. Road closures affecting business or sole access routes will increase in process requirements as appropriate. For all but local streets, no road or lane closures are allowed during the Christmas holiday season and the designated "Spring Break" season with prior approval by the City Engineer. C'L� ��i �_1 � �:Z�Z\ ��'/_\'E-`3 Obtain permits for Pinellas County and Florida Departrnent of Transportation roadways_ Traffic control devises conform to national and state standards. 44.3.1.1 PUBLIC N�TIFICATION Standard property owner notification prior to start of constructian for properties directly affected by the constructian process. 44.3.2 MAJOR ARTERtALS, MINOR ARTERIALS, LOCAL COLLECTORS Consult with City Traific staf�' for preliminary traffic control options. Develap Formal Traffic Control Plan for Permit Submittal to Regulatory Agency as necessary. 44.3.2.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION Message Board Display, Minimum of 7-day notice period prior to road clasure and maybe longer for larger highway. The message board is to be provided by the Contractor. 44.3.3 MAJOR ARTERIALS, MIN�R ARTERIALS 44.3.3.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION C-View Release 44.3.4 MAJOR ARTERIALS 44.3.4.1 PUBLIC NOTIFICATION News Release The Message Board rnay need to be displayed for a period lon�er than 7 days. 44.4 APPROVAL OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN The Contractor is invited and encouraged to confer in advance of bidding, and is required, as a specification of the work, to confer in advance of beginning any work an the Project, with the Traffrc Operations Division, Municipal Services Building, 100 Sauth Myrtle Avenue, telephone 562-4750, far the purpase of approval of the Cantractor's proposed detailed tra�c control plan. SectionIV.doc Page 86 of 128 4/11/2011 1 r L_� 1 , ' , 1 , ' 1 ' 1 LJ ' � 1 1 , � ' 1 1 ' � 1 � L�� 1 ��_� lJ L.J ' Section IV — Technical Specifications All maintenance of traffic (MOT) plans sha11 be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer or an individual who is certified in the preparation of MOT plans in the State� of Florida. 44.5 INSPECTION OF WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL OPERATION The Tra�c Operations Division may inspect and monitor the trafi�c control plan and traffic control devices of the Contractor_ The City's Construction Inspector assigned to the project, may make known requirements for any alterations or adjustrnents to the traffic control devices. The Contractor shall take direction from the Project Engineer or Project Inspector. 44.6 PAYMENT FOR WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL Payment far work zone traific control is a non-specifc pay item to be included in the constructian costs associated with other specific pay items unless specifically stated otherwise in the Scope of Work in these Technical Specifications and a bid item(s) is included for Work Zone Traffic Cantrol in the proposal form. 44.7 CERTIFICATION �F WORK ZONE TRAFFIC CONTROL SUPERVISOR The City may require that the Supervisor or Foreman controlling the work for the Cantractor on the Praject have a current International Municipal Signal Association, Work Zone Traffic Control Safety Certification or Worksite Traffic Supervisor Certification from Che American Traffic Safety Associatian with additional current Certification from the Florida Department of Transportation. This requirement for Certification will be noted in the Scope of Work and/or sections of these Technical Specifications. When the certifred supervisor is required for the Project, the supervisor will be on the Project site at all times whil� work is being conducted. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on a 24-hour per day basis and shall review the project on a day-to-day basis as well as being involved in all changes to traffic control. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall have access to all equipment and materials needed to maintain traf�ic control and handle traffic related situations. The Worksite Trafi�ic Supervisor shall ensure that routine deficiencies are corrected within a 24-hour period. The Worksite Traffic Supervisor shall be available on the site within 45 minutes after notification ' of an emergency situation, prepared to positively respond to repair the work zone traffic control or to provide alternate trafific arrangements. 1 L �I C� Failure of the Worksite Tra$ic Supervisor to comply with the provisions of this Subarticle may be grounds for decertification or removal from the project or both. Failure to maintain a designated Worksite Traffic Supervisor or failure to comply with these provisions will result in temparary suspension of all activities except traffic and erosion control and such other activities deemed to be necessary for project maintenance and safety. 45 CURED-IN-PLACE PIPE LINING 45.1 INTENT It is the intentian of this specification to provide for the trenchless restoration of sanitary sewer ' and storm pipes by the installation if a cured in place jointless, continuous, thermosetting resin impregnated polyester flexible felt liner which is watertight and chemically resistant to withstand , SectionlV.doc Pa�e 87 of 128 4/1 I/2011 , Section IV — Technical Specifications exposure to domestic sewage including all labor, maierials and equipment to provide for a complete, fully restored and functioning installation. 45.2 PRODUCT AND C�NTRACTOR/INSTALLER ACCEPTABILITY The City requires that all contractors be prequalified. See General Conditions regarding contractor prequalification. in addition, the City requires a proven extensive tract record for the liner system to be used in this project. All contractars submitting for prequali�cation approval for this project must exhibit extensive satisfactory experience in the installation of the proposed liner system(s) and satisfactory evidence that the proposed liner system has been extensively and successfully irastalled in the Unites States and the State of �'lorida. The installer must be certified by the liner system manufacturer far installation of the liner system. The CiCy reserves full and complete authority to approve the satisfactory nature of the both the liner system and the installer. !�� ►�i /_�1 � �1:7 I_1 �-'� The liner shall be polyester fiber felt tubing saturated with a resin prior to insertion. .Resin type and qualities shall be as specifred by the manufacturer to obtain a cured liner with the following properties: Tensile Strength Flexural Strength Flexural Modulus of Elasticity Long Term Modulus of Elasticity (50 Years) ASTM D638 3,000 psi ASTM D790 4,500 psi ASTM D790 300,0�0 psi ASTM D2290 150,000 psi Liner shall meet strengths as shown in ASTM F1216 unless otherwise submitted and approved by the Engineer. Lining manufacturer shall submit to the Engineer for approval as requested, complete design calculations for the liner thickness. The criteria for liner design shall be HS-20 traffic loading, water table to the ground surface, minimum expected lifetime of 50 years, and no structural strength retained from the existing pipe. Liner materials shall meet manufactures specifications of Insituform of North America, Inc., 3315 Dernocrat Road, Post Of�ice Box 181071, Memphis, Tennessee 38118; or InLiner USA ] 900 N.W. 44th St., Pompano Beach Florida 3306�, 305-979-0802, or an approved equal. Any approved equal liner system must be approved by the Engineer as an equal system prior to receiving bids. Reyuest for contractar prequali�cation and/or equal liner system approval must be received by the Engineer no later than 14 days prior to the date for receiving bids. 45.4 CLEANING/SURFACE PREPARATION J.t shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to clean and prepare the existing pipes for rehabilitation. The Cantractor will thoz'oughly clean the interior of the sewers to produce a clean interior surface free of all coatings, sand, rock, roots, sludge, or other deleterious materials prior to liner insertion. Bypass purnping will be provided by the Contractor as part of the unit cost of restoratian. Bypass operations are to be so arranged as to cause minimum disruptions ta local traffic, residents and particularly to commercial facilities. During the cleaning and preparation operations all necessary precautions shall be taken to protect the public, all property and the sewer from damage. All material removed from the sewers shall be the Contractar's responsibility for prompt dispasal in accordance with all regulatary agency requirements. The Contractor may be reyuired to control the rate o� sewer cleaning in the sanitary system to avaid heavy pollution loads at the City's treatment plants. SectionIV.doc Page 88 of 128 4/1l/2011 1 ' r � �_ 1 , CJ �J 1 ' , ' ' , � , ' 1 1 , , 1 1 ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 45.5 TELEVISI�N INSPECTION After cleaning, and again after the rehabilitation work on each section of the project is completed, all pipe sections shall be visually inspected by means of closed-circuit color television, and recorded on DVD, CD VHS format tapes provided to the project engineer. The television system used shall be designed for the purpose and suitably lighted to provide a clear picture of the entire periphery of the pipe. 45.5 LINER INSTALLATION Liner shall be sized to field measurements obtained by the Contractor to provide for a tight fit on the interior of the existing pipe to be lined. Contractor shall use installation methods approved by the liner manufacturer including operations for inversion, heat curing and reconnection of laterals. ' The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engine�r of any construction delays taking place during the insertion operation. Cantractor shall maintain a reasonable backup system for bypass pumping should delays or problems with pumping systems develop. Liner entries at manhales ' shall be smooth, free of irregularities, and watertight. No pinholes, Cears, cracks, thin spots, excessive wrinkling or other defects in the liner shall be permitted. Such defects shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at his expense. ' 45.7 LATERAL RECONNECTIDN Sanitary laterals shall be reconnected as saan as possible to renew service. Laterals are to be ' reconnected by means of robotics, by internally cutting out Che liner to 95% of the area of the original opening. All lateral reconnections are to be grouted to prevent leakage. Grouting method and material is to be approved by the Engineer. Any reconnections to laterals and connections to ' manholes which are observed to leak shall be resealed by the Contractor. All laterals discovered during the lining process are to be reconnected unless specifically directed otherwise by the City. The Contractor will be requested to reconnect any laterals discovered to not be reconnected at a ' later date. Contractor shall notify all local system users when the sanitary system will not be available for normal usage by the delivery of door hangers with appropriate information regarding the construction praject. L1 1 L �I 45.8 TIME OF CONSTRUCTION Construction schedules will be submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. At no time will any sanitary sewer service connection remain inoperative for more than an eight-hour period without a service bypass being operated by the Contractor. In the event that sewage backup occurs and enters buildings, the Contractor shall be responsible far cleanup, repair and praperty damage costs and claims. C�•�:»�\'/►'�1�►�� ' Payment for sanitary sewer restaratian shall be made per Gneal foot including all preparation, bypass pumping, equipment, labor, materials, operations, restoration, lateral reconnection, etc, to provide a fully completed and operational sewer. Payment shall be measured from center of , manhole to center of manhole for the sanitary systems and from end of pipe to end af pipe for storm systems. ' SectionlV.doc Page $9 of 12$ 4/11/2011 �� 4fi 46.1 46.1.1 Section iV — Technical Specifcations SPECIFICATIONS FOR POLYETHYLENE SLIPLINING MATERIALS PIPE AND FITTINGS The pipe supplied under this sp�cification shall be high performance, high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe (Driscopipe 1000) as manufactured by Phillips Driscopipe, Inc., Dallas, Texas and shall conform to ASTM D 1248 (Type Ill, Class C, Category 5, Grade P34) or approved. equal. Minimum cell classification values shall be 345434C as referenced in ASTM D 33501atest edition. If fittings are required, they will be supplied under this specification and shall be molded ar manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. To insure compatibility of polyethylene resins, all fittings supplied under this specification shall be of the same manufacture as the pipe being supplied. 46.1.2 QUALITY CONTROL The resin used for manufacturer of the pipe shall be manufactured by the pipe manufacturer, thus maintaining complete control of the pipe quality. The pipe shall contain no recycled compound except that �enerated in t1�e manufacturer's own plant from resin of the same specification from the same raw material. The pipe shall be homogeneous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, fareign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identical in color, dertsity, melt index, and other physical properties. The polyethylene resin used shall have all ingredients pre compound prior to extrusion of pipe, in plant blending is not acceptable. The Engineer may request, as part of the quality control records submittal, certification that the pipe produced is represerated by the quality assurance testing. Additionally, test results from manufacturer's testing or randam sampling by the Engineer that do not meet apprapriate ASTM standards or manufacturer's representation, may be cause for rejection of pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM D 3350, 10.1.9. 46.1.3 SAMPLES The ownEr or the specifying engineer may request certified lab data to verify the physical properties of the rraaterials supplied under this speci�caCion or may take random samples and have them tested by an independent laboratory. 46.1.4 REJECTION Polyethylene pipe and fittings may be rejected for failure to meet any of the requirements of this specification. 46.2 PIPE DIMENSIONS Pipe supplied under this specification shall have a nominal IPS (Iron Pipe Size) O.D. unless otherwise specified. The SDR (Standard Dimension Ratio) of the pipe supplied shall be as specified by the Engineer, on the construction plans and/or the scope of work. SectionIV.doc Page 90 of 128 4/11/2011 ' ' 1 � � , �J ' ' , 1 ' 1 � 1 1 r 1 , , , , Sectian TV —Technical Specifications 46.3 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES 46.3.1 HANDUNG OF PIPE Pipe shall be stared on clean, level ground to prevent undue scratching or gouging of the pipe. If ' the pipe must be stacked for storage, such stacking should be done in accordance with the pipe rnanufacturer's recommendations. The handling of the pipe should be done in such a manner that it is not damaged by dragging over sha�p objects or cut by chokers or liRing equipment. , 46.3.2 REPAIR OF DAMAGED SECTIONS Segments of pipe having cuts or gouges in excess of 10% of the wall thickness of the pipe should ' be cut out and removed. The undamaged portions of the pipe shall be rejoined using the butt fusion joining method. � 1 ' , ' ' � ' ' ' ' � � 46.3.3 PIPE JOINING Sections of polyethylene pipe should be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by the manufacturer's representative and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures should be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manuiacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature reyuirements, alignment, and fusion pressures. 46.3.4 HANDLING OF FUSED PIPE Fused segments of pipe shall be handled so to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers should be avoided. Nylon slings are preferred. Spreader bars should be used when lifting long fused sectians. Care should be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. 46.4 SLIPLINING PR�CEDURE 4G.4.1 PIPE REQUIREMENTS AND DIMENSIONS The liner(s) to be slip lined inta the existing starm sewer shall have the following sizes: 12-inch diameter liner (SDR 2b) into 15-inch existing sewer. 16-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 1 S-inch existing sewer. 18-inch diameter liner (SDR 26) into 21-inch existing sewer. 21'/z-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 24-inch existing sewer. 2$-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 30-inch existing sewer. 34-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 36-inch existing sewer. 42-inch diameter liner (SDR 32.5) into 48-inch existing sewer. 46.4.2 CLEANING AND INSPECTION The existing line shall be cleaned af debris and other obstructions prior to TV inspectians or insertion of the polyethylene liner. Cleaning can be accomplished with a high velocity cleaner, a bucket and scrapper, root saws, corkscrews, and rodding or balling units. The method used will be determined by the conditian of the existing line. Final cleaning may be required prior to inserting the liner. SectionIV.doc Page 91 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specitications 46.4.3 INSERTION SHAFT AND EXCAVATIDNS All excavatioras shall conform to OSHA requirements and any additional requirements as set by the specifying engineer or his representative. Insertion shaft excavations shall coincide with points requiring removal of obstructions or shall be determined by the engineer. An entry slope grade of 2 1/2:1 maximum shall be used to provide a safe bending radius for the polyethylene. The bottom of the entry pit should provide a straight section for ease of entry of the liner into the existing pipe. The length of the level excavation should be at least twelve times the diameter of the liner being inserted. The width of the shaft should be as narrow as possible. The required width will depend on the location, type of sail, depth of the existing sewer line and the water table. 46.4.4 INSERTION OF THE LINER After completian of the access shaft, the top half of the existing sewer shall be broken or cut and removed for the full length of the access shaft. A fabricated pulling head shall be connected to the leading end of the liner pipe. A cable shall be connected to the pulling head sa that the liner pipe can be pulled into the existing sewer. Power winches used for pulling in long lengths of polyethylene liner pipe shall be rated equal ta the project requirements. Once started, the pulling operation should continue to completion. Insertion is normally done at about a slow walking speed. After insertion, a minimum of 12 hours shall be allowed for the lin�r pipe to reach equilibrium with the sewer temperature and to allow the liner pipe to stress relieve itself. The polyethylene liner pipe should pratrude at least 6 inches into the manhole where it terminates. After the 12-hour equilibriurn period, the annular space beriveen the original pipe and the liner shall be pressure grouted. Said grouting must be from the botCom up to prevent air pockets from forming. Also the grout must be recommended for underwater application and have elastomeric properties. ,Froducts used shall be approved by the engineer. The liner shall not be displaced when the annular space is being filled. Spacers, inflatable plugs or other methads approved by the Engineer rnust be used to prevent displacement. The length of fused pipe that can be pulled will vary depending on field conditions, the ease of access to the area, and the working space available. 46.4.5 CONFIRMATION OF PIPE SIZES The Contractor shall be solely responsible to confirm all pipe sizes prior to ordering, fusin� and installation of the liner. 46.4.6 UNDERDRAIN CONNECTI�NS IF REQUIRED After the liner has been pulled into place, allowed to recover and sealed at the manholes, pipe connections okayed by the engineer shall be recannected to the liner pipe. SectionIV.doc Page 92 of 128 4/11/2011 ' ' L__. ' C� L. J �� lJ ' ' ' ' 1 LJ � 1 L. J ' � [� 1 ' �l Section 1V — Technical Specifications Pipe connections shall be connected by the use of a pre-fabricated polyethylene saddle. A neoprene gasket shall be installed between the saddle and the liner pipe so that a complete water seal is accomplished vvhen the saddle is placed an the liner pipe and secured with stainless steel bands. 46.4.7 BACKFILLING All excavations shall be backfilled using on site materials or as specified by the engineer. Cost ' for back�lling of access shafts and underdrain connections shall be including in the unit price bid for sliplining and reconnection of service laterals. Before any excavation is done for any purpose, it will be the responsibility of the contractor to contact the various utility companies and to � determine the locations of their facilities. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to provide adequate protection for utility facilities. Any temporary construction right of way and/or storage areas will be arranged for by the contractor. ' 46.4.8 POINT REPAIR The engineer or his representative will determine if a point repair is necessary only after it has ' been demonstrated that a liner pipe cannot be pulled through the existing pipe. Payment will be made for each repair. The contractor will be expected to remove the obstruction and clear the pipe. If removing the top , of the existing pipe will accomplish the removal of the obstruction, the bottom of the existing pipe should remain in place to form a cradle for the liner. 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 , ' ' 46.4.9 CLEAN UP OPERATI�NS All materials not used in the backfilling operation shall be disposed of aff site by the contractor. Finish grading shall be required. In locations other than street right-of-ways, the surface shall be graded smooth and sodded with the same kind of grass as the existing lawn. �xcavation points in street right-of-ways shall be repaired as specified by the engineer. C�S+��11,�L�Is�iC�1 `�[►��]:� 1�] �i'��I l i 17 ��]; I��7:� 1-�T�:11-=3 =3-� �7� 1» 47.1 SCOPE This specificatian designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic (spiral wound) pipe with integral wall bell and spigot joints for the conveyance of storm water. 47.2 MATERIALS All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with specifcation for "Paly (Vinyl Chloride) (AVC) Large Diameter Ribbed Gravity Storm Sewer Pipe and Fittings Based on Controlled Inside Diameter". The pipe and fittings shall be made of PVC plastic. 47.3 PIPE The bell shall consist af an integral wall section. The solid cross section fiber ring shall be factory assembled on the spigot. Sizes and dimensions shall be as shown in this specification. 5ectionIV.doc Page 93 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V - Technical Specifications Standard laying lengths shall be l 3 ft. + 1 inch. At manufacturer's option, random lengths of not more than I 5% of total footage may be shipped in lieu of standard lengths. . , I•71�II�C�.'�'�'��'��'i. Joints shall be either an integral be11 gasketed joint. Whcn the joint is assembled according to manufactures recommendation it will prevent misalignment of adjacent pipes and form a silt tight joint. 47.5 FITTINGS All fittings and accessories shall be as manufactured and furnished by the pipe supplier ar approved equal and have bell and/or spigot configurations compatible with that of the pipe. 48 GUNITE SPECIFICATIONS 48.1 PRESSURE INJECTED GROUT Pressure injected grout shall be of cement and water and shall be proportioned gen�rally in the ratio of 1..5 (one and ane hal fl cubic foot (one and one half bags) of cement to 1(one) cubic foot (7.50 gal.) of water. This mix shall be varied as the grouting proceeds as is necessary to provide penetration in the operator's judgment. Cement shall be Portland Cement confarming to all of the requirements of the Aniaerican Soci�ty for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, latest edition serial designation C 1 SO for Portland Cement, Type I. �'ortland Cement shall weigh not less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Water used in the grout shall be tresh, clean and free from injurious amounts of oil, alkali, vegetable, sewage and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. Grout purnp shall be of t}ae positive displacement type and shall be capable of producing adequate pressure to penetrate the area. All pressure grouting will be at the direction of the EngineEr. 48.2 REHABILITATION �F CORRUGATED METAL PIPE WITH GUNITE Guniting shall conform to all requirements of "Specifications for Materials, Proportioning, and Application af Shotcrete (ACl 506.2 7'7)" published by the �merican Concrete lnstitute, Detroit, Michigan, except as modi�ed by thase specifications. Steel reinforcement shall be incorporated in the Gunite as required and shall be furnished, bent, set and placed in accardance with the provisions of these specifications. The purpose of this speci�cation is to obtain a dense and durable concrete having the specified strength. 48.3 COMPOSITI�N Gunite shall be compased of Portland Cement, aggregate and water so proportioned as to produce a concrete suitable for pneumatic application. SectionIV.doc Page 94 of 128 4/I 1/2011 � , ' ' � � 1 1 1 ' ' 1 ' � , ' ' , ' 1 , Section IV — Technical Specifications 48.4 STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS ' Concrete ingredients shall be selected, proportioned in such a manner as will produce concrete which will be extremely strong, dense and resistant to weathering, and abrasion. Concrete shall have a minimum 28-day strength of 4,000 psi. 1 , 1 � �� 48.5 MATERIALS Portland Cement: Cement shall be Portland cement canforming to all of the requirements of the American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C150 for Portland Cement, Type I. A bag af cement shall be deemed to weigh nat less than 94 pounds per cubic foot. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate shall be natural siliceous sand consisting of hard, clean, strong, durable and uncoated particles, conforming to the requirements of American Society for Testing Materials Standard Specifications, Latest Serial Designation C33 for Concrete Aggregates. Fine aggregate shall not contain less than 3% nar more than 6% of moisture. Fine aggregate shall be evenly graded from fine ta coarse and shall be within the following ��m�ts: Passing No. 3/8 Sieve ' Passing No. 4 Sieve Passing No. 8 Sieve Passing No. 16 Sieve ' Passing No. 30 Sieve Passing No. 50 Sieve Passing No. ] 00 Sieve ' � ' 1 ' 48.6 WATER 1�0% 95% to 100% 80% to l 00% so�ip ta xS�ra 25% to 60% ] 0% to 30% 2% to l 0% Water used in mixing, at the nozzle shall be fresh, clean, and free fram injurious amounts of oil, acid, alkali, vegetable, sewage, and/or organic matter. Water shall be considered as weighing 8.33 pounds per gallon. ' : :7�1►1��7:Z�]�►'il�i�l Steel mesh reinforcement shall be electrically welded, cold drawn, mild steel fabric conforming to the latest requirements of ASTM Standard Specifications, S�rial Designation A 185 for Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. M�sh can be fabricated from cald drawn steel wire conforming to the requirements of the latest ASTM Standard Speci�cations, Serial Designation A 82 and sized as shown on Plans Page 7 of 7. 48.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS Cement shall be stared with adequate provisions for the prevention of absorption of moisture. it ' shall be stared in a manner that will permit easy access for inspection and identification of each shipment. 1 ' � Aggregate shall be stockpiled at points selected to provide maxitnum drainage and to prevent the inclusion of any foreign material during rehandling. SectionIV.doc Page 95 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV —Technical Specitications 48.9 SURFACE PREPARATION I]nsound rnaterials of construction and all coated, scaly, or unsound coneretc in manholes and inlets shall be removed by chipping with pneumatic hammers and chisels ta sound surface, all cracks and cavities shall be chipped to such formation that their sides form approximately a 45 degree angle to the exposed surface for at least on� (1) inch in depth. All areas to receive pneumatic concrete shall be cleaned by flushing or scouring with water and compressed air jets to assure removal of all loose particles. All areas of existin� surfaces that do not require chipping shall be given a wet sandblasting with the gunite equipment and the air pressure at the cement gun shall not be less than SO psi. Surface preparation of existing metal surface of a corrugated pipe shall be lightly sandblast�d ta remove loose mat�rial. All sandblasted areas shall then be cleaned by a air/water blast to remove all particles from the cleaning operation. To insure perfect bond, the newly sandblasted surface shall be thoroughly moistened with water prior to application ofgunite. In no instance shall gunite be applied itt an area where free running water exists. 48.10 PROPORTIONING Prior to start of guniting the Contractor shall submit to the Owner the recommended mix as a ratio of cement to aggregate. Recommended mix shall be on the basis of test data fram prior experience. Provided data submitted is adequate no further testing of recomrnended mix will be required. If required, the Contractor shall provide all equipment necessary to control the actual amounts of all materials entering into the concrete. The types of equipment and methods used for measurin� materials shall be subject to approval. C��3�fl�i � 1�1 � �:� �►L�' Gunite shall be thoroughly mixed by machine and then passed through a sieve to remove all large particles be�ore placing in hopper of the cement gun. The mixture shall not be permitted to become damp_ Each batch should be entirely discharged before recharging is begun. The mixer should be cleaned thoroughly enough to remove all adher�nt mate,rials from the mixing vanes and from the drum at regular intervals. Water in any amount shall not be added to the mix before it enters the cement gun. Quantities of water shall be controlled by a valve at the nozzle of thE gun. Water cantent shall be adjusted as required for proper placement, but shall in no case exceed four gallons of water per sack of cement, includin� the water contained in the aggregate. Rernixing or tempering shall not be permitted. Mixed material that has stood 45 minutes without being used shall be discarded. Rebound materials shall not be reused. 48.12 APPLICATION Gunite sha11 not be placed on a frazen surface nor during freezing weather. Gunite shall not be placed when it is anticipated that the temperature during the following 24 hours wil] drop below 32 d�grees, Fahrenheit. Sequence o�application may be from bottom to top or vice versa if rebound is properly rennoved. Corners shall be filled first. "Shooting" shall be frorn an angle as near perpendicular to the SectionIV.doc Page 96 of 128 4/11/2011 � � ' 1 ' , 1 �J ' ' , � ' , 1 ' , � � , ' 1 , 1 ' 1 1 , ' 1 ' 1 , ' � 1 ' ' Section IV —'Technical Specifications surface as practicable, with the nazzle held approximately 3 feet from the work (except in confined control). If the flow of material at the nozzle is not uniform and slugs, sand spots, or wet sloughs result, the no2zlernan shall direct the nozzle away from the work until the faulty conditions are corrected. Such defects shall be replaced as the work progresses. Guniting shall be suspended if: 1. t�ir velocity separates the cement from the sand at the nozzle. 2. Temperature approaches freezing and the newly placed gunite cannot be protected. Gunite shall be applied in one or more layers ta such total thickness as required to restore the area as detailed over the original lines of the adjoining surface, unless other wise specified. All cavities, depressians, washouts and similar failures shall be rebuilt to original lines by use of gunite reinforced with wire mesh. Where the cavity exceeds 4 inches in depth a layer of inesh shall be used for each 3 inches of d�pth of gunite. In no case shall wire mesh be placed behind existing reinforcement. The time interval between successive layers in sloping vertical or overhanging work must be sufficient to allow initial but not �nal set to develap. At the time the initial set is developing, the surface shall be cleaned to remove th� thin �lm of laitance in order to provide a perfect bond with succeeding applicatians. 48.13 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS Construction joints or day's wark joints shall be sloped of� to a thin, clean, regular edge, preferably at a 4S-degree slope. Sefore placing the adjoining work, the slope portion and adjacent gunite shall be thoroughly cleaned as necessary, then moistened and scoured with an air jet. Cf:3�iL�-'��1:7y_[��1►1E-'�:I Nozzleman shall bring the gunite to an even plane and to well formed corners by working up to ground wires or other guides, using lower placing velocity than normal. After the body coat has been placed, the surface shall be trued with a thin edge screed to r�move high areas and expose low areas. Low areas shall be properly filled with concrete to insure a true, flat surface. After the concret� surface has been trued, the entire surface shall be �iven a flashcoat finish except where a special type finish is speci�ed on the drawings. 48.15 CURING Curing shall be in accordance with either paragraph 3.7.1(d) or paragraph 3.7.5. of ACI 506.2 77 depending upon atmaspheric condition. 48.16 ADJACENT SURFACE PROTECTION During progress of the work, where appearance is impartant, adjacent areas or grounds which may be permanently discolared, stained, or atherwise damaged by dust and rebound, shall be adequat�ly protected sensitive areas, when contacted, shall be cleaned by early scraping, brushing or washing, as the surroundings permit. SectionIV.dce Page 97 of 128 4/11/201 I Section N — Technical Specitications 48.17 INSPECTION Because of the irnportance of workmanship affecting the c�uality of the gunite, continual inspection during placing shall be maintained. Any imperfectians discovered shal I be cut out and replaced with sound material. 48.18 EQUIPMENT Cement Gun: The mixing and delivering equipment shall be either the vertical double chamber type or rotary type. The upper chamber of the double chamber type shall receive and pressurize the dry mix and deliver it to the lower chamber. The lower chamber shall f`orce the pressurized mix into the delivery hose by means of a feed wheel. The type of feeder utilized should be of sufficient capacity that the lower chamber xnay continuously furnish all required material to the delivery hose while the upper chamber receives the rechar�e. The rotary type cement gun shall have an enlarged hopper to feed material into a rotating multiparted cylinder. Material shall fall by gravity into a port which shall then be rotated to a position in which the material is expelled by air into a moving stream of air. All equipment must be kept in good repair. The interior of drums, feed gearing and valves shall be cleaned as often as necessary (at least once every 8 haur shift) to prevent material from caking on critical parts. Nazzle: Nozzle shall be the premiacing type with perforated water feed ring inside the nazzle. The maximum length of material hose for the application of gunite shall be approximately I50 feet although it shall be permissible ta use as much as 800 feet of material hose if the supply air pressure measured at the cement gun is increased to maintain proper velocity. The following table gives reyuirements for compressor size, hose size and air pressure using 150 feet of material hose: Comp. Cap Max. Hose Dia. Max. Size Nozzle Min. Air Press. (cfm) (�n.) (In.) (psi) 365 1 5/8 1 5/8 60 600 2 2 80 750 2 1/2 2 1/2 90 For each 25 feet of material hose used in excess of 150 feet, the required air pressure shall be increased by 5 psi. Air Compressor: Any standard type of compressor shall be satisfactory if it is of suf�'icient capacity to provide, without interruption, the pressures and valume of air necessary for the longest hose delivery. The air compressor capacity determinations shall include allowances rnade for the air consumed in blowing rebound, cleaning, reinforcing and for incidental uses. Cornpressor equipment shall be of such capacity so as to insure air pressures at the special mixer capable of producing the required material velocities. Water Supply: The water pressure at the discharge nozzle should be su�ciently greater than the operating air pressure to assure the water is intirnately mixed with the other materials. If the line water pressure is inadequate, a water pump or pressurized tank shall be introduced into the line. The water pressure shall be uniformly steady (nonpulsating). SectionlV.doc Page 98 of 128 4/11/20] 1 ' �� ' ' ' �'I 1 ' , �� 1 ' �l 1 ' � ' � � , 1 1 ' ' ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 49 SANITARY AND STORM MANH�LE LINER RESTORATION 49.1 SCOPE AND INTENT It is the intent of this portion of the specification to provide for the structural rehabilitatian of manhole walls and bases with solid preformed liners and made-in-place liner systems used in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and these specifications. ln addition to these specifications, the Contractor shall comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for work. Purpose af work is to eliminate infiltration, provide corrosion protection, repair voids and to restore the structural integrity of the manhole. For any particular system the Contractor will submit manufacturer's technical data and applicatian instructions. All OSHA regulatians shall be met. 49.2 PAYMENT , Payment for liners shall be per vertical foot of liner installed from the base to the top of the installed liner. Liners will generally be installed to the top of existin� or new corbels. No separate payment will be made for the f�llawing items and the cost af such work shall be included in the � pay item per linear foot of liner: Bypass pumping; Tra�ic Control; Debris Disposal; Excavation, including necessary pavement removal; Shoring and/or dewatering; Structural fill; Backfill and campaction; Grout and mortar; Brick; Resetting of the manhole ring and cover; Pipe extensions ' and connectors necessary to the installation; Replacement of unpaved roadway and grass or shrubbery plot; Replacement of roadway base and asphalt surface; and Appurt�nant wark as required for a complete and operable system. 1 1 ' � ' 1 1 1 1 ' 49.3 FIBERGLASS LINER PRODUCTS 49.3.1 MATERIALS 49.3.1.1 LINERS Liners shall be fiberglass engineered to meet or exceed AASHTO H 20 loading of 16,000 paund vertical wheel load. Manhole liners are to be of the integral corbel design unless otherwise stipulated. Manhole liners are to be as large in diameter as will fit into the existing manhole. The contractor shall measure the existing manhale immediately prior to ordering materials and is solely responsible for the fitting of the Hner. Contractor will be required to submit factory certification for fiberglass liners. The manhole liner shall meet all requirements of ASTM D 3753. �'��i�iiL*I:��T:� Mortar shall be composed of one part Portland Cement Type I and between two and three parts clean, well graded sand, 100% of which shall pass a No. 8 sieve. �49.3.1.3 GROUTING Grouting shall be a concrete slurry of four bags af Portland Cement Type II per cubic yard of clean, well graded sand. SectionlV.doc Page 99 of 128 4l11/2011 Section TV — Technical Specitications 49.3.2 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION Excavate an area around the top of the existing manhole sufficiently wide and deep for the removal of the manhole ring and corbel section. Remove the frame and cover and corb�l section without damaging the existirag manhole walls. Care is to be taken not to allow brick or sail to fall into the existing manhale. Rernove or reinsert loose brick which protrude more than one inch from the interior wall of the manhole and which could interfere with the insertion of the fiberglass liner. If the shelf of the manhole invert is not level around the perimeter, form a flat shelf with mortar. Cut the liner to the proper length_ Cutauts in the manhole shall be made to accommodate existing inlet and outlet pipes, drops and cleanouts. Lower the liner into the existing manhale and set the bottom of the liner into quick setting grout. Dbtain a goad bottom seal to prevent the loss of grout from the annular space between the outside of the liner and the inside wall of the existing zaaanhole. Set the Nner as nearly vertically as possible. Pour six inches of quick setting grout above the initial bottom seal in the annular void to insure an adequate bottom seal. Bridge the gap from drops, laterals, force mains, cleanouts and all existing piping between the existing manhale wall and the new manhole liner with P.V.C. pipe. Use c�uick setting mortar to seal the area around the manhole liner and piping. �ill the annular space between the manhole liner and the existing manhole interior walls with grout. Care must be taken not to def7ect the manhole liner due to head pressure. Set the existing manhole ring and cover using brick to make elevation adjustments as needed. Observe watertightness and repair any visible leakage. Back�ll around the new liner and compact the backfill. Sod the disturbed area. Match existing sod. Where manholes fall in paved areas, disturbed base shall be replaced twice the original thickness and compacted in 8" layers. Asphalt shall be replaced with 1 1/2" of Pinellas County Type II surface. 49.4 STRONG SEAL MS-2 LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM This speci�cation shall govern all work to spray apply a monolithic fber reinforced cementitious liner to the wall and bench surfaces of brick, concrete or any other construction rnaterial; Strong Seal MS 2 product. Described are procedures for manhole preparation, cleaning, application and testing. The applicator must be approved, trained and certified as having successfully completed factory training. The applicator/cantractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and materials for applying the Strong Seal MS 2 product directly to the contour of the manhole to form a structural cementitious liner of a minimum 1/2" thickness using a machine specially designed for the application. All aspects of the installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and with the following specifications which includes: 1. The elimination of active infiltration prior to making the application. 2. The removal of any loose and unsound material. SectionIV.doc Page 100 of 128 1 1 1 1 � ' , � 1 � 1 ' � ' ' ' 1 a�r iiaoi i ' ' ' l� ' 1 Section IV --Technical Specifications 3. The spray application of a pre blended cementitious mix to form a monolithic liner irt a 2 coat application. 49.4.1 MATERIALS 49.4.1.1 PATCHING MIX Strong Seal shall be used as a patching mix accarding ta the manufacturer's recommendations ' and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (ASTM C-109) ] S min., 200 psi 6 hrs., 1,400 psi , 2. Shrinkage (ASTM C-596) 28 days, 150 psi 3. Sond (ASTM C-952) 28 days, 150 psi ' ' 1 ' 4. Cement 5. Density, when applied _-��l`1�1��:7_��C•7`[�I+7►��:Z�7� Sulfate resistant 105 +/- 5 pcf Strong Plug shall be used to stop minor water infiltration according to the manufacture's recommendations and shall have the following minimum requirements: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C-109) - 600 psi, 1 hr.; ] 000 psi 24 hrs. 2. Bond (ASTM C-952) - 30 psi, 1 hr.; 80 psi, 24 hrs. 49.G GROUTING MIX Strong-Seal Grout shall be used for stopping very active infiltration and filling voids according ' to the manufacture's recommendations. The grout shall be volume stablE, and have a minimum 28 day cornpressive strength of 250 psi and a 1 day strength of 50 psi. ' ' , ' ' 1 ' , 49.7 LINER MIX Strang Seal MS 2 shall be used to form the monolithic liner covering all interior manhole surfaces and shall have the follawing minimum requirements at Z$ days: 1. Compressive strength (ASTM C 109) 3,�00 psi 2. Tensile strength (ASTM C 496) 300 psi 3. Flexural strength (ASTM C 78) b00 psi 4. Shrinkage (ASTM C 596) 0% at 90% R.H. 5. Bond (ASTM C 952) 130 psi 6. Density, when applied 105 + pcf Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at the Job site. Bag weight shall be 50 51 pounds and contents shall have dry bulk density of 54 to 56 pounds per cubic foot. Fiberglass rods which are contained in the product shall be alkaline resistant and shall be 1/2" to 5/8" long with a diameter af 635 to 640 microns. Products shall, in the un mixed state, have a lead content not greater than two percent (2%) by weight. SectionlV.doc Page 101 of 128 4/11/2011 Section IV —Technical 5pecitications Strong Seal MS 2C shall be mad� with Calcium Aluminate Cement and shall be used according to the manufacturer's recommendations in applications wl�ere there is evidence of severe sulfrde conditions. Product must be factory blended requiring only the addition of water at job site. Bag weight shall be 50-51 pounds and contents must have a dry bulk density of 50 56 pounds per cubic foot_ Cement content must be 65%-75% of total weight of bag. One bag of product when mixed with correct amount of water must have a wet density of 95 108 pounds per cubic foot and must yield a minimum of .67 cubic foot of volume. Fiberglass rods must be alkaline resistant with rod len�ths not less than 1/2" in length nor greater than 5/8" in height. Product shall not include any basic ingredient that exceeds maximum allowable EPA limit for any heavy metal. Manufacturer must provide MSDS sheets for product(s) to be used in reconstruction process. A two coat application of liner material will be required (no excepCions) with the �rst coat rough troweled to force materials into cracks and crevices to set the bond. The second coat to be spray applied to assure minimum 1/2" thickness after troweling or brush finishing to a arelatively smooth finish. 49.8 WATER Shall be clean and potable. 49.9 OTHER MATERIALS No other material shall be used with the mixes previously described without prior approval or recoxnmendation from the manufacturer. 49.10 EQUIPMENT A specially designed machine consisting of an optimized progressive cavity pump capable of producing a minimum of 250 psi pumping pressure, contra blend mixer with twin ribbora paddles with discharge, and an air system for spray application of product. Equipment must be complete with water storage and metering system. Mixer and pump is to be hydraulically pawered. Equipment is to be mounted to heavy duty construction tandem axle road worthy trailer complete with electric brakes and running lights. Internal coznbustion engine must be included to power the hydraulic systerxa and air compressor. 49.11 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.11.1 PREPARATION l. Place boards over inverts to prevent extraneous material from entering the sewer lines and to prevent up stream line frona flooding the manhole. 2. All foreign rnaterial shall be removed from the manhole wall and bench using a high pressure water spray (minimum 1,200 psi). Loose a�d protruding brick, mortar and SectionIV.doc Page 102 of 128 4/11/2011 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 , 1 1 ' ' ' 1 ' ' 1 ' 1 , 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' ' 1 Section IV —Technical SpecificaGons concrete shall be removed using a mason's harramer and chisel and/or scraper. Fill any large voids with quick setting patching mix. Active leaks shall be stopped using quick setting specially formulated mixes according to the manufacCurer's recommendations. Some leaks may require weep holes to localize the infiltration during the applicatian after which the weep holes shall be plugged with the quick setting mix prior to the final liner application. When severe infiltration is present, drilling may be reyuired in order to pressure grout using a cementitious grout. Manufacturer's recommendations shall be followed when pressure groutin� is required. 4. Any bench, invert or service line repairs shall be made at this time using the quick setting mix and following the manufacturer's recommendations. 5. After all preparation has been completed, remove all laose material. 49.11.2 MIXING For each bag of product, use the amount of water specified by the manufacturer and mix using the Spray Mate Model 35C or 35D equipment for 30 seconds to a minute after all materials have been placed in the mixing hopper. Place the mix into the holding happer and prepare another batch with timing such that the nozzleman can spray in a continuous manner withaut interruption until each application is complete. 49.11.3 SPRAYING The surface, prior to spraying, shall be damp without noticeable free water droplets or running water. Materials shall be sprayed, applied to a tninimum uniform thickness to insure that all cracks, crevices and voids are �lled and a somewhat smooth surface remains a�ier light troweling. The light troweling is performed to compact the material into voids and to set the bond. Not before the first application has begun to take an initial set (disappearance of surface sheen which could be 15 minutes to 1 hour depending upon ambient conditions) is the second application made to assure a minimum total finished thickness of 1/2 inch. The surface is then traweled to a smooth finish being careful not to over trowel so as to bring additional water to the surface and weaken it_ A brush finish may be applied to the finished coat to remove trowel marks. Manufacturer's recommendation shall be followed whenever mare than 24 hours have elapsed between applications. The wooden bench covers shall be removed and the bench is sprayed such that a gradual slope is produces from the walls to the invert with the thickness at the edge of the invert being no less than 1/2 inch. The wall bench intersection shall be rounded to a uniform radius, the full circumference of the intersection. The final application shall have a minimum of four (4) hours cure time before being subjected to active flow. 49.11.4 PRODUCT TESTING At some paint during the application, at least four (4) 2 inch cubes may be prepared each day or from every 50 ba�s of product used, identified and sent, in accordance with the Owner's or Manufacturer's directions, far compression strength testing as described in ASTM C 109. 49.11.5 CURING ' Ambient manhole conditions are adequate for curing so long as the manhole is covered. It is imperative that the manhole be covered as soon as possible after the application has been completed. 1 SectionIV.doc Page 1�3 of 128 4/11/2011 ' Section IV — Technical Specifications 49.11.6 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhale may be vacuuna tested from the top of manhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugg�d, taking care to securely place Che plug from being drawn inta the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the s�al inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump of ten (1 Q) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut oi�: With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuum to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy �ve (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch dia�neter manholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. T�sts shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12 INNERLINE ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES LINER PRODUCT SYSTEM 49.12.1 SCOPE Materials and application procedures for manhole rehabilitation for the purpose of restoring structural integrity, providing corrosion resistance, and stopping infiltration by means of 1. Hydraulic grouting, where required, as a preliminary measure to stop high vo1ume infiltration 2. Hydrophilic grouting (positive side waterpraofing), where required, as follows: a. Hydrophilic faam-injected through wall of manhole to fll voids and/or b. Hydrophilic gel-injected through wall of manhole to stop active leaks 3. Cementitious waterproo�ng with crystallization (negative side waterproofing) 4. Calcium aluminate cement lining, minimum o�l/2 inch 5. Epoxy coating, minimum of 30 dry mils 49.12.2 MATERIALS �49.12.2.1 REPAIRING CEMENT A quick setting hydraulic cernent compound shall be used to plug all visible minor leaks and to instantly stop tnajor leaks, so that further waterproafing processes may proceed unhindered. The repairing cement shall be nonshrinking, nonmetallic, and noncorrosive. The compound shall have the following properties: Set Time Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 Compressive Strength ASTM -C ] 09 SectionlV.doc 1-3 minutes 1 day 510 psi 3 days 745 psi 2$ days S55 psi 1 day 3,125 psi 7 days 7,808 psi 28 days 9,543 psi Page 104 of 128 ' 1 ' 1 L_ J 1 , 1 1 1 1 , ' ' 1 1 1 an ii2o1 i ' t 1 1 C� IJ 1 Section IV —Technical Specitica[ions Flexural Strength ASTM C 78 49.12.2.2 HYDROPHILIC GR�UTING 1 day 410 psi 3 days 855 psi 2$ days 1,245 psi Based on conditions found in and around the manhole, the applicator shall pressure inject either ane or both of the following materials: 1. An expansive foam grout shall be used to stop major intrusion of water and fill cracks in and voids behind the structure's surface. Physical properties are as follows: , Tensile Strength Elongation Bonding Strength 380 psi ASTM D 3574-8b 400% ASTM D 3574-86 250-300 psi ' 2. A hydraphilic gel grout shall be used for soil stabilization behind the manhole-ta prevent seepage, to provide a damming effect, and to place a hydrostatic barrier around exterior of manhole. Physical properties are as fol lows: ' Density Tensile Strength Elongation ' Shrinkage Toxicity 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 49.12.2.3 WATERPROOFING 8.75-9.17 lbs/gal ASTM D-3574 l 50 psi ASTM D- 412 250% ASTM D-357� Less than 4% ASTM D-1042 Non Toxic A waterproofing component based an the crystallization process shall be applied. The system combines cementitious and silicate based materials that are applied to negative side surfaces to seal and stop leakage caused by hydrostatic pressure. A cortabination of five coats (using three coznponents-two powders and a special liquid) react with moisture and the constituents of the substrate to form the crystalline struciure. it becomes an integral part of the structure and blocks the passage of water. With moisture present, the crystallization process will continue for approxirnately six months. Upon completion the color will be light grey. Physical properties are as follows: SlandShear bond Strength to Calcium Aluminate Cement ASTM (to be given) 1,200 1,800 psi Tensile Strength (7 day cure) ASTM C 190 Permeability (3 day cure) CRD 48 55 49.12.2.4 CEMENT LINING 380 psi (2.b2 Ml'a) 325 psi (2.24 MPa) 8.1x10 licm/sec to 7.6x10 cm/sec at 100% RH at SO% RH A self bonding calcium aluminate cement shall be applied to restore structural integrity and provide corrosion resistance qualities. The cement (before adding fibers) shall have the following properties: Calcium Aluminate Cement 12 Hrs 24 Hrs 7 pays 28 Aays SectionIV.doc Page 105 of 128 4/I 1/2011 Section 1V —Technical Specifications Astm C 495 Compressive Strengrh, Psi 7000 ] 1000 12000 13Q00 Astm C 293 F7exural Strength, Psi ] 000 1500 180� 2000 Astm C 596 Shrinkage nt 90%Humidity -- �0.04 �0.06 �0.08 Astm C 666 Preeze-Thaw Aft 300 Cycle No 17amage Astm C 990 Pull - put Strength 200 - 230 Psi Tensilc Astm C 457 Air Void Content (717ays) 3% Astm C 497 Porosity/Adsorption Test 4- 5% Modules of Elasticity: 7.10 X 10 PSl after 24 Hars moist curing at 68 F. The calcium aluminate cement shall be reinforced with inert fibers which comply with ASTM C 1116 and ASTM C 1018, added at the rate of one pound per cubic yard of concrete. The mixture shall be applied to a thickness of at least one half inch, but no greater than two inches. It will have a dark grey color. 49.12.2.5 EPDXY COATING A high build, flexible waterproofing epoxy shall be applied to a minimum of 30 dry mils. This epoxy will seal structure from moisture and provide protective qualities to the surface, including excellent resistance to chemical attack and abrasion. The epoxy shall be l00% solids, can be applied to damp surfaces, cures to a tile like frnish, is easy to clean, and has no toxic fumes. Its uses include sewage treatment plants and other sewer structures. The epoxy shall have the following properties at 75 degrees F: Mixing Ratio (Parts A:B), by volume 1:1 Color (other colors available on request) Light Gray �'ot Life, hrs 1 Tensile Strength, psi, min 2,000 Tensile Elongation, % 10 —20 Water Extractable Substances, mg./sq. in., ►xaax 5 Bond Strength to Cement (ASTM 882) psi 1,800 49.12.2.6 CHEMICAL RESISTANCE Alcohols, Trichloroethylene, Nitric Acid (3%), Jet Fuels, Water, Sulfuric Acid (3% 10%), MEK, Wine, Sutyl Acetate, Beer, Lactic Acid (3%), Gasoline, Corn Oil, Aluminum Sulfate, Parafiiin Qil, Vegetable Juice, Sodium Chloride, Motor Oil, Hydrochloric Acid (3%), and many others. 49.12.3 INSTALLATION AND EXECUTION 49.12.3.1 PROCEDURAL OVERVIEW Work shall proceed as follaws: 1. Remove rungs (steps), if desired by client. 2. Clean manhole and remave debris. SeCtionlV.dOC a. Plug lines and/or screen out displaced debris. b. Apply acid wash, if necessary, to clean and degrease. c. Hydroblast and/or sand blast structure. Page 106 of 128 1 1 1 1 , 1 IrJ 1 1 ' �J , 1 ' � 1 1 4/11/2011 ' r � , 1 1 , 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 �� 1 1 1 Sectiqn iV — Technical Specifications d. Remove debris from work area. 3. Repair minor defects in walls, benches, and inverts, as required, with repairing cement. (Note: Major structural repairs, such as rebuilding of benches, will also be made as required by client. 4. I.nject hydrophilic grout through all surfaces, as needed, to eliminate infiltration. 5. Apply cementitious/crystallization waterproofing agents to all surfaces, rep�ating steps as needed. 5. Spray and/or hand apply calcium aluminate cement lining to all surfaces. 7. Spray apply epoxy coating to all surfaces. NOTE: Steps 1-5 shall be executed consecutively with minimal delays; calcium aluminate (Step b) shall require a cure time of at least twenty-four hours for needed adhesion of epoxy (Step 7) to cement lining. 49.12.3.2 PREPARATION An acid wash shall be used (if needed) to clean and degrease. Then, if the client desires, the rungs sha11 be removed. Next, the entire structure is thoroughly water and/or sand blasted to remove any loose or deteriorated material. Care shall be taken to prevent any loose material from entering lines and other areas by either plugging the lines ( where feasible) or insertin� protective screens. 49.12.3.3 STRUCTURAL REPAIR Hand place or spray apply hydraulic cement material as necessary to pcepared surface ta fill cracks and voids in structure. Allow twenty (20) rninutes before applying waterproafing/crystal lizati on. 49.12.3.4 INFILTRATION CONTROL Pressure injection of hydrophilic gel and hydrophilic foam_ l. Drill 5/8" holes through active leaking surface. 2. ]nstall all zert fittings, as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Inject material until water flow stops. 4. Remove .fittings (if necessary). 49.12.3.5 WATERPROOFING/CRYSTALLIZATION PROCESS I. Apply a slurry coat of pawder #1 to moist wall using a stiftbrush, forming an undercoat. 2. Apply dry powder #2 to slurry coat by hand. 3. Brush or spray on sealing liquid during the application to penetrate and initiate the crystal forming process. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3, until there are no visible leaks. 5. Apply powder #1 as an overcoat. 6. Allow one (1) hour to cure before applying cement lining. ' SectionIV.doc ' Page 107 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specifications 49.12.3.6 CEMENT LINING 1. Dampen surface. 2. Mix material in mixer as recommended for spray or hand trowel application. 3. Apply cement until required build up of at least one half inch (and no more than 2 inches) has been achiEVed. 4. Trowel to smooth finish, restoring contours of manhole. 5. Texture brush surface to prepare for epoxy fnish. 6. Allow for a 24-hour cure time prior to epoxy coating. NOTE: If conditions of heavy humidity prevail, a dry air blower shall be used to facilitate curing times. 49.12.3.7 EPDXY COATING Spray apply epoxy coating using airless spraying equipment until surface is visibly covered and a thickness of at least 30 mils has been achieved. Manhole may be safely entered after six (b) hours, as epoxy will be hardened. Full cure strength will be achieved at forty eight (4$) hours. 49.12.3.$ CLEAN UP The work crew shall remove all debris and clean work area. 49.12.3.9 MANHOLE TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE Manhole rnay be vacuum tested from the top of ttaanhole frame to the manhole base. All pipes entering the manhole shall be plugged, taking care to securely place the plug from being drawn into the manhole. The test head shall be placed and the seal inflated in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. A vacuum pump af ten (10) inches of inercury shall be drawn and the vacuum pump shut off. With the valves closed, the time shall be measured for the vacuurn to drop to nine (9) inches. The manhole shall pass if the time is greater than sixty (60) seconds ,for forty eight (48) inch diameter, seventy five (75) seconds for sixty (60) inches, and ninety (90) seconds for seventy two (72) inch diameter xaaanholes. If the manhole fails the initial test, necessary repairs shall be made. Retesting shall proceed until a satisfactory test is obtained. Tests shall be performed by the Contractor under the direction of the Project Engineer. 49.12.3.10 WARRANTY All ttaaterials and workmanship shall be warranted to the Owner for a period of five (5) years, provided that all the above mentioned repair steps are used. 50 PROJECT INFORMATION SIGNS This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 23 —�.ROJECT 1NFORMATION SIGNS. 51 IN-LINE SKATING SURFACING SYSTEM 51.1 SCOPE l. These specifications pertain to the application of the Plexiflor Color Finish System over recreational areas intended for In-Line Skating activities. The materials specified in the SectionlV.doc Page 108 of 128 1 , ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 1 �� 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 4/11/2011 ' ' 0 , , 1 1 1 , L._J L1 1 Section 1V —'�echnical $pecifications site plans shall be of colors indicated and for application over the Plexipave Acrylic Latex System. 2. The work shall consist of suitable cleaning and preparation of the surface ta assure a satisfactory bond of the system to the Existing surface. 3. All coverage rates are calculated prior to dilution. 4. Alexiflor ln-line Skating Surfacing System • 1 Coat ofAcrylic Resurfacer • 2 Coats of Fortified Plexipave • 2 Coats oiPlexiflor • Plexicolor Line Paint 51.2 SURFACE PREPARATIONS 51.2.1 ASPHALT Allow new asphalt to cure a minimum of 6 months. The surface must be checked for birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repaired with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. (Surfacing prior to six months may make the asphalt subject to indentation). 51.2.2 CONCRETE , Concrete shall have a waod float or broom finish. DO NOT PROVIDE STE�L TROW.EL FINISH. DO NOT USE CURING AGENTS �R CONCRETE HARDENERS. Allow the concrete to cure a minimum of 30 days. Acid Etch the entire surface with Concrete Preparer , according to California Specification Section ] 0.13. Check surface far birdbaths, cracks and other irregularities and repair with Court Patch Binder according to California Specification Section 10.14. 1 ' 51.2.3 COURT PATCH BINDER MIX Court Patch Binder Mix: 100 Lbs. #80-100 Mesh Silica Sand (dry) 3 gallons Couth Patch Binder 1 to 2 gallons Portland Cement. 51.3 APPLICATION OF ACRYLIC FILLER COAT ' 1. Application of the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix shall be applied to the clean, dry, level surfaces to receive the Plexiflor Surfacing System. The mix shall be applied according ta California Specification Section I0.8 using the following mix: ' ' ' 1 1 Acrylic Resurfacer Water (Clean and Potable) Sand (60-80 mesh) Liquid Yield 55 gallons 20-40 gallons 600-900 pounds 112-13$ gallans 2. Over asphalt surfaces, apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in ane or two coats (dependin� on surface porosity) at a rate of .OS -.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Non-coated concrete surfaces must be neutralized with concrete preparer and primed with California Ti-Coat according to Specification Section 10.17. The Acrylic Resurfacer Mix SectionlV.doc Page ]09 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V —'T'echnical Specifications must be applied within 3 hours of the TiCoat application while the primer is dry but still tacky to the touch. Apply the Acrylic Resurfacer Mix in one or two applications at a rate of .05-.07 gallons per square yard per coat. 51.4 APPLICATION OF FORTIFIED PLEXIPAVE After the filler coat application has dried, apply two coats of Forti�ed Plexipave at an undiluted rate of .OS-.07 gallons per square yard per coat using the following mix: Plexipave Color Base Plexichrome Water 51.5 PLEXIFLOR APPLICATION 30 gallans 20 gallons 20 gallons l. Plexiflor is factory premixed and ready to use from the container. The material may be diluted with one (1 ) part water to six (6) parts Plexiflor to improve flowability and provide uniform application. 2. Apply two coats of Plexiflor at a rate of .04-.OS gallons per square yard per coat. 3. Plexiflor is applied (in a similar manner to Plexipave) in windrows on the surface with sufficient quantity to cover as the squeegee is pulled over the surface. Apply anly light pressure to the squeegee. Do not allow ridges to form between passes of the squeegee. Ridges existing after material dries should require corrective action. 4. Plexiflor and its preliminary coatings should be allowed to thoroughly dry prior to application of subsequent coats. .�i�:�»_\'/I�CH�l►1'�� Four hours minimum after completion of the colar resurfacing, playing lines shall be accurately located, marked and painted with I'lexicolar Line Paint as specified by The National In-Line Hockey Association. E•�i�Sr]��1�;7_1� 1. The contractor shall remove all containers, surplus materials and debris upon completion of work leaving the site in a c1ean, orderly condition that is acceptable to the owner. Gates shall be secured and all containers shall be disposed of in accordance with Local, State and Federal regulations. 2. Materials specified for the Plexiflor System shall tee delivered to the site in sealed, property labeled arurns with Califarnia Products Corporation labels that are stenciled with the proper batch code numbers. Products packaged or labeled in any other manner will not be accepted. Mixing with clear, fresh water shall only be done at the job site. Caverage rates are based upon material prior to mixing with water as specified. 51.8 LIMITATIONS 1. Do not apply if surface temperature is less than SO°F or mare than 1 40°F. 2. Do not apply when rain ar high humidity is imminent. 3. Do not apply when surface is damp or has standing water. SectionIV.doc Pa�e 110 of 128 ' IL ] 1 1 1 ' 1 ' ' 1 L ' 1 ' ' ' ' 4/11/2011 ' 1 0 1 1 1 ' 1 1 Section 1V — 7'echnical Specifications 4. Plexiflor will not hide surface imperfections of previous coatings. 5. Keep from freezing. Do not store in the hot sun. 6. Keep containers tightly closed when not in use. 7. Plexiflor will not prevent substrate cracks from occurring. S. Plexiflor will mark slightly from normal use of some In-line Skates. 9. Coefficient of friction = 0.78 10. Coating Application Drying Time: 30 minutes to 1 hour at 70°F with 60% relative humidity. 11. Keep court clean. Excess dirt or foreign material can cause the surface to be slippery. In-Line hockey is a physical sport. Always wear NIHA recommended protective gear. ' 52 RESIDENT NOTIFICATION OF START OF CONSTRUCTION This article deleted. See SECTION III, ARTICLE 22 - RESIDENT NOTIFICATION O� STA.RT , �F CONSTRUCTION. 53 GABIONS AND MATTRESSES 1 53.1 MATERIAL , 53.1.1 GABION AND RENO MATTRESS MATERIAL 53.1.1.1 PVC COATED WIRE MESH GABIONS � MATTRESS�S ' Gabion & mattress basket units shall be of non-raveling construction and fabricated from a double twist by twisting each pair af wires through three half turns developing the appearance of� a triple twist. The galvanized wire core shall have a diameter of 0.1063 inches (approx. US gauge ' 12). All wire used in the fabrication af the gabion shall comply with or exceed Federal Specifications QQ-W-461 H, possess a maximum tensile strength of 70,O00 p.s.i. with a Finish S, Class 3 zinc coating in accordance with the current ASTM A-641. The weight of zinc coating ' shall be determined by ASTM A-90. The grade of zinc used for coating slaall be High Grade or Special High Grade, as prescribed in ASTM B-6, Table 1. Unifarmity of coating shall equal or exceed four 1-minut� dips by the Preece test, as determined by ASTM A-239. , , ' 1 ' ' The PVC coating shall be extruded and adhere to the wire core prior to weaving. The PVC coated wire shall be woven into a double twisted hexagonal mesh having uniform openings of 3 1/4 inches by 4'/z inches. The overall diameter of the mesh wire (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) shall be 0.14b inches. Selvedge and reinforcing wire shall be of heavily galvanized wire core, 0.1338 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 10), coated with 1'VC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire core plus PVC coating) of 0.173 inches. Lacing and connecting wire shall be of soft tensile strength (75,000 PSI max), heavily galvanized wire core, 0.087 inches in diameter (approx. US gauge 13 '/z), coated with PVC and having an overall diameter (galvanized wire care plus PVC coating) of 0.127 inches. The use of altemate wire fasteners shall be permitted in lieu of tie wire providing the alternate fastener produces a four (4) wire selvedge joint with a strength of 1200 ]bs. per linear foot while remaining in a locked and closed candition. Properly farmed interlocking fasteners shall be spaced from 4 to 6 inches and have a minimum 3/4 square inch inside area to praperly confine the required selvedge wires. Tiger-Tite se�c�o�av.ao� Page 111 of l28 4/11/2011 Section iV — Technical Specifications Interlocking Fasteners are an approved alternate joint material. The Interlocking Wire Fastener shall meet stainless stee] material specification ASTM A-313, Type 302, Class 1, or equal. All of the above wire diameters are subject to tolerance limit of 0.004 inches in accordance with ASTM A-b41. 53.1.1.2 PVC (POLYVINYL CHLORIDE) COATING The coating shall be gray in color and shall have a norninal thickness of 0.4216 inches but not less than O.OlS inches in thickness. The protective PVC plastic shall be suitable to resist deleterious effects from expasure to light, immersion in salt or polluted water and shall not show any material difference in its initial compound properties. The PVC compound is also resistant to attack frorn acids and resistant to abrasion. 1. Specific Gravity: a. According to ASTM D-2287 and ASTM D- 792; in the range af 1.30 to 1.34. 2. Tensile Strength: a_ According to ASTM D-142; not less than 2980 psi. 3. Modulus of Elasticity: a. According to ASTM D-412; not less than 2700 psi at 10�% strain. 4. Resistance to Abrasion: a. According to ASTM 1242; weight loss �12% (Method S). 5. Brittleness Temperature: a. Accarding to ASTM D-746, Procedure A; shall be at least 8.3 degrees centigrade below the minimum temperature at which the �abions will be handled or placed but not lower than -9.4 degrees centigrade. 6. Hardness: a. According to ASTM D-2240; shall be between 50 and 60 Shore D when tested. 7. Creeping Corrosion: a. Maximum corrosion penetration to the wire core from a square cut end section shall not be more than 25mtn when the specimen has been immersed for 2000 hours in a 50% SOLUTION HC1 (hydrochloric acid 12 Be). 53.1.1.3 ACCELERATED AGING TESTS Variation of the initial properties will be allowed, as speci,fied below, when the specimen is submitted to the follawing Accelerated Aging Tests: 1. Salt Spray Test: a. According to ASTM B-117 b. Period of test = 3000 hours. 2. Exposure ta ultraviolet rays: a. According to ASTM D-1499 and ASTM G-23 (Apparatus Type E). Period of test = 3000 hours at 63 degrees centigrada. SectionlV.doc Page 112 of 128 4/11/2011 1 ' , Section IV — Technical Specifications 3. Exposure to high temperature: a. Testing period: 240 hours at 105 degrees centigrade, when tested in accordance with ASTM D- 1203 and ASTM D-2287. ' 53.1.1.4 PROPERTIES AFTER AGING TESTS After the above Accelerated Aging Tests have been performed, the PVC compound shall exhibit th� following properties: ' ' 1 ' ' 1 ' ' , 1 ' , ' � ' 1. Appearance: a. The vinyl coating shall not crack, blister or split and shall not shaw any remarkable change in color. 2. Speci�c Gravity: a. Shall not show change higher than 6% af its initial value. 3. Durometer Hardness: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. 4 �•7 : fll Tensile Strength: a. Shall not shaw change higher than 25% of its initial value. Elongation: a_ Shall not show change higher than 2S% af its initial value. Modulus of Elasticity: a. Shall not show change higher than 25% of its initial value. Resistance to Abrasion: a. Shall not show change higher than 10% of its initial value. $. Brittleness Temperature: a. Cold Bend Temperature - Shall not be lower than -20 degrees centigrade. b. Cold Flex Temperature - Shall not be higher than +1$ degrees centigrade. 53.1.2 GABION AND MATTRESS FILLER MATERIAL: The filler stone shall be limestone from a source approved by the Engineer before delivery is startEd. R�presentative preliminary samples of the stone shall be submitted by the cantractor or supplier for examination and testing by the Engineer. The stone shall have a minimum specific gravity of 2.3 and be of a yuality and durability suf�icient to insure permanency in the structure. The individual stones shall be free ofcracks, seams, and other defects that would tend ta promate deterioration from natural causes, or which might reduce the stones to sizes that could not be retained in the gabion or mattress baskets. The stone shall meet the following physical requirements: • Absorption, rnaximum 5% • Los Angeles Abrasion (FM l OT096), maximum loss 45% • Soundness (Sodium Sulphate), (FM 1-T10�1), maximum loss 12% SectionlV.doc Page 113 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — Technical Specifications • Flat and elongated pieces, materials with least dimension less than one third of greatest dimension shall not exceed 5% by weight. All filler material shall be unifonnly graded between 4 inch and $ inch (equivalent spherical diameter) and shall be angular in form. Rounded stones shall not exceed 10% of the stane, by weight and 70% of the stone, by weight, shall exceed the largest dimension of the mesh opening. 53.1.3 MATTRESS WIRE Mattress wire shall conform to the same specifications as gabions except as follows: 1. 'T'he nominal diameter of the wire used in the fabrication of the netting shall be 0.0$66 inches minimum, subject to diameter talerance in accordance with the current ASTM A 641, Table 3. 2. All wire shall be galvanized according to ASTM A 641, Table 1. The minimum weight of the zinc coating shall be 0.70 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.0866 inch wire used for mesh and lacing and 0.80 ozs./sq. ft. for the 0.106 wire used for selvedge. 3. Adhesion af the zinc coating to the wire shall be capable of being wrapped in a close helix aC a rate not exceeding 15 turns per minute around a cylindrical steel mandrel having a diameter 3 times the nominal wire diameter being tested. After the wrap test is completed, the wire shall not exhibit any cracking or flaking of the zinc coating to such an extent that any zinc can be removed by rubbing with bare f ngers. 53.1.4 GEOTEXTILE �ABRIC Fabric shall conform to FDOT Standard Index 199, Type D-2, and FDOT Standard Specifications, 1996 edition, Section 985. ��,�:7Yi]:7►�i/_1►C�]=1 Gabions and Reno Mattresses shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. Fabrication of gabion baskets shall be in such a manner that the sides, ends, lid and diaphragms can be assembled at the construction site into rectangular baskets of the sizes specified and shown on the Drawings. Gabions and mattresses shall be of single unit construction; the base, lid ends and sides shall be either waven into a single unit or one edge of these members connected to the base section of the gabion in such a manner that the strength and flexibility at the connecting point is at least equal ta that of the mesh. Where the length of the gabion and mattress exceeds one and one-half its horizontal width, they shall be equally divided by diaphragms of the same mesh and gauge as the mattresses shall be furnished with the necessary diaphragms secured in proper position on the base so that no additional tying is required at this juncture. The wire mesh is to be fabricated so that it will not ravel. This is defined as the ability to resist pulling apart at any of the twists or connections forming the mesh when a single wire strand in a section of inesh is cut. Each gabion or mattress shall be assembled by tying all untied edges with binding wire. The binding wire shall be tightly looped around every other mesh opening alon� seams sa that single and dauble loops are alternated. A line of empty gabions shall be placed into position according to the contract drawings and binding wire shall be used to securely tie each unit to the adjoining one along the vertical reinforced edges and the top selved�es. The base of the empty gabions placed on top of a filled line of gabions shall be tightly wire to the latter at front and back. SectionlV.doc Page 114 of 128 4/11/2011 C� 1 1 � �J L1 fl J 1 i 1 ' ' , , ' ' ' ' , , ' Section IV — Technical Specifications To achieve better alignment and finish in retaining walls, gabion stretching is recornmended. ' Connecting wires shall be inserted during the filling operation in the following rnanner: Gabions shall be filled to one third full and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite faces of each cell at one third height. The gabion shall then be filled to two thirds full , and one connecting wire in each direction shall be tightly tied to opposite face af each cell at one two third height. The cell shall then be filled to the top. , �� ' Filler stone shall not be dropped more than 12" into the gabions and mattresses. Geotextile fabric shall be installed at locations shown in the Drawings. The surface to receive the cloth shall be prepared to a relatively smooth condition free of obstructions which may tear or cut the clath. The panel shall be overlapped a minimum of 30 inches and secured against movement. Cloth damaged or displaced during installatian, gabion work, or backfill shall be replaced or repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer at the contractor's expense. The work shall be scheduled so that the fabric is not exposed ta ultraviolet light more than the manufacturer's recommendations or five days, whichever is less. 54 LAWN MAINTENANCE SPECIFICATIDNS 54.1 SCOPE ' To remove trash and debris from landscape and paved area; maintenance and fertilization of plant beds and landscape materials; maintenance, repair, and operation of irrigation systems; ornamental pest control; palm pruning; maintenance of tra�ic; and the cleaning of hard surfaces , at designated areas. The Contractar is to work with the City in coordinating maintenance activities and reporting irregularities in the work zone. ' ' 1 ' , 1 1 1 ' The Contractor(s) will provide the labor and materials required to maintain the landscaped street medians including: • Traffic safety and Maintenance of Tra�c; • Trash and debris removal fram the job site; • Removal of weeds in landscaped areas and hard surfaces; • Proper trimming and pruning of landscape plants and palms; • Aroper fertilization and pest contral of landscape and palms (may be subcontracted); • Irrigation service and repair; • Mulch replacement; � Cleaning of hard surfaces; and the • Reporting of irregularities at the job site. 54.2 SCHEDULING OF WORK The Contractor(s) shall accomplish all landscape maintenance required under the contract between the hours of 6:30 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. Monday through Saturday, excluding observed holidays. The City may grant, on an individual basis, permission to perform contract maintenance at other haurs. All work shall be completed in a continuous manner, that is the cleanup, weeding, trimming, etc., be completed before leaving the job site. SectionlV.doc Page 115 of 128 4/11/2U] 1 Section IV —7'echnical Specifications 54.3 WORK METHODS 54.3.1 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULING The Contractor(s) will adhere to a work schedule provided by the City (see Level of Service). Any variations to that schedule, requested by either party, must be approved, �ither verbally or in writing by an authorized representative of the other party. 54.3.2 DUTIES PER SERVICE VISIT The contractor(s) shall provide the following service at each scheduled visit to the designated location: 54.4 LITTER Remove trash and debris from the area to be maintained. Proper disposal of collected trash and debris is a requirement of the contractor. Extraordinary amounts of debris caused by hurricanes, tornadoes, vandalism, etc., would be the responsibility of the City to c1ean up. The contractor should report such accumulations of debris when they are encountered. Bids for the extrao,rdinary cleanup from the contracCor would be considered. 54.5 VISUAL CHECK The site should be checked for irre�ularities, such as irrigation leaks, vehicle damage, dead or damaged plant material, vandalism, ete., which should be reported to the City within 24 hours after providing the service. 54.fi PLANT TRIMMING AND PALM PRUNING All plant material should be trinnmed in a manner that promotes the natural shape and mature size of the particular specie. Trimming should be performed at intervals that will maintain plants in a neat appearance. Trimming should be performed to promote fullness of the plants, while maintaining height restrictions in Clear Sight Zones as established on the landscape plans. Plants shall be kept trimmed to the back of curb. Brown foliage shall be removed from Liriope. Palm pruning to be performed at least once per year, preferably in late June or 7uly following flower formatian, according to the following specifications: 54.7 PHOENIX SPECIES (CANARY DATE, INDIA DATE, PYGMY DATE, ETC.) Remove a11 descending fronds, to the base of the frond; all parallel and ascending fronds are to remain in order to leave a full, rounded head; seed heads may remain, but remave old faded heads that are encountered in the pruning process; remove loose frond boots; remove vegetation; such as strangler ftgs, Brazilian Pepper, Asparagus fern, etc., grawing in the frond boots or on the trunk. Provide the rounded, classic cut on all Medjool palm boots. No climbing spikes allowed on palrns. 54.8 DEBRIS REMOVAL All debris from pruning process is to be removed from the job site and disposed of by the contractor. Work sites should be left in a clean and neat appearance upon completion. SectionlV.doc Page 116 of 128 4/11/20l 1 � 1 1 , � � , ' � 1 , ' ' � � ' 1 1 � ' 1 ' 1 ' 1 , C� 1 1 5ection IV — Technical Specificalions 54.9 TRAFFIC CONTROL Aroper and safe work z�nes in vehicular traffic areas are to be set up and maintained by the contractor, according to the attached Maintenance ofTraffic specifications. 54.10 PEDESTRIAN SAFETY Contractor is responsible for maintaining safe work zones in areas where pedestrian and park users are present. The City reserves the right to limit the hours af operation in certain high pedestrian use areas. 54.11 PLANT FERTILIZATION All tree and plant material should be fertilized with the apprapriate amount of 20-6-12 sulfur coated, slow release, omamental fertilizer, three times per year. Applications should be made in mid-February, early 7une, and tnid-Septerr►ber, for the frst two years. Fertilizer types and amounts will change with requirements of maturing landscape materials. 54.12 WEED REMOVAL IN LANDSCAPED AREA Weeds should be removed on a regular basis in order to keep them from being visibly noticeable. Weed control with the use of appropriate herbicides is allowable, given they are properly applied by a certified applicator. Herbicide damage ta landscape material will be remedied by contractor at his/her expense_ 54.13 MULCH CONDITION Should be maintained at a thickness that will discourage weed growth as well as help retain soil moisture, usually 3 inches. 54.14 IRRIGATION SERVICE AND REPAIR ' Should be performed at each visit to assure the systems proper operation and timing. Drip tubing should be kept covered with mulch. Timer should be ehecked for proper time of day and operating schedule. Leaks or brealcs in the system should be repaired before the next scheduled system running time. All repairs which will be charged at $20.00 or more must be approved in ' advance by the city. Minor repairs, less than $20.00, should be billed to the City in addition to the rnonthly maintenance fee. ' 54.15 LAWN AND ORNAMENTAL PEST CONTR�L Should be performed by a properly licensed and certified applicator to keep pest populations at a ' less than damaging level. Landscape materials lost to or extensively darnaged by pests will be replaced by the contractor at the contractor's expense. Diazinon products are not to be used on City properties. 1 1 1 1 54.1 S PALM FERTILIZATION Apply three pounds of Magnesium sulfate and one pound of Potassiurn evenly, per tree, across the roat zone (typically within the dripline), annually in early February. SectionIV.doc Page 117 of 128 4/11/2011 Section 1V — "1'echnical Specifications 54.17 FREEZE PROTECTION The City will provid� a freeze/frost protection fabric for the Contractor to install over freeze/frast sensitive plants (Lantana and Pentas). 'f'he cavering material will be stored at a City facility (yet to be determined). Contractor will remave the covering material from storage arad install over the sensitive plants, securely fastening edges af the material to the ground per manufacturer's directions. The City will furnish metal pins needed for securing fabric to the ground. The City will notify the Contractor ane (1) day or twenty-four (24) hours minimum prior to the need to protect plarit material. After uses, the Contractor will prepare the fabric for storage and return it to the designated City facility. Protective covering shall be removed the following afternoon or remain in placed as dir�cted by the City. The City shall notify the Contractor by 11:00 a.m. about removing the cover or keeping it in place due to cantinued freezin� temperatures. The City may cancel the freeze protection event at any time prior to the end of the scheduled installation day (5:00 p.m.) The Contractor will be compensated for the number of hours mobilization or on-site work at the contracted rate per man-hour unit price. The Contractar shall provide a unit price far the installation and removal of the covering fabric on a per event basis, as well as an hourly rate per employee required. The City and contractor will coordinate appropriate irrigation operations with weather conditions. Should freeze/frost damage occur, the Contractor shall perform remedial work as per unit basis, as directed by the City. �•��iE:��/��*]�-9�:��/C�� This location is to be serviced weekly. Repairs to damage or vandalism to be made within 7 working days of reported irregularity. Weekly visits should occur no closer than six and no further than ten calendar days apart. 54.19 COMPLETION OF WORK Within 24 hours o� completing work ihe contractor shall notify the supervisor assign�d to monitor the contract either in person or by phone of said completion. It is acceptable to leave a phone message. However, to make certain the message is received, it is advisable to call between 6:30 a.m. — 7:30 a.m. or 2:30 p.m. — 3:00 p.m. 54.20 INSPECTI�N AND APPROVAL Upon receiving notification from the Contractor, the City shall inspect the serviced location the following business day. If, upon inspection, the work specified has not been campleted, the City shall contact the Contractor to indicate the necessary corrective measures. The Contractor will be given 48 hours from this notification to make appropriate corrections. If the work has been completed successfully then the City will pay for services billed. 54.21 SPECIAL CONDITIDNS 1. This location will be newly installed and under warranty by the installer for a six morath periad on plants and 12 month warranty on palms. Landscape installer will coordinate irrigation operation with the Maintenance contractor to assure adequate irrigation to the landscape materials. installer will alsa be responsible for the untying of palm heads/fronds as he feels appropriate. 2. All listed acreage ar square foatage figures are estixnates. SectionN.doc Page 118 of 128 � �� 1 ' ' � 1 ' ' 1 ' ' 1 1 1 ' ' 4/11/2011 ' 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' , 55 1 ' 1 1 1 1 1 Section 1V — Tcchnical Specifications 3. All maintenance shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with trade practices and standards which prevai) in the industry. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to any plant material or site #eature caused by the Contractor or his/her employees. The Contractor shall be notif ed in writing of the specific nature of the damage and cost of repair. The City shall, at its aption, invoice the Contractor for the payment, or reduce by the amount of the repairs the next regular payment to the Cantractor. 5. Occasionally circumstances (standing water, prolonged inclement weather, parked vehicles, etc.) may make all or portions of a locatian unserviceable during the regular schedule. The Contractor sha11 notify the City Supervisor of such occurrences, and shall schedule to perform the required maintenance to the location as soon as the pertaining circumstances are relieved. MILLING OPERATI�NS 55.1 EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION � MILLED SURFACE Unless otherwise noted in the specs, plans ar this Article, the milling operation shall be performed in accordance with Section 327 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). The Contractor shall notify the Project Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of all milling. 55.2 ADDITIONAL MILLING REQUIREMENTS l. If the milling machine is equipped with preheating devices, the contractor is responsible to secure any necessary permits, and for complying with all local, state and federal environmental regulations governing operation af this type of equipment. 2. All milled surfaces must be repaved within seven days from the time it was milled, unless otherwise noted in the contract documents. 3. .Prior to paving, all milled areas shall be swept with a Municipal type sweeper either of the vacuum or the mechanical type, that picks up and hauls off, dust and dirt (the Broom Tractor way of sweepin� is not be permitted). The sweeper must be equipped with its own water supply for pre-wetting to minimize dust. Moreover, the Contractor shall sweep debris off of sidewalks, driveways and curbs in addition to the roadways before leaving the job site. 4. In cases where concrete valley swales are present, the adjoining paverraent shall be milled to allaw for the new asphalt grade ta be flush with the contract surface. ' S. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing any asphalt that remains in the curb line and/or median curbs after the milling operation of a street is complete. The cost of this removal shall be included in the bid item for milling. ' 6. All radius returns on streets to be milled shall also be milled unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, with payment to be included in the bid item for milling. 7. Any leveling or base replacement reyuired after milling shall be applied to sectians of the , road as noted on the plans, or directed by the Engineer, per Section 330 of �'DOT's 2000 Standard Specifications far S-Type resurfacing projects or Section 330 (latest editian) for 1 SectionIV.doc ' Page 119 of 128 4/11/2011 Sectiqn TV —'1'eclmical Spccifications superpave resur�acing projects. The cost shall be included in the per ton unit cost for asphalt, unless otherwise noted in the project scope and plans_ 8. Any roadway base material exposed as a result of the milling operation shall be primed that same day (unless othet�vise direct�d by the Engineer) per Section 300 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Repairs requircd to said base that result from a failure to place the prime in a timely manner shall be done to the City's satisfaction, and at the Contractor's expense. No paving of the exposed base can commence until the City appraves the repaired base. The cost of said prime shall be included in the bid itet� for milling. 9. Prior to the placemerat of asphalt, the face of all curbs and driveways shal I be tacked after the milling operation is complete. 55.3 SALVAGEABLE MATERIALS All surplus existing materials resulting from milling operations shall remain the property of the City. The transparting and stockpiling of salvageable materials shall be perfortned by the Contractor. The Contractor shall contact the Public Services :Division at (727) 562-�950 to schedule delivery ofmaterial. 55.4 DISP�SABLE MATERIALS All surplus materials not claimed by the City shall become ihe property of the Contractor. The Contractor shall dispose of the material in a timely manner and in accardance with a1l regulatory requirernents in areas provided by the ContracCor at no additional expense to the City_ 55.5 ADJUSTMENT AND LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES All utilities and related structures requiring adjustment shall be IocaCed and adjusted by their owners at the owner's expense. The Contractor shall arrange his schedule to allow utility owners the time required for such adjustments (minimum 48 hours notice per State Statute). All utility adjustments shall be completed prior to the comznencement of milling and r�surfacing operations. 55.6 ADJUSTMENT OF UTILITY MANHOLES The necessary adjustments of sanitary sewer and stormwater utility manholes and appurtenances shall be accomplished by the Contractor in accordance with Section IV, Article 23.7 ofthe City's Technical Specificatians. 55.7 TYPES OF MILLING There are two types of milling used by the City: A. Wedge — This will consist of milling a six foot wide strip along the curb line of the pavement adjacent to the curb so the new asphalt will align with the original curb height and pavement cross sectian. B. Full Width — This will consist of milling the entire roadway (i.e. curb line/ed�e of pavement to curb line/edge of pavement). A11 existing horizontal and vertical geometry shall remain unless otherwise indicat�d or approved by the Engineer. SectionlV.doc Page 120 of 128 1 1 ' ' ' ' ' ' 1 ' CJ 1 � 1 1 1 1 4/11/Z011 � 1 ' ' Section IV —Technical Specifications 55.8 MILLING OF INTERSECTIONS , Intersections, as well as other areas (including radius returns) are to be milled and repaved to restore and/or improve the original drainage characteristics. Said work should extend appraximately 50 to l00 feet in bath directions from the low point of the existing swale. ' 55.9 BASIS �F MEASUREMENT 1 The quantity to be paid for will be the area milled, in square yards, completed and accepted. 55.10 BASIS OF PAYMENT ' The unit price for milling shall include: all materials, preparation, hauling, transparting and stockpiling of salvageable materials, dispasal of all surplus material, any required milling af radius returns and intersections, prime and/or tack coat either required or placed at Engineer's ' discretion, removal of asphalt from curbs, swEeping, labor, equipment, and all incidentals necessary to complete the milling in accordance with the plans and specifications. 1 1 C� ' ' ' ' 56 CLEARING AND GRUBBING The work included in this specification includes the remaval and dispnsal of all structures, appurtenances, asphalt, concrete, curbs, walls, trees, roots, vegetation, boulders, conduits, poles, posts, pipes, inlets, brush, stumps, debris and other obstructions resting on or pratruding through the gr'ound surface necessary to prepare the area for construction. Clearing and grubbing shall be performed in accordance with Sectian 110 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition). Unless otherwise speci�ed in the contract documents, the Contractor shall take awnership af all removed material and dispose af them aff-site in accordance with all Local, State and Federal Requirements. 5fi.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement sha11 be either a lump sum quantity or the number of acres cleared and grubbed as specified on the plans or directed by the Engineer. 56.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for clearing and grubbing shall include: all removal and disposal of materials and structures as well as all materials, hauling, equipment, tools, labor, leveling of terrain, Iandscape trimming and all incidentals necessary to complete the work. 57 RIPRAP ' The work included in this specification includes the construction of either sand-cement or rubble riprap as shawn on the plans. The riprap shall be constructed per Section 530 of FDOT's Standard Specificatians (lastest edition). , 1 ' ' 57.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT The basis of ineasurement for riprap shall be the volume of sand used in cubic yards for sand- cement, or the dry weight in tons for rubble. SectionlV.dac Page 121 of 128 4/1 ]/20] 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications 57.2 BASIS OF PAYMENT The pay item for sand-cement riprap shall include: all materials, testing, labor, graut, hauling, equipment, excavation, back.fill, dressing and shaping for placement of sand-cement and all incidentals necessary ta cornplete the work. ThE pay item for rubble riprap shall include: all materials, required bedding stone, dressing and shaping for place►�aent of bedding stone, filter fabric, testing, hauling, excavating, backfill, dressing and shaping for placement of rubble, and all incidentals necessary to complet� the work. No payment will be granted if concrete or stone that exists on-site is used as rubble riprap. 58 TREATMENT PLANT SAFETY This article applies to all City projects located at one of the City's Wastewater Treatment Plants (WWTP) or Potable Water Reservoirs. 58.1 HAZARD P�TENTIAL The Contractor shall be aware that hazardous materials are used at the WWTP's and the water reservoirs. These may include sodium hypochlorite, gaseous chlorine, sulfur dioxide and ammonia. Potential safety hazards associated with these substances include: • An accidental spill or release can impair respiratory functions and result in severe burns to the skin and eyes. At the pre-construction conference, the contracCor will be provided with a copy af the City of Clearwater Public Utilities Department Em�rgency Response Plan, and a copy of the applicable Material Safety Data Sl�eets. All employees of the contractor and sub-contractor assigned to this job shall be familiar with the cantent of these documents. 58.2 REQUIRED CONTRACTQR TRAINING Prior to issuance of a notice to proceed, the contractor must submit documentation regarding ernployee safety training relating to the items in Section A above. The documentation must include: • Verification that all employees assigned to this job have received and understood training in the proper work practices necessary to safely perform the job while working around gaseous chlorine and sulfur dioxide gas. • The date of the training, and • The means used to verify that the employee understood the training. 59 TRAFFIC SIGNAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS All traffic signal work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications (Sections b03 through 699), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes, but is not limited to, the following items: all necessary equipment, materials, guaranties, acceptance procedures, signal timings, field tests, grounding, conduit, signal and interconnect cable, span wire assemblies, pull and junction boxes, electrical power service assernblies, poles, signal assemblies, pedestrian assemblies, inductive loap detectors, SectionIV.doc Page 122 of 128 4/1 I/2011 ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 1 1 L' ' 1 1 LJ ' 1 1 ' 1 LJ 1 Section IV — Technical Specifications pedestrian detectors, traf�ic controller assemblies, contraller cabinets and accessories, removal of existing traffic signal eyuipment, and internally illuminated signs. All traffic signal installations shall be mast arms and c�nform to the requirements of FUOT's Mast Arm Assembly standard, and shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm calculations, as well as the geotechnical rep�rt, shall also be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the state of Florida. All mast arm colors shall be determined and approved by the City prior to ordering from the manufacturer. �111 traf�ic si�nal indicators for vehicles and pedestrians shall be LED's and, approved by both the City and FDOT. In additian to this, all pedestrian signal indicatars shall utilize countdown features. Contractor changes to the operation of an existing signal is PROHIBITED unless directed by the City's Tra�c Engineering Division. 59.1 BAS15 OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. 1 1 1 fi0 SIGNING AND MARKING All signing and marking work shall be performed per the latest edition of FDOT's Standard Specifications, unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. This specification includes the following work: RPM's (Section 706), painCed traffic stripes and markings (Section 71 p), thermoplastic stripes and markings (Section 711) and tubular delineators/flex posts (Sections 705 and 972). The Contractor is responsible to ensure that striping is correctly placed. Errors in striping or ' markings shall be "blacked-out" with paint, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. No payment will be made for these incorrect or "blacked-out" areas. Omissions in striping or markings shall be corrected to the City's satisfaction prior to any payment being made. ' 60.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The basis of ineasurement and payment shall be specified in the contract documents and/or plans ' and shall include all equipment, preparation, materials and incidentals required to complete the wark per the plans. 1 LJ 61 ROADWAY LIGHTING All roadway lighting shall be constructed per Sections 715 and 992 of FDOT's Standard Specifications (latest edition), unless otherwise specified in the contract documents and plans. 61.1 BASIS OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT ' The basis of tneasurement and payment shall be specifi�d in the contract documents and/or plans and shall include all eyuipment, materials, testing and incidentals required to complete the work per the plans. ' SectionIV.doc Page 123 oF 128 4/11/2011 n L Section N — Technical Specifications 62 TREE PROTECTION 62.1 TREE BARRICADES A. A protective barrier shall be placed around all protectad trees and palrns prior to land preparation or construction activities within or adjacent to the work zone, including all staging and/or lay down areas. Protective barriers shall be installed as follows: 1. At or greater than the full dripline of all species of Mangroves and Cabbage Palms. 2. At or greater than the full dripline or all protected native pine trees and other conifer species. 3. At or greater than two-thirds oithe dripline ofall other protected species 4. At or greater than the full dripline oftrees within a specimen tree stand. B. Protective barriers are to be constructed using no less than two-inch lumber for upright posts. Upright posts are to be at least four feet in length with a minimum oF one foot anchored in the ground. Upright posts are to be placed at a maximum distance of eight feet apart. Horizontal rails are to be canstructed using no less than one inch by four-inch lumber and shall be securely attached to the top of the upright post. The project City's representative must approve any variation from the above requirements. C. Whenever a protective barrier is required, it shall be in place until all construction activity is terminated. The area within the barrier limits shall remain undisturbed by any activity during construction. Native ground cover and understory vegetation existing within the barriers shall remain throughout construction. Exotic plant species may only be removed by manual labor utilizing hand tools or by other means if authorized in writing by the City's represEntative. D. Prior to the erection of any required protective barrier, all surface foreign rnaterial, trash or debris shall be removed from the area enclosed by the barrier, and afCer erection of the barrier no such material or litter shall be permitted to remain within the protected area. No equipment, chemicals, soil deposits or construction materials shall be placed within such protective barriers. E. No signs, building permits, wires, or other attachments of any kind shall be attached to any pratected tree or palm. F. At all times, due care shall be taken to protect the critical root zone of trees protected by this section, and root pruning requirements shall apply to such trees. 62.2 RO�T PRUNING A. Where proposed construction improvements involve excavation and/or impacts to the critical root zone of protected trees, the Contractor shall be required ta have an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certifed arborist perform, or directly supervise raot pruning to reduce the impacts of construction. The critical root zane is equivalent to the Cree's dripline. Prior to any clearing, grubbing or excavation activities, the a�ected raots must be severed by clean pruning cuts at the paint where grubbing or excavation impacts the root syStem. Roots can be pruned utilizing specified root pruning equipment designed for that purpose or by hand digging a trench and pruning roots with a pruning saw, chain saw or other equipment designed for tree pruning. Root pruning by trenching equiprnent or excavation equipment is strictly prahibited. Roots located in the critical root zone that will be impacted by SectionIV.doc Page 'l24 of 128 ' 1 1 ' 1 , 1 ' J 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 airvzor� ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 Section IV —Technical Specitications construction activities shall be pruned to a minimum depth of ] S inches below existing grade or to the depth of the praposed impact if less than 18 inches from existing grade. Tim Kurtz, Seniar Landscape Architect is the City's Representative on Public Works projects for root Pruning issues and can be reached at (727) 562-4737, or through th� construction inspector assigned to the project. B. Root pruning shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arbariculture (ISA) certified arborist. C. Any proposed root pruning trenches shall be identified on site (i.e. staked or painted) inspected and appraved by the City's representative prior to actual root pruning. D. Root pruning shall be preformed as far in advance of other construction activities as is ' feasible, but at a minimurn shall be performed prior to ANY impacts to the soil. Associated tree protection measures should be implemented upon completion of said root pruning. ' E. If there is a likelihood of excessive wind and/or rain exceptional care shall be taken on any root pruning activities. F. Root pruning shall be lirnited to a minimum of ten inches per one inch of the trunk diameter ' frpm the tree base. Any exception must be approved by the City's representative prior to said root pruning. G. Roots shall be cut cleanly, as far from the trunk of the tree as possible. Root pruning shall be ' done to a minimum depth af 1 S" from existing grade, or to the depth of the disturbance if less than 18". ' H. Root pruning shall be performed using a Doscocil Root Cutting .Machine or equivalent. Alternate equipment or techniyues must be approved by the City's representative, prior to any work adjacent to trees to be preserved. , I. Root pruning shall be completed, inspected and accepted prior to the commencement of any excavation or other impacts to the critical raot zones of trees to be protected. J. Excavations in an area where root are present shall not cause the tearing or rippin� of tree ' roots. Roats must first be cleanly severed prior to continuing with the excavation, or tunneled araund to prevent damaga to the root. ' K. Tree roots shall not be exposed to drying out. Root ends shall be covered with native soil or burlap and kept moist until final backfill or final grades has been established. L. When deemed appropriate (e.g., during periods of drought) the City representative may ' reyuire a temporary irrigation systenn be utilized in the remaining critical root zones of root pruned trees. M. When underground utility lines are to be installed within the critical root zone, the root ' pruning requirement may be waived if the lines are installed via tunneling or directional boring as opposed to open trenching. r ' ' 1 fi2.3 PROPER TREE PRUNING A. All tree pruning and/or root pruning on existing trees ta remain shall only be preformed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) certitied arborist. Furthermore, all tree work shall conform to the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2001, American National Standard for tree care operations — Tree, Shrub and ather Woody Flant Maintenance — Standard practices (pruning) ANSI A-300. SectionIV.doc Page 125 of 128 4/I1/2011 Section 1V — Technical Speci�cations B. Proper pruning techniques for all lateral branches of protected trees are required. Flush cuts (pruning cuts that remove the branch collar) and stub cuts (cuts that leave a stub on the tree) are improper techniques. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree l�ft on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent wiCh the current City Codes and Ordinances. C. No protected tree shall have more than 30 percent oi its folia�e removed. D. No protected tree shall be topped, hat racked or lion-tailed. Any protected tree that has been improperly pruned will not be recognized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing condition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. E. Tree Trunks and limbs shall be protected. The use of tree spikes or other devices that damage trunk and bark tissue on protected trees shall be prohibited. Any protected tree that has been damaged in such a manner will not be reco�nized as a tree left on the project in a healthy growing candition, and will require replacement consistent with the current City Codes and Ordinances. 63 PROJECT WEB PAGES 63.1 WEB PAGES DESIGN 'Cf requested by the City, Engineer shall design the Project Web Site in accordance with the current City Web Site standards and styles. Project Web Site shoutd include general project information as: Project Name & Number, Scope description, Location, Schedule, and Project Contacts. Note: Occasionally City modifies the general design of the City's Web Site, and the Engineer shall consult the City Webmaster for the current requirements, before designing or updating the Project Web Pages. fi3.2 WEB ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES Project Web Aages shauld confonn to the W3C Web Accessibility Guidelines and US Section 508 guidelines whenever possible_ htt ://www.w3.o,r I'R/1999/W�1I-WEBCONTENT 19990505/ http _//www.section508.�ov/ In particular, use of variable-width tables, user-adjustable/relative font sizes, ALT text for images, CSS whenever possible, etc. Accessibility should be a priority aver design/aesthetics. 63.3 THE SUN AND WAVES LOGO AND ITS USE The City's Sun and Waves logo should be used %r everyday business, on all print and electronic material. It should be used on all internal correspondenc�, brachures, advertising, vehicles, apparel and signagc. It should be used only in the manner presented here, in the proportion shown here, with no alterations. It should not be condensed, lengthened, or otherwise distorted to fit a space. The logo is approved for use by city departments, and is not to be used by outside vendors without the permission of the City Manager, Assistant City Manager or Public Communications office. Electronic versions of the logo should be obtained from the Public Communications. This is for internal use only. SectionlV.doc ' Page 126 of 128 4/11/2011 , ' Section IV — Technical Specitications 63.4 MAPS AND GRAPHICS , Use of maps and graphics is recommended to illustrate the project; only approved graphics should be posted to the Project Web Aages. ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 ' 1 1 1 �� 1 53.5 INTERACTIVE FORMS The site should also include an interactive form or other optians to allow Public's input sent back to the City regarding the Project. 63.6 POSTING The site should be presented to the City's Webmaster for review and posting to the City's Web Server. Posting of the Project Web Pag�s to a different than City's Web server, if approved, shauld be coordinated with the City's Webmaster for resolving all accessibility and conformity issues. 63.7 WEB PAGES UPDATES Unless atherwise specified and agreed Engineer is responsible for keeping the posted Web Pages up-to-date, by sending revisions and updates through the City Project Manager to the City's Webmaster for posting. S4 OVERHEAD ELECTRIC LINE CLEARANCE fi4.1 CLEARANCE OPTIONS When working in the vicinity of overhead power lines the Contractor shall utilize one of the following options: Option 1- Having the power lines de-energized and visibly grounded. Option 2- Maintaining a nninimum distance of 20 feet of clearance for valtages up to 350 kV an SO %et af clearance for voltages more than 350 kV. Option 3- Determine the line voltage and provide clearance in accordance with the table included in Section 64.2, 64.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCES VOLTAGE MiNYMUM CLEARANCE DISTANCE (nominal, kV, alternating eurrent) (feet) Up to 50 10 Over 50 to 200 15 Over 20 to 350 20 Over 350 to 500 25 Over 500 to 750 35 ' SecGonlV.doc Page 127 of 128 4/] l/2011 ' Section iV —Technical Speciticetions Over 750 to 1,000 45 Over 10�0 (as �stablished by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electric power transmission and distribution) Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and includin� 200kV. 1 , 1 �� I 1 1 1 1 ' ' ' ' � � ' SectionIV.doc Page 128 of 128 4/I1/2011 ' 1 SECTION V C�NTRACT DOCUMENTS Table of Contents: CONTRACTBOND .......................•---................................----...............--------...............................1 CONTRACT .................................................................................................................................. 3 CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR FINAL PAYMENT ..................................................... 6 PROPOSALBOND ...................................................................................................................... 7 AFFIDAVIT.................................................................................................................................. $ NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ............................................................................................... 9 PROPOSAL.........--• .....................................................................................................................10 CITY OF CLEARWATER ADDENDUM SHEET .................................................................13 SIDDER'S PROPOSAL .............................................................................................................14 SecponV.dce Page i 9/27/2010 ' 1 ' 1 1 ' 1 � THE PRa►SURBGROUP INC. October 26, 2011 Ryan Lester Adk�ins Contracting, Inc. 3S 16 Gulf City Road Ruskin, FL 3357a Re: 2011 Underdr�ins Froject 10-0016-EN Dear Ryan: � Enclosed with this letter is the payment and/ar performance band(s) for the captioned, alang with a capy for ' your records. Once you have signed and sealed the original bond(s), please take an original and have it filed in the courthouse of the caunty that you are perfornung the work in. The cast for this is typically ten dollars ($10.00) for the first page and eight dallars and fifty cents ($8.50) for each additional page. IBE advisad that you MUST file the bond in order to comply with Florida Statutes 255.05 that were revised July 1, 1998. Not complying with this request will result in increased performance and payment liability to you and , your company. 1 1 1 1 � 1 ' ' Thank you for the opportunity of providing yau with the payment and/or performance bond(s). Please feel free ta give me a call with any questions ar camments that yau may have. Sincerely, The ProSure Group, Inc. � Samantha Dent Contract Band CSR 7217 Benjamin Road, iampa, FL 33634 813.243.1 l l p PHONe � 813.243.1 109 Fax � contractbonds@prosuregroup.com EM,ai�. www.prosuregroup.com 1 -: ' ' ' ' ' 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' 1 ' 1 ' � THE PROSUREGR�UP INC. This is the front page oF the perfarmance/payment bond issued in compliance with Florida Statute Chapter 255A5 Band Number: Surety in which bond's written: Local Address: Local Phone Number: Contractor Name: Address: Phone: Owner Name: Address: Phane: Obligee Name: Address: Phone: Contract Number: Project Description: Project Address: Legal description af property: 3203622 Bankers Lisurance Company P.O. Box 15707 St. Petersbw�, FL 33733 (727) 823-40O0 Adkins Contracting, Inc. 3516 Gulf City Road Ruskin, FL 33570 (S 13) 649-9750 City af Clearwat�r, Florida P.O. Box 474$ Clearwater, FL 33758-4748 (727) 562-4750 Same as Owner 2011 Underdrains Praject 10-0016-EN Clearwater, FL 2011 LTnderdrains Proiect 10-0016-EN This is the frant page of the bond. All other pages are subsequent regardless af preprinted numbers. 7217 Benjamin Road, Tampa, FL 33634 813.243.11 10 PHONE � 813.243.1 109 Fax � contractbonds@prosuregroup.com EM,ai� www.prosuregroup.com 1 -- -. 1 1-- STATE OF FLORIDA I COUNTY OF PINELLAS � BOND NUMBER: 3203622 CONTRACT SOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we A�CI�S CONTRACTING. INC� Contractor and BANKERS �NSURANCE COMPANY (Surety) whose home address is p,p, gOX 15707, ST. PETERSBURG FL 33733 , 1 -_ HEREINAFTER CALLED THE "Surety", are held and firmly bound into the City of Clearwater, I'lorida (hereinafter called the "Owner") in the penal sum of: FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY EYGHT THOUSAND TWELVE DOLLARS AND EIGHTY-FOUR CENTS ($53$,012.84)far the payment of which we bind aurselves, oux heirs, cxecutars, adminisvators, successors, and assigns for the faith£u1 performance of a certain written cantract, dated the , day of 2011, entered inta between the Cantaractor and the City of Clearwater for: 2011 UNDERDRAINS PROTECT ],0-OOlb-EN a copy of which said contract is incorporated herein by reference and is made a part hereof as if fully copied herein. NOW THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION ARE SUCH, that ii the Contractor shall in all respects comply with the terims and conditions of said contract, including the ane-year guarantee of cnatcrial and labor, and his obligatio�s thereunder, including the cantract documents (which include the Advertisement far Bids, Form of Pmposal, Form of Contract, Form af Swrety Bond, Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions and Tecbunical Specificatians) and the Plans and Specifications therein referred to an,d made a part thereof, and such alterations as may be made in said Plans and Specifications as therein provided for, and sha11 indemnify and save harmless the said Owner against and from all costs, expenses, damages, injury or conduct, want of care or skall, negligence or defaul� including patent infringcments on the part of the said Contractor agenrs or employees, in the execution or perfornnance of said contract, including �rrors in the plans furnished by the Cantractor, and further, iF such "Contractor" or "Contractors" shall pmmptly make payments to all persans supplying ham, them or it, labor, material, and supplies used directly or indirectly by said Contractor, Cantractors, Sub-Contractor, or Sub-Con�actors, in the prosecution of the work provided for in said Contract, this obligatian shall be void, otherwise, the Contractor and Surety jointly and scverally agree to pay to the Owncr any difference between the sum to whach the said Contractor would bc entitl�d on the completion of the Contract, and that which the Owner may be obliged to pay for the completion of said wark by cantract or otherwise, & any damages, direct or indirect, or consequential, which said Ovmer may sustain on account of such work, or on account of the failure af the said Contractor to properly and in all things, keep a�nd execute all the provisions of sa.id contract. This bond is given ro comply with 5ection 255.05 F'lorida Statutes, and any action insti�ured by a claimant under this bond For payment must be in accurdance with the nati�e and time limitation provisions in 5rctiun ?�5.05(?), Florida 5tatues:' 1 • 1 ' ' ' 1 ' 1 1 - � I , ' 1 1 �QNTXtACT BOND (�) And the said Contractar and Surety hereby further bind themselves, their successors, exeautors, administrators, and assigns, jointly and severally, that they will amply az�d fully protect the said Owner against, and will pay arry and all amaunts, dama.ges, costs and judgments which may be recovered against or which the Owner may be oalled upoc� to pay to any persan or corporation by reason of any damages arising frorn the perfannance of said work, or of the repair or maintenance thereaf, or the manner of doing the same ar the neglect af the said Cantractor or ka,is agents or servants or the improper pe�ortnan�e of the said work by the Gontractor or his agents ar servants, ur the infringements of any patent rights by rcason vf the use of any material furnished or work done; as aforesaid, or otlnerwise. And the said Cnntractor and Surety heteby further bind themselves, their successars, heirs, executors, administratars, and assigns, jointly and severally, to repay the owner any sum which the Owner may be compelled ta pay because of any lien for labor material fumished for the work, exr�braced by said Contract. And the said Surety, for the value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition ta the terms of the cantract or to the work to be performed thereunder ar the specifica.tions accompanying the same shall in any way affcct i�s obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of an� such change, extension of time, alteratian ar additian to the terms of the coniract or to the work or ta the specifications. ",;"'"' �.. xN TESTIMONY WHEREQF, witness the hands and seals of the parties hereto this ��'�.�'da,�� day of --�—�'� ` � '�- , 2U11 W�;' �.;y °��'o r:.. a,,,� 4 ADKINS CUNTR.ACTING, �� '� � r�,•� � c , � NTRACTOR ` ,, � � �' . :�. � ''�•..o..�•' �-, , � ,`r B{� s�., ; J.r y��tr��.�ttf" ' ATTEST: , r,.r��;�:��;�,. ,�,�'`, � : � „y'� ��Yr �:., Bankers Insurance Gomp y- 4�� ri� � `r`e`'°�, j an �� '��ti �:�� .,., � -�. � ' �;, SURETY—�, . M. � ` " _� .�`=' . � _ w. �, �,�,� � . ` � M � 4 �Y W [TNESS: B ' �, �. ��,;�, �. �GLCLUW� David B. Shick, ATTORNEY—IN-FACT��' t- r f •�4 _ __�G�'_ _�_ � � ,_ AND FLORIDA RESIDEN'�''AG`�NT Samantha Dent, As-to-Surety COUNTERSIGNED: N/A Attorney-in-Fact is also a FL. Resident Agent Page 2 � � � ' �� Power of A ttorney Bankers In�urance Company 32[)?��2 KNOW ALL MEN BY TMESE PRESENTS, that BANKERS INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly arganized under the laws of the State of Florida, and having its principal ofFice in the City of St. Petersburg, F'inellas Caunty, Florida, daes hereby naminat�, constitute and appoint: ""David B. Shick* 'ofi tMe City of Tam a , Hillsborou h County, State of Florida , its true and lawful Attomey-in-fact, with full power and auth�ority hereby conferred upon him/her to make, execute, seal and deliver for and on its behalf, as Surety, as its act and deed, any and all bonds, undertakings consent or , :' �_ � [_� �I J Agreement not exceeding the sum of Two million and xx/100 dollars -----------------------______ $2,000�,000.00 which this Company may be authorized to writ�. This Power of Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed under �nd by the authority ofi the follawing resaiutions adopted by the 6oard of Dir�ctors of Bank�rs Insurance Company, and naw in for� to-wit: BE IT taESOLV�D, that the Chairman of the Board, President and any Vice President of the Corporation are hereby authorized to execute Pow�rs of Att�mey, qualifying the Atbomey(s}in-Fact named in the Power� of Attomey to execute, on behalf of the CorporaUon, bonds, unde,rtakings and contracts of suretyshlp; and that the Secretary ar any Assistant Secretary of the CorporaUon are hereby authoriz�d to attest the execution of any such Power of At�mey. BE IT FURTHER RESOLVED, that the signatures of such ofiiaers may be afflxed to any such Power of Attomey or to any certiflcate relating thereto by facslmile, any and sudi Pawer of Attomey or certiflcate bearing such facsimile signatures shall be valid and binding upon the aorparatlon wh�n so affiued In the future with respect to any bond, undertaking or contract of suretyship �p which it is attadted. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Bankers Insurar�ce Company has caused these presents to be �xecuted by their duly ' authorized afficers as of this 1� day ofi J�, 2010. ATTEST: BANKE INSURA E COMPANY f� �.,�.� ey: � Nancy . Hair Assistant Secretary David K. Meehan, President �� , i � ' STATE OF FL.ORIDA ) COUNTY OF PINELLAS ) The foregoing instrument was adcnowledged before ma 1� day of J�, 2070 by �avld IC Meehan and Nancy C. Halre, as Pr�ident and Assistant Secretary, respec4vely, af Bankers Insurance Company, a Fbrida corpora�on, on beMalf of the corporation. .a�,�ru�u�u�„ �� '� �,t,:'��`��►: �� * (NOTARY PUBLIC) '�'�'� ��h�"'�nrrm�im� I, the undersigned, Assistant Se�etary af Bankers Insurance Company do hereby cefify that 1he original Power of Attomey, of which the foreqoing is a full, true and corred copy, is in full forc�.and�C� IN WITNESS WM�REDF, I have hereunto subscribed m� n�me as �slstant Secr�tary, and affix the corparate seal of the Corparatlon this day of ; - 2ft "': , _ V � � � . . � �. � 4•� V y�`� � (SEAL) .- .. ::. ti �:.°_ � � � Nancy C. Ha , A�sistant Secretary ' � 1 1 � � � DATE (MM/DD/YXYY) �`� ° CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE io�i��zoii THIS CER7IFICATE IS ISsUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION QNLY AND CONFEIt3 NO RIGHi3 UPON THH CERTIFICATE HOLDER. 7HIS CERTIFICATE DOES NQT AFFIRMATNELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, �X'fEND OR ALTER TWE CQVERAGE AFFQRDED BY 7HE P�LICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF IN5URANCE DOES NOT CQNSTITU7E A CONTRACi BETWEEN TH� ISSUING INSURER(S), Al1THORIZED REPRESENTA7IVE OR PRODUCER. AND iHE CERTIFICATE HOLOER. IMPORTANT: If the certlfica6e holder Is an /WDITIONAL INSUR�D, the policy�tes) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION I$ WAIVED, subJect to the tem�s and condidans of the pollcy, certain policles may requira an endorsement. A statemant on this certificate dces not confer rlghts to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorseme s. CONTA T PROOUGBR ��._,,n� George H. Odiorne Insurance Agency Inc �ONE . 813.685.7731 � o:813.6B5.1B23 PO Box 83p "----••--- - _ .- � Brandon INBUR�D E'I. Adkin� Contracting, Inc. P.O.Box 189 ' I Rnskin ' ' � 1 E'i. 33575 A :THE OHIO C� B wES�r �R=� c FCB&T F�nd E: LTY INSTJI2ANCE CO iNSU�ricE naic COV�RAGES G�RTIFICATE NUMBERi�ster 11-12 REVISION NUMB�R: THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELdW HAVE BEEN ISSUEb TO TWE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATE�. NOTWI7HSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENi, TERM OR CONqITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMEN7' WI7H RESPECT TO WHICH 7HIS CEF2TIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFQRDED BY TH� PQLICIES DESCRIe�b MEREIN IS SUeJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIDNS AND CONOITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMIT5 SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAI� CLAIMS. �� TYPE OF WSURANCE ...-.. A WVD POIICY N4MBER �Y � M WblYYYY 41MITS GENERAL WABI�IT11 533C8UO3 �/OS/2011 4/05/2012 EACH OCCURRENCE S 1 r 000 , 00� X^ CAMMERCIAL GENERAL LIA8ILITY REMI6 rcanrs� $ � OO � OOO A CLAIMS-MADE a OCCUR MEO_EXP My one person) $ 5 r �d0 PERSpNAL & ADV INJURY s 1, 000 , UDO GENERAL AC3f3FtEGP.TE $ ^ 7� �OO � OOO GEN'L AGGREGA7E LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS - CAMP/OP AGG S 7� O D O, OOO POLICY P� LOC a A1lTOMOBILE LIABIUTY 33a8003 4/OS/2011 �/OS/2D12 COMBINEP SINGLE LIMI7 a 1� 00� � 000 (Ea acddent) ANY AU70 BOOILY INJURV (P4r person) S��_..l^...�1^ $ ALL OWNED AUTOS BO�ILY INJURY (Pareccident) $ X SCNE�ULE�AUTOS PROPERTY DAMAGE X HIREPAU7pS (PeYaCGdent) $ X NON�OWNEO AUTOS $ �-•-•�� S UMBRELLALIAB p�CUR EACW OCCURRENCE S EXCESS LIAB CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE S __, pEDUCTIBLE ----- S .•.... RE7ENTION $ $ C WDRKERS COMPENSATION Q644942 4/OS/2011 4/05/201R � STATLL w^O�TH- AND @MPWYERS' LU►&LITY ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNERlEXECU7IVE � N�A E.L. EACH ACCIOENT a 50Q OOO OFFICER/MEMBER EJfCLU0Ep7 (Mandatory In NM) E.L. �ISEASE - EA EMPLOYE $ w 500 �� If yesdesaibaundar E.L.�ISEASE-P�LICYLIMIT $ �j�0 DOD OESG�RIPTION OF OPERATIONS below DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS I V�111CLES (Altaah AGORD 101, Addtla�al Rimarka Schadule, N morY s�wca ia wqulred) City Of Clearwater 100 S. Myrtle Ave. Clearovater, FL 3375fi ACORD 25 (2009I09) INSOa6 �aaasaa� SHOULD ANY OF TH� ABOVE DESCRIBED PQLICI�S 8E CANCEL.I.ED BEF4RE 7HE EXPIRA710N DA7E THEREOF, N�710E WILL BE DEWERED IN ACCQRDANCE WITH THE PdWCY PROVISIONS. aun�ors�o �seNTarrvE Iwilliam vildibill � 19$8-2009 ACORD CQRPORATION. All rights res�rved. 7he ACORD name and logo ar� registered marks of ACQItD � 1 1 CONTRACT This CONTRACT made and entered into thi�s �' day of , 2011 by and between the , City of Clearwater, Florida, a municipal corporation, herei r designated as HILLSBOROUGH and State of FLORYDA hereinafter designated as the "Contractor". � �' '� 1' 1� a � � � � � � � � � WITNESSETH: That the parties to this contract each in consideration of the undertakings, promises and agxeements on the part of th� other herein contained, do hereby undertake, pramise and s�ree as fallows: The Contractor, and his ar its successors, a�signs, execuWrs ar adrninistratars, in consideration af the sums of money as herein after set farth to be paid bY the City and to the Contractor, shall and will at t_h�ir vwn cost and expense perforcr► all labor, fumish all materials, tools and equipment for the following: xQll UNDERDRAINS PRO.TECT 10-0016-EN FOR THE SUM OF FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY EXGHT THOUSAND TWELVE DOLLAR5 AND EIGHTY-FOUR CENTS (5538,012.84) Tn accordance with such proposal and technical supplemental specifications and such other special provisions and drawings, if any, wk�ich will be submitted by the City, together with any advertisement, iiastructions to bidde�rs, general conditions, praposal and bond, which rnay be hereto at�ached, and any drawings if aray, which may be hereu► referred to, are he�eby made a part of this cantract, and a11 of said work to be performed and completed by th� contractor and its successors and assigns sha11 be fully completed in a good �nd w+orlcmanlike rnanner to the satisfaction af the City. If the Contractor shauld iail to comply with any oF the terms, conditions, provisior� or stipulations as conta.ined herein within the tim� specified for completion of the work ta be performed by the Contractor, then the City, may at its option, avail itself of any or all remedies pravid� on its behalf and shall have the right ta proceed to complete such work as Conbractar is obligated to perform in accardance with the provisions as contained herein. THE CONTRACTOR AND HTS OR ITS SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS DOES HEREBY AGREE TO ASSUME THE DEFENSE UF ANY LEGAL ACTION WHICH MAY SE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CITY AS A RESULT UF THE CONTRACTOR'S ACTIVITIES ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT AND FURTHERMORE, XN CONSIDERATION OF THE TERMS, STIPULATIONS AND CUNDYTIONS AS CUNTAINED HEREIN, AGREES TO HULD THE CITY FREE AND HARMLESS FROM ANY AND ALL CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES, COSTS OF SUTI'S, .TUDGMENTS OR DECREES RESUL'CiNG FROM ANY CLAYMS MADE UNDER THIS CUNTRACT AGAINST THE C�TY OR THE CONTRACTOR OR THE CONTRACTOR'S SUB-CUNTRACTORS, AGENTS, SERVA1r1TS OR EMPLOYEES RESULTING FROM ACTYVITIES BY THE AFOREMENTIONED CONTRACTOR, SUB-CONTRACTOR, AGENT SERVANTS OR EMPLOYEES. Page 3 CONTRACT (z) In additian to the faregoing pravisions, the Contractor ag�es to conform to the followirig requirements: In conncction with the performarice of work under this contract, the Contr�ctor agrees not to d.iscriminate aga.inst any employee or applica�t far employment because of race, sex, religion, calor, ar nation�al origin. The aforesaid prnvision s1�t.0 include, but not be limited to, the following: �mployment, up�rading, demotian, or transfer; recniitment ar recnu4ment advertising; lay-off ar terminatian; rates of pay or other fornr�s of compensation; and Se1CCh4n fOi training, including apprenticestxip. The Contractor agre.es to post here�fter in conspicuous places, available for employees or applicants for emplayment, natices to be provided by the contracting offcer setting farth the provisions of the non-ciiscrimiz�atinn clause. The Cvntractor further agrees to insert th� fare�oing provisians in all contracts hereunder, including contracts or agreements with labor uni.ons andlor wa�rlcer's representatives, except sub-contractars for stanclard commercial supplies ar raw mat�rials. It is mutually agreed between the parties heY+eto that ti.me is of the essence of this contra�ct, and in the event that the work to bc performed by the Contractor is not campleted within the time stipulated herein, it is then further ag�reed tha�t the City may deduct from such sums or com�ensation as may be due tn the Contr�ctor the sum of S100D.0 er d� for each day that the work to be perfarmed by the Contractor remains incomplete beyand the time limit specified herein, which sum of 51,000.00_�er d,� shall only and solely repr�;sent dam�ges �r+hich the City has sustained by reason of the failure of the Con�actar to camplete Che work withirt the time stipulated, it being fturher a�reed that this sum is not to be construed as a penalty but is onty W be constcued as liquidated damages for failure of the Contractor to complete and perform all work within the time period as specified in this contract. It is iuither mutually agreed between the City and the Contractor tlaat if, any time a1�er the exc:cut�on of this contract and the suz�ety bond which is attached hereto for the faithfiil perform�nce of the tern�s and conditions as contained herein by the Contra�ctor, tha.t the City shall at any time deem tt�e surety or sureties upon such perfornnance band to be unsatisfactory or if, Fnr any reason, the said bond ceases to be adequate in amount to cover the perforim�nce of the work the Contractar shall, at his or its own expense, within ten (10) days aRer receipt of written notice fram the City to do sa, furnish an additional band or bands in such terrn and a�xxownts and with such surety ar sureties as shall be satisfactory to the City. If such an ev�nt occurs, no further payment shall be made to the Contractar under the tezixxs and prnvisions of this contract until such new or additional security bond guaranteeing the faithful perf�rmance of the work under the term4 her�f shall be completed and fumished to the City in a form s�tisfactory ta it. P��a CONTR.ACT (�) IN WXTNESS WHF.REOF, the parties to the agree7nent have hereunto set their hands and seals and have ea�ecuted. this Agreement, in duplicate, the day and year first a,bove written- CITY OF CLEARWATER XN PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA gy ' 1�L. ' lliarn B: Horne, II City Manager Countersigned: � sy: .�� Franlc Hibbard, Mayor-Councilmember (Contractor must indicat� wiaeth�r Corporation, Partnership, Campany or Individual.) ("The person signing shall, in his own h�endwrir,ing, sign the Principal's name, his own name, and his title; where the person is �igning for a Carporation, he must, by Affidavit, sl�ow his authority to bind the Coirporatian). Pa�e 5 ��S�ofr,�Ci* v �1 ��, � r � � _�� : (Seal) � Attest: rL.. __�. Rosemarie Call City Clerk :- _, : �,; . � �/� ► %'� Camilo Soto Assistant City Attorney vP orq i�r� �i8 5 �ore�ru4T�•t� TnJG, (Contractax) .. B � � �� '' , � '"��. � ctJ n[ w�/�/`G s i[�C �+w:''� 1'�" " , � � �'� � ,� `��'' � �: - r ; �-� �i:o►' �� c� " ., ��p�.c„' �:' - -_ ,�� ; _ � ; ..... � . . G, _ 1 � , 1 �' �' CUNTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT FOR F�NAL PAYMENT �CURPORATxOT� FORMI STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF On this day personally appeared before me, the undersigned authority, duly authorized to adrminister oaths and take acknowledgrnents, , who after being duly sworn, de�os�.s and says: ' That he is the (TITLE) of ADKINS '' CQNTRACTYNG INC. a Florida Corporation, with its principal place af business located at 351d GiJLF CITY ROAD RUSKIN FLOR.�DA 33570 (herein, the "Contractor"). ,, ,' ', 1, That the Contractor was the general contractor under a contract executed on the day of 2011 wirh the CITY QF CLEARWATER, FLpRYDA, a rnunicipal corporation, as Owner, and that the Contractor was to pe�orm the canstruction of: 2011 UNDERDRAINS PROJECT �Q-Q016-EN That said work has now been completed and the Contractar has paid and discharged all sub-contractars, laboz•ers and material men in connectivn with sa.id work and there are na liens outstanding of any nature nar any debts ar obligatiaas that might b�ame a lien or encwmbrance in coru�ection with said work against the described property. That he is making this ai�idavit pursuant to the requirements of Chapter 713, Florida Statutes, � and upon consideration of the payment of (Final Full A,mount of Contt�act) in full satisfaction and discharge of said contract. � That the Ovvner is h�ereby released from any clairn which might arise out of �id Contract. � The word "liens" as used in this affidavit shall mean any and a11 arisin� under the operation of the k'lorida Mechanic's Lien Law as set forth in Chapter 713, Flurida Statutes. � � � � � , Sworn and subscribed to b�ore me This day of 20 NOTARY PU�LIC My Commission Expires: F'age 6 AD S CONTRA,CTING IAiC. �IFFIA1�iT SY: PRESIDENT � _ 1 � , ' — ' . '' PROPOSAL �UND (Not to be filled aut if a certified check is svbmitted) KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That we, the undersigned, Adkins Contracting, Inc. as Principal, and �elopers Surety and Indemnity Company as Surety, who's address is 100 Secand Avenue South, 5uite 704 5outh l'ower, St. Peteraburg, �� 33i01 , are held and firmly bound unta the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the srzrn of Ten Percent af the Bid Amount------------------------------- Dpllars ($�v�s ot me e�d a►�o„rn) (being a minimum of 10% af Cantracrar's total bid amaunt) for th� payment of which, well and truly to be m�de, we hereby joint�y and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administratvrs, successors �nd assigns. The condition oithe above obli�ation is such that if the attached Proposal of �kins Contracting, Inc. ,' as Principal, and Developers Surety end Indemnity Company � Surety, for work specified as: 2011 UNDERDRAINS PROJECT (1�-0016-EN) all as stipulated in said 1'roposal, by doing all work incidental thereto, in accardance with the plans and specifications provided herefnr, all within Pinellas County, is ar.cepted and the contract awarded to the above named bidder, and the said bidder shall within ten days after notice of said award enter into a co�ntc�act, in writing, and furnish the requirad Performance Bond with surety or sureties to be approved by the City Manager, this obligation shall be vnid, otherwise the sam� shall be in full farce and virtue by law and the full amount of this PropcTSal Bond will be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated damages. Sign�l this 15th d�y of Septiember _ , 2p11 (Principal must indicate wh,ether corporation, partr►ership, company or individual) The person signing shall, in his own handwriting, sigr► the Princip�l's name, his ovm name and his title; the person signing for a corporation must, by affidavit, show his authority to bind the coxporation. ScctionV.dpc P�e 7 of 1 S Corporation Adkins Contracting, Inc. Principal H '— Title p.vnc�/ pncs.��P„�F � Developers Sur ty and Indemnity Company �{� �, -...- Surety David B. Shick, Attomey-in-Fact 9/27/2010 ,. ' 1 1 � , � ' 1' AFFXDAVIT � (To be �illed in and executed if the bidder is a corporatian) STATE OF FLORIDA ) CUUIVTY OF ��,�c°a?Y �U� �'��;�� , �1��h5 __ heing duly sworn, deposes and says that he/she is Secretary of i ' " a corparation organized and existing under an by viRue of the laws aF the State af F lorida, and having its principal office at: _ c~ C\ � ' �� - � �l (; � \ Gt (� Street & Number City County State Affiant further says that he is familiar with the records, minute books �►nd by-laws of' I��11� � r�� (��;r��C-Y� t�� 1C� , (Name of Aifiant fiirther says that �._ - i ' � Cf - �s ��i�.�'�r�� -- �,u��f"_Iz (Ofticer's Name) (Title) of the corporation, is duly authorized to sign the Proposal for �\� ' '- r 1C. ��\�. � for said corporation by virtue of �' � ` (st�te whether a p vision of by laws or a Resolution of the Board of Directors. If by Resol 'on ive date of adoptian). ; � -� .�.� � i � Affiant Sworn to beFore me this �_ day of S� c br , 20 1l . � s��a,v.d� LJ ( -�� - Notary Public RApUB.C. FdMT p�y �p1�IpN = DD 944173 EXPIRES: DeCerr�bet 25. 2011 aw,aea,n�, rw.+�,� �e unx+.� Page S of 1 S �� nVstamp name of Notnry AsS:� ��- i3r�.�- 1��s.<., Title or rank, and Serial No., ifany 9/27I201 U � L_� C� POWER Of I1T10N�E1 FOR �VE�itS SIIREi'I NNO p�0E1A�1ffY 001APAN1/ PO BD� 1d12:f� IRVq�, CA 97i2.1 (9M� 26d-9�0 'KHOW AllBY YFIE� PRESE7(T8 Crat exc�pt as expes� f�led.OEWE'IO�EJiS �UHE7Y AND N�EAIltliY OOA�PANY, does h�r make, con�bAe and eppc�� •••David H. ShiCk"' aa ia We and IawAA Ararne�s}i�Fad W r�q exeuAe, de6�r� and acknaWedge, lar aM an brhal d saiA aupora6a�, as wrelr EarWs, undeil�ings and conVac� al suretysh(p 9�9 � 9�^d^9 ��"�(sFTr�Fad IuM Pa+er anA eutl+airy 1d do ard lo �fonp every aA ne�sary requisla a pinperlo be done in camecGon d�aewith as each W said hereby ra�ed and em� 6e ead� el sSd carparaGon lu1 power ol sub�MiBan and revqr�on, and a� d 9�e aus d sai/ Muney(s}6rFacl p�wanl le tl�ese Prese�ts. are ' rnts Po� a n�rney is qa�aea a�a is signea ey �a�rt�e �de. ana � auu�aray d Ihe w�e�w�y.esowe�n aJaplea b�r �e eoard d oVeaas d aEVe�aPEits suREYV aM� u�µ NffY COMPAN�f �IfecUve gs d laiwaY 1s�. �Ops. RESOLV�D. Q�a� a a�ian d erry lwn d�e Chainea� d tl�e BO�rd. tlie Presi�t. ary Erea�re Vic�Preaidenl. Se�Yor Vic� Wesid�l a Vioo-Presidenl d Ihe capo- , �ands�iaM�eit�s erM ao�aGs d�' auN�pized b exaoule tl�ei Pa�r�r d MlarneK 9�A�9Me ��1r(sl �med M ria Po�rer uf A1laney ro exeaAe. an b�aH d A�e corporatim. w►elyr� and twt t�e Sedet�y a anr As�seanl5eve�aryd iAe mporalion be. and each d Ihem perehY is. autl�ari�zed lo anesl tl�a eaeai6on a� aar such Pow�x alAdamer RESQ�VFA. Fl1fiTHEFt. �a1 the signawres d sud� afiaers may be a16seA � amr 9ud� Power d Auemer a b�r cerGNCale r�adrg Iherefo hy fa�an�e, aM an sud� ' Power W A ��beari�g� frecs�mle signaMires � be va1W arM 6tr�ng upd� �e cwpnalim rd�en s� al�ed a�d F� 1he fuNue wqh re�{fed to any barW. undertak'ng w oonlraa a 'IN WI7N�SS WFl£REUF� O�V�LOPERS SlXtE7Y ANO INDEat�TY CpA�ANY' h� caused �ese pr� b be signed py is ofAce�s and anested 6y Ns 5evefary a AsslstaN Sxre- , lary Oiia lanuary 1s1, 200H. �ar � � � �, I]aniel Yciung. Vice�ResideM M 9v- �� G1. StePhen7 Pabe.5erdwY�PrerrAent SWte d CaBfarria Couety of Orange � �ty ar+o �wo•- gySe'}� 4R��''�� i 4 r� �'f ,� : OGT. ; ; W i C iQ pj' 1!]6 ti �:�'?,�o row ► r �'� On us113 200D bebre me. J TT N N Pubic n�1° ►+�e r�n ��ir� d v� a� �aer a��ree oa�re� �a r, pa� Na�ne(s� d StgneQs) � :��``�: � ` ' I a ��"�."��,��;i" � e. .. �-o, : � J ' Place Ndary 5eal Aha,e who Prr,rr�ed b nis oe M�e 6as�s d sa6sfaqory eWd��ee b 6e ihe persan�s) nrhose na�ne(s) islare suGsai6ed lo Ihe w8hr hiO�K a�d ad�r�o.Medyed b me � hd��hdlher e�e�led /�e �ame n hislherllheir aulhaA:ed �a�YGes1. and d�6�r �sAr�y� sgnaaae(� on o�e insa�en� �e persan(s), « u�e enury upon nenan a whkh �e Persq� acfaA. e�epuled tl�e 7n5trunneA. 1�Y �� n �F PERJUKY wd4r 1�e laws d Ihe Slale ol C�lamia lha! Ihe fp►egang paragraph is Mve and oortecl YVffnESS ary hand ard o18dA se�. Sicjnalure 17 Pub6e . LER7IFICATE �ih4 �a1dH5ign04. as Setrelary p Assislanl Secrelary d OEVELOPERS 5Ut$iY AMp R�lQENMTY C01�PANT does hdeby cer41y wal M�e loregdng Pawer d Atbrney - remans n� larce and haa nd been ��vqRe/ and. lurwermde, lh� p�e pa��nns d we resaluion o1 tl�e 9aard d QPredas d said tdparaom sel �onh in ihe Power d nnwney ge m larce as d Ihe d01e d p�ig CeAificak, rr� c�►su��e �s ��wea n a�e t� d wr+�e, c�+a, a��. 5 t�y a S e p t e mb e r 2 Q 11 � Br � _ �� ,� �� I[i��]8(Rer.ftlp9) 1 NON-CQLLUS]ON AFF1DAViT STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF � � �.��L�� C� �� bein�, fir�t duly sworn, deposes and says that he is - ;� - 7 a� � ► � �c c the party making the foregoing Ar'aposal or Bid; that such Bid is genuine and not collusive or sham: that said bidder is not financially interested in or otherwise afFiliated in a busin�ss way with any other bidder on the sam� contract; that said bidder has not colluded, conspired, cannived, or a�reed, directly or indirectly, with any bidders or person, to put in a sham bid or that such other persan shall refrain from bidding, and has not in any manner, dir+ectly or indirectly, sought by agr�ement or collusion, or communication or canference, with any person, to �x tMe bid prica or affiant or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit ar cost el�ment of s�id bid price, or that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the City of Clcarwater, Flarida, or any person or persons interested in the pm�►osctl contract; and that all statements contained in said proposal or bid are true; and further, that such biddcr has not directly or indir+ectly submitted this bid, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or tlat� relative thereta to any association or to any member ar agent thereof. � � � * .��' ,� A ffiant i� J Swom to and subscribed befare me Chis �_ day oF 5-t � , 20�. . � $CCll011V.dOC � Page 9 of 15 Notary Public _ .�� !;AQUEL G. FONT '--T � *�a'��'::�':,+� My �q�p►�g$�qN � DD 7c417'3 = : , ► 2y, 2011 .� = fa(�HES. Dec�nber F S ��'j':- ?n� �!11�CdThr�.�:AYIp�/{�!1�CUf�9M1'CdB'< < 9127/3p10 � 1. r ' _ 1 � 1 �, . .. r PROgOSAL ��) TO THE C1TY OF CLEARWATER, FLOWDA, for 2011 UNDERDRAINS PRUJECT (10-0016-EN) and dping such other work incidental thereto, all in accordance with the contract documents, mlrked 2U11 UNAERDRAiN5 PROJECT (10-0016-EN) �very bidder must take notice of the fact th�t even though his praposal be accepted and the documents �, signed by the bidder to whom an award is made and by those ofticials authorized to do so on behnlf of the City of Clearwater, Florida, thst no sueh award or signin$ shall be considered a binding contract without a certificate from the �inance Director that funds are available to cover the cost af the work to ,� be done, or without the approval ot'the City Attorney as to the form and legality of the contract and all the pertinent dncum�nts relating thereto having been approved by said City Attorney; and such bidder is hereby charged with this notice. The signer of the Proposal, as bidd�r, al�o declares that the only person, persons, company or parties interested in this Propasal, are n$med in this �roposal, that he has carefully examined the Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Contract Specitications, Plans. SupplementAl Specific�tions, General Canditions, Special Provisions, and Contract Bond, that he or his representative has made such investigation as is necessary to determine the character and extent of the wark and h� proposes �nd agrees that if the Proposal he accepted, he will cantract with the City of Clearwater, Florida, in the foi77i of contract; hereto annexed, to provide the necessary labor, materials, machinery, equipment, tools or apparatus, do all the work required to camplete the contract within the time mentioncd in the General Conditions and according to the requirements of the Ciry nf Clearwater, Florid�, as he��cin and hereinafter set forth, and furnish the required surety bonds for the following prices to wit: s��;a,v.ao� P� �o or ►s yiz�r_o io {�.��-i�\S ��C.-�tr� ..�-�C , � �J kl . � PROPU3AL i�) If the foregoin� Aroposal sh�ll be accepted by the Ciry of Clearw�ter, Florida, and the undersigned sh�►I1 fail to execute a satisfactory contract as stated in the Advertisement herein attached, then the City may, at its aption detcrmine that the wndersigned has abandoned the contract, and thereupon this Proposal shall be null and void, and the certified check or bond aocompanying this Proposal, shall be forfeited to become the properry of the City of Clea,rwater, Florida, and the full amount oF said check shall be retained by the City, or if the Proposal Bond be given, the full amount of such bond shall be paid to the City as stipulated or liquidated dam�ges; otherwise, the bond or certified check accompanying this Proposal, or the amount of said check, shall be returned to the undersigned as specified herein. Attached hereto is � bond or certified check on Bank, for the sum of 1 c.�°1 d �?�` � � - -� �l F�� _��c.� �� - (� ...�,�.. -- (being a minimum of 10°� ofContractor's total bid amount). The full names and residences of atl persans and parties interested in the foregoing bid are as follows: (If corporation, give the narnes and addrasses ofthe President and Secretary. IFfirm or partnership, thc names and addresses af the memhers ar p�rtners. The Bidder shall list not only his name but also the name of any person with whom bidder has any type of agrcemcnt wherc6y such person's improvements, enrichment, employment or possible benefit, whether sub-contractor, materialman, agent, supplier, or employer is cantingent upon the award of the contract to the bidder). NAMES: ADDRESSES: ��`��C' �o�r1 �`��r�5 "_'�`7\lr C��1� C`,t�-��,� `,�.'�� .jih.,�=la.?�3�`��a Signature of Bidder: (The bidder must indic�te wheGher Corporation, Pertnership, �npsny or Individual). � s«��v.aa � _J Pase 11 of IS 927R010 w r r�xorosAL (3) The person signing shall, in his owr� h�ndwriting, sign the Frincipal's name, his own name and his title. Where the person signing for a corp�oration i$ other than the President or Vice-President, he must, by affidavit, show his authority, to bind the corpor�tion. Principal: : � C Q' T i K �.�f�G By: � Title: �7re �„ l� �r �iness Address of Bidder: 3.5/ 4_ .�'s �c ��; ��e e„ f� City and State: ��u ,S l� : � � �o � � .1 a� _ -- - - Zip Code 3 3 S„ � „a-- , Dated at �, %D `:t �' .•�J,,r.2 , this /S day of �rp i�r� �y�� _, A.D., 20�. 5ectionV.doc Ppgc 12 of 13 9R7/2010 , r- _ ' _ 1 _ 1 � ' : CITY QF CLEARWATER � AD END M SHEE PRD.iECT: 2011 UNDERDRAINS FROJECT 10-0016-EN Acknowledgment is hereby made of th� following addenda received since issuance of Plans and Specificatinns. Addendum No. _� Date: q � I/ , � Adderidum No. � Date: /� ,, '' ,, � y � y � y � � � ' secttoov.aoc Addendum Na. Date: Addendum No. Date: Addendurn Na. Addendum Ala. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Addendum No. Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: Date: �[„�� Page 13 of I S AC-a��r�s �l'��t�,c�� _�C r (Name of 8idder) _ �� -� (Signature of Officer) !�4'�'"=��G�� - t�ev�s'��i 1�-- --- (Tide of Ofticer) - �. _ - �-� - _ � �. �� (Dat@) 9/27120I U ' � � 1 ' _ 1 '� � �' �, ,' �- � � �� 1 , + . BIDDER'S PROPOSAL ' PROJECT: 2011 UNDE RAIN P OJECT 1 l6-E CONTRAGTOR: , SIDDER'S GRAND TOTAL S 3 . (Numbers) BIDDE 'S GRAND TOTAL , ,.� .�. a � �.�� (Words) THE BIDDER'S GRAND TUTAL A�UVE I5 HIS TOTAL BID SASED ON HIS UNYT PRiCES AND LUMP SUM PRICE$ AND THE ESTYMATED QUANTITIES REQUIRED FOR EACH SECTYON. THYS FIGURE �S FOR YNFORMATION UNLY AT THE TIME OF OPENING BIDS. THE CITY WTLL N1AKE THE T'ABULATTON FROM THE UNIT PRICES AND LUMP SUM PItICE SID. IF THERE IS AN ERROR IN THE TOTAL SY TH� BIDDER, XT SHALL BE CHANGED AS ONLY THE UN1T PRICES AND LUMP SUM PRICE SHALL GOYERN. $GCt1W1V,dOC � u r�c i4 or �s 9/Z71Z010 BID . 17EM ; _ BIDDER'S PROPOSAL 2011 IJNDERDRAINS PROJECT 10-0016-EN BID ITE1A D�SCRiPT10N - I �TY � UPlli' UNIt PRICE I AMOUNT � i Mobilization � I � ! so� � � _ ;$ «., 3� S, G� (� - Mainter►�r�ce af Traffic, Under drain, 2 Lane 2� (ol�-.�3... _. 2 'Wa , 1 s; �n . � :� L��, I.l .� �-�l, �l_`s0 . oGl 3....._..1Maintenance af Tra�c - Under drain, Mwlti Lane � 5 _EA. ._._._.� � l]...y0._._.:$ _� �.�1�5� .c�U ..__._._.._ ......_._... .. . - - .. 4 M1AainEmnanr,e of Traffic - Kapok Park Trail . 1, EA .�, l l`7 , �I O.� l IS.`{U 5 IMair�enance af Tr�fFic - Swale Curb � g. Eq . .`�-�WC_�,.LX�._.:$.._..1�-UC� �UG. _.._ .. __ 6 I Sediment & Erosion Cantro! 30 EA . � �3 . �'j . $ ,� , �-t � iS .1 v 7 � F�ortable Projeat Sig� � 2 FJ� - ...__.... , _ ... : . 8 Roat Pruning. .. ..__. _...... _ _ � �' L� ... i . _ � Up_. C� . cY� `� . (c- ..O Q_ ._..i � �'=, ..... _..___. ' � � 1 . . .. $ _,_(;�]c�- ov - --. 10 Remove Exis Es 1. QD0 LF i�, 3•�L7 �$ • _ Barricad ! � _ . 3� ��c:�, Gv _... _. 5.000 LF � ��.�. (�Sb..UU : : �Remov . . ..�'9._.... � nderdra�n ... 4. _. . - - -. .. . . .. , _ - --. . ... .. _. e Exisd ConCre� Sidewalk, " 1,2gq S� . . .1 x �� _.____. � d 11 ;� _._ .._ ..-• -----..._ -- ��-3--- $.....--- �r�� ...,� ........ _ . . ... . . .. . . _., � :Remove. Exisdng Concrete briveway, 6" 8.Q00; SF � . .�� . �� Is. i-► �ad . v� j � 13 Remove ExiSGng Asphalt 250° SY � � ! ; . . : $ �{� C�.1'Z. SC� _ Carre Ex�sdn Starm Inlet I 20� Eq ��i�� _ I 15 ..... --- � g---- ` _C.?... . . . .. -. ...... - 1 - - ,� _�..,-.-=�... � vc> . .----- { �Can�cre b e D ri v e w a y. Q" � B. O O O i 5 F �- I . � 4,a7 ;$ -3a. �c� , c.�c� 16 �ADA Sidewalk R a m p. 4" cancre t e 1 7 5 0: 5 F . i�. ID '�C� o�ro � 1�� c�c� I 17 I C o n c r e t e S i d e w a l k, 4" ( 500; SF •- � � .� 3.�=i'�I .?. � ��"70.c�v 18 FOOi Underdram Ins ; ; ----- 1 _.. .... �_. __—. _. Pection _Box,_Index 245 _ � 4 Eq _ , _ �27_ �F � .2 � � �- �� -�3,��1i3 �s`'1 + Underdrain ; __ �._..,$ 20 i8�... . .. . 6" _ . Clean Out ' ' -�- � � l`l3 . �`1 � -- -_ . � � �A I�, ��"--s`� !� �t� l_ 1.� - 2� :TYPe C Storm Intet - City Index 210 , 1. .�j 1$5,�.•D� � l��4 S�. G� ,. Underdrain . 23 ... 8" -...._....... _... . 1.0.�. LF � , � , • , 8" ' _. _... j __. � Z.Z 1.i�3 .$�`1 Zc�c�.nv _. Clean Out . 30, �A G � �� G�`bc1, .� � U 24 8" Solid PVC Storm Pi 1.500 LF ,� l�-.�1� j$ I� (�1�,� � 25 T I Curb remqve �cl re lace 1pp, �.F + _ _.� . �� .,�-? _ .� � ,.(G 3 � - � 26 _Modi6ed Curb (remove and replace) 1D0. LF .�4?ii 3�� .� 3� `-1.3 •1_� � 27 �V�ley Gutter Curb (remcve �rtd �ep�) : 10p; LF C L • ;Swals Curb, 2� vride. (bid includes adjacent .�' `�`-1 -', _-$ --� �i� � . G c� 28 ,asphaR) ' 100, LF � ��, . � 1 ,S "1 , Z 3'7 , vv __ . Swale Curb, Valley Gutter, Index 1 D �,�bid � � �O. iincludes ed�aoent asphalt? � jAsphalt 1-1/2" thick PC III _ - i- 31 :1 Q" Thiek Crushed Concrete Road B�se � 32 �Sod Replacement (eahia) � _ ..,... ----- 1. 33 ;Sod Repl�cement (St. August�ne) ' 1501 LF 250i SY 25Q1 SY _25,000; SF 15.DOOi SF _ �t �l�__::l�i . .g. �c, � L�--. Sl.� � .� �=�t .$ � � S"Z Z . SC> '� �C. �1( .� C�� .f� .�v .'R . �S�J..._.. .$ � L (,, .r7cv .ac, :� ..-�..�. �S lG� L-S'�.U� ' :\d�kmlum' -�i�ti�Mi�" I�kl.k�r+ Pr�,�wd I yUl•.HI)K:�INti.Jnr �1� 1 i,�]�Il I I';�w I �,j , . -.--. ...... . . _ SOd. CYNODON DACTYLON (6ERMUDA 419- 34 ,CERTIFIE�j , 560. SF . �.�� ----- _ _ _ Subtotal (ITEMS 1-34); 35 , 9 0% Contingency _ �-� _ � _. .... :. ._.._ BIDDER'S GRAND 701'AL (17EM5 1-35�; _ : I � 1 �C�1�I }C� : � �-1�b`.:i �!c �; j. . 5�.._._...... . . :$ `"t�6 � c:� l� � ;� (�� _S �3�j;C�l�- .4f�� C:ONTRACTf)R: ��s�-----�.�,-,��c-S..G-�,�.�....Tv�..�.._ HIDDFR'�CRANDTQTAL$ .�.��'.`�...i��2.,..�_�'-1__._ . ............ .. .......... __.......__...--- --._......INumtkrsl BIUDF.R � [.ItAl�ll TOTAI� �; �'--� --_ j � � l.._ ..ry ---- _._I..� ' ' �' ' � _ _ � ~ . y 1�. _c�... . '__�'�'_��...__. �_.I � ��____'_'_'_'___.___._..._... _. � .. �.t. �.•... ... _� ,. _4.�...�. -- �.r c . .. ._.. ..... _ ( Wc►rdti) THF BIUDFR'S CRAND TQTAL ABUVF IS HIS TUTAL BID SASED (]N H1S UNiT �ItlCE.S ANU LUMP SUM PRlGES AND THE Eti'TIR9AT�.D QUANTYTIES RE(ZUIRED FUR F:A('H fi�CTION. THIS FIGURE IS FOR INFORMATI4N ONLY AT THE TIME OF OPENINC B1DS. THE CI1'1' W1LL MAKE THE TABL►LATiON FROM THE UNIT PRICFS AWD Ll1MP SUM PRICF. FiID. IF' THFRF. 15 AN FkltOR !N THE TATAL BY THE BIDDFR, IT SH�I.L BF. CHAN(.:F.D AS ()NLY THF (iNIT PRiCF.S AND LUMP SUM PR1C�: �HAI.L GOVERN. .1.1denJum'` 4•�yi�mV li�.)drn Nnyw�ral 1'\I)F.RIIR��IN�.drk 4:13�?Ull P�� ' ul' �